CX OPM 2007 Tier3 87535550-Om-Cx-1st-0706eng - Revbar534499

OPERATORS MANUAL
NEW HOLLAND CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

Volume 1/2
Your success Our specialty
Printed in Belgium
Print No. 1st Edition English
87535550 07/06
CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

OPERATORS MANUAL
Volume 1/2 - Operation
GENERAL
This manual has been prepared to assist you in the correct procedure for running in, driving, operating, adjusting and maintaining your new machine. This machine has been designed and built to give maximum performance, economy and ease of operation under a wide variety of crops and conditions. Prior to delivery, your machine was carefully inspected both at the factory and by your dealer to ensure that it reaches you in optimum condition. To maintain this condition and ensure trouble-free operation it is important that routine services, as specified in this manual, are carried out at the recommended intervals. Before attempting to drive or operate your machine, read this manual carefully (especially the chapter covering the Safety Precautions) and keep it in a convenient place for future reference. Left and right used throughout this manual are determined from the rear, facing in the direction of travel of the machine during operation. If at any time you require advice concerning your machine, do not hesitate to contact your authorised dealer. He has factory-trained personnel, genuine service parts and the necessary equipment to carry out your service requirements. IMPORTANT: This machine has been designed and built according to the European Directive 98/37/EC. Always use genuine New Holland Service parts or parts matching at least the same quality, reliability and functionality as the equivalent original Service Parts when servicing and repairing your machine and do not modify your machine without a written permission of the manufacturer. Failure to do so will void the responsibility of the manufacturer. An EC Declaration of Confirmity is separately delivered with your machine. Store this EC Declaration into the storage space for your Operators Manual (refer to section 2 Controls, Instruments and Operation). The maximum road speed of your machine is limited electronically. Do not try to change it. Check local road legislation before driving the machine on public roads. When operating interchangeable New Holland built equipment, ensure the equipment is CE approved. As this publication is distributed throughout our international network, the equipment illustrated, either as standard or as an accessory, may vary according to the country in which the equipment is to be used. Low cost configurations, as chosen by the customer, may deviate from the specifications given. Several figures in this manual show the safety guarding or the additional guards, legally required by certain countries, open or removed to illustrate better a particular feature or adjustment. The machine must not be used in this condition. For your own safety, ensure that all guards are closed or replaced before operating the machine.
OWNER ASSISTANCE
We at New Holland and your New Holland dealer want you to be completely satisfied with your investment. Normally your dealers Service Department will handle any problems with your equipment. Sometimes, however, misunderstanding can occur. If your problem has not been handled to your satisfaction, we suggest contacting the owner or General Manager of the dealership, explaining the problem, and requesting assistance. When additional assistance is needed, your dealer has direct access to our branch office.
COMPANY POLICY
Company policy, which is one of continuous improvement, reserves the right to make changes in design and specification at any time without notice and without obligation to modify units previously built. All data given in this book is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weights are approximate only and the illustrations do not necessarily show the machine in standard condition. For exact information about any particular machine please consult your Dealer.
ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS

Your machine has been designed to operate in a wide variety of crops and conditions. Nevertheless additional equipment may, in certain cases, be required to improve the machine performance. A list of this additional equipment is given in the Accessories section in this manual.
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

Genuine New Holland parts and accessories have been specifically designed for New Holland machines. We would like to point out that nongenuine parts and accessories have not been examined and released by New Holland. The installation and/or use of such products could have negative effects upon the design characteristics of your machine and thereby affect its safety. New Holland is not liable for any damage caused by the use of nongenuine parts and accessories. Rely on your authorised dealer to supply you with genuine New Holland parts only. These parts are covered by our warranty and will give you the best performance. When ordering service parts, always quote the model and serial number, as well as the year of manufacture printed on the manufacturers identification plate (refer to chapter General Information).
LUBRICANTS
Your dealer sells a selection of specially formulated lubricants based on own engineering specifications. Recommended lubricants for your machine are listed on the inside back cover of this manual.
WARRANTY
Your machine is warranted according to legal rights in your country and the contractual agreement with the selling dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the machine has not been used, adjusted and maintained according to the instructions given in this Operators Manual. It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the machine unless specifically authorised, in writing, by a New Holland representative.
CLEANING YOUR MACHINE

Your machine is a state-of-the-art machine with sophisticated, electronic controls. Even though every precaution has been taken to safeguard electronic components and connections, the pressure generated by some pressure washers is such that complete protection against water ingress cannot be guaranteed. When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too close to the machine and avoid directing the jet at electronic components, electrical connections, breathers, seals, filler caps, etc.
IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and of life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment of some of the substances, which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and the disposal of the products of a chemical and a petrochemical nature. The following are recommendations, which may be of assistance: Become acquainted with and respect the relative legislation applicable in your country. Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning agents, etc. for their effect on man and nature and for safe ways of storage, usage and disposal. Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
Avoid filling fuel tanks using jerrycans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable spillage. In general, avoid skin contact with all oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which can be harmful to your health. Use biodegradable oils for chain lubrication where oils cannot be recuperated. In many countries rapeseed oils or other agro-based lubricants have become available. Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems. Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids, fuels or coolant mixtures with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources. They should not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of safely. Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself; it contains gases, which should not be released into the air. Your dealer has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to do the recharging of the system anyway. Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or the hydraulic system immediately. Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to bursting of the components. Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of oils, coolant, etc. Battery recycling Batteries and electric accumulators contain various components which can damage the environment if they are not properly recycled after usage. New Holland strongly recommends that you return all used batteries (starting batteries and small dry batteries which may be used in electric or electronic systems) to your New Holland dealer who will ensure proper disposal or recycling. In certain countries this is a legal requirement.
e2006 CNH Belgium NV-Zedelgem
SECTION QUICK REFERENCE

1 General Information and Safety 2 Controls, Instruments and Operation 3 Field and Site Operation 4 Lubrication and Maintenance 5 Fault Finding 6 Vehicle Storage 7 Accessories 8 Specification 9 1st 50 Hour Service Sheets Index
NOTE: The CX Operators manual consists of two volumes. The first volume Operation with sections 1,2 and 3, the second volume Maintenance with sections 4,5,6,7,8 and 9.
CHECK THE ENTIRE TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain header (High-Capacity, Extra-Capacity or Varifeedt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize header (98C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Draper header (92C/94C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain - Rice - Flex header (72C/74C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Record below the serial numbers of your machine for quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . General recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting up the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travelling on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating the attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legal obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components hydraulics (European standard EN 982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airborne noise emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vibration level information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety decals (Australia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access to machine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protective devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header standard safety latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra safety latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buzzer (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety railing for straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates for Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional mirror for Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire extinguisher (with chopper drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment of the dimmed lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 13 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 18 1 9 110 111 111 112 114 115 116 116 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 128 135 141 141 142 142 142 143 143 144 144 144 145 146
Adjustment of the side lights (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lifting the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tie downs for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attachment compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Cab and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operators seat and surroundings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering column and control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right-hand module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-function handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab roof controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Control panel of the manual controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighting and mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IntelliViewt II Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation and input controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IntelliViewt II monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Display Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Operator Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Run Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Combine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Engine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.Electrical Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.Hydraulics Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.Driveline Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.Header Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.Feeder Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.Threshing Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.Cleaning Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.Clean grain Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.Residue Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.Harvest/ precision farming (pf) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.Service Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.GPS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.Yield Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.Nav Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
147 148 149 150 151 152 152 154
2 1 2 1 2 2 2 6 2 8 214 218 219 224 225 226 229 232 235 236 238 238 241 244 246 247 247 248 249 251 251 252 252 253 254 255 256 256 257 257 258 258 258 259 259 259
II Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.CAN status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Fault Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.GPS Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.GPS Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III Combine info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Engine Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Electrical Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Hydraulics Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Driveline Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Header Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.Feeder Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.Threshing Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.Cleaning Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.Clean grain Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.Residue Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.Rpm Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.Loss Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV Precision Farming (P Farm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Profile setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Summary Data 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Summary Data 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V Run Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Run 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Run 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Run 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Run 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Run 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Run 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.ACS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Working Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Filter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Apply Calibration (not used) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrations for Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration of the Multifunction handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Crop Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Crop Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.NAV Calibration (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audible alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic engine shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
260 260 260 261 261 262 262 262 263 263 263 264 264 264 265 265 265 266 266 266 267 268 268 268 268 269 269 269 269 270 270 270 271 272 273 274 274 274 275 275 276 276 277 278 281 281 281 282 282
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Before driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daily start-up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency stop (if configured in IntelliViewt II monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear shifting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential lock (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harvesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To change from grain to maize configuration, the following modifications has to be done. Kill stall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan/upper sieve distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Returns sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to obtain an idea on loss level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching the header to the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching the header from the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header Height Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex header operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto header lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reel to ground speed synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartSteer t system (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feeding/straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower shaft adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header and straw elevator reversing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator bottom plate (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limitation of the lateral float system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti-dust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum and concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamentals of adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concave clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum and concave type of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of the drum concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting of different types of concaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . De-awning plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 3 2 3 2 33 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 3 5 3 6 36 310 314 316 316 316 317 317 317 319 320 320 322 323 327 327 328 330 333 333 335 336 337 337 338 338 341 342 343 343 343 343 343 344 344 345 346 346 353 354
Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Thresht system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw Flowt beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw retarding curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removable grain pan (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of sieves available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Returns system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain storage/Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain sample access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank with extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank with covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank level sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank unloading auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Residue handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engaging of the straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chopping cereals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chopping maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper spreader chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote controlled divider plates (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotor knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swath-forming position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swathing rake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baffle plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff blower (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff spreader (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic rotation trailer hitch (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
355 355 356 357 357 358 358 359 359 359 359 361 362 362 364 364 367 369 370 371 373 373 377 377 378 378 379 380 381 381 382 382 382 383 384 385 385 386 387 387 388 388 388 389 391 392
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease fittings and intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 hours interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 hours interval right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 hours interval right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine sump and filter capacity (total) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crankcase breathing system (only CX8090) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant system capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filling the fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel prefilter/water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary dust screen and cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic and hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filter at oil cooler outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 41 41 4 3 43 4 4 4 8 49 412 413 414 414 415 418 418 419 420 420 420 422 422 423 423 423 424 424 424 425 426 427 430 431 433 433 433 433 436 436 436 437 439 439 439 441 441 442 442 442 443 443
Final drive gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading drive gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bubble-up gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains, threaded rods and pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threaded rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belts and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low speed fan variator kit (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate roll (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front face adjustment (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti-dust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot axle (self levelling cleaning shoe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roto-threshers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture sensor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain flow sensor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tracks (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
444 444 444 445 445 446 446 446 446 447 447 447 447 448 448 448 448 449 449 450 450 451 451 451 451 451 452 454 464 465 469 469 469 469 470 471 471 472 472 472 473 474 474 474 478 481 481 481 481 482 483
Steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Steering axle position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Axial position of the steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Steering axle height position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Track width position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Toe-in adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Steering cylinder adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combine Control Module (CCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab/Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fresh air intake grill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recirculation filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air compressor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air reservoir specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 FAULT FINDING Feeding area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing, separation and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual release of the hydraulic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gearshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting the Automatic Temperature Control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 6 VEHICLE STORAGE End-of-season service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ordering parts and/or accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preseason service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 7 ACCESSORIES Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side hill weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crop distribution kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic reel rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain header road light kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perforated straw elevator floor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header lift cylinder kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Narrowing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
485 486 486 488 489 4103 4105 4106 4106 4111 4112 4112 4114 4115 4115 4116 4117 4117 4117 4118 4119 4120
5 1 5 1 5 3 5 7 5 8 5 9 510 511 512 514 515
6 1 6 2 6 3
7 1 7 1 71 7 1 72 7 2 72 7 2 73 7 3
Threshing and separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . De-awning slats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rice pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool to remove the concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical knife electricity kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sunflower cover plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater wear plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical covers on straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw walker raisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cereals threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize threshing equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rice threshing rebuild kit (if universal drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning system and lower frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote sieve control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan bottom shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grass seed variator kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presieve HC 1-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan divider kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Round hole sieve frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Round hole sieve (16 or 18 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable upper sieve 1-5/8 and 1-1/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable upper sieve (Petersen 1-5/8 and 1-1/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closz upper sieve (1-5/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel curved louver maize upper sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graepel sieve extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended sieve dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smooth rotor thresher covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn Cob Mix kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clean grain, grain tank and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube extension kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perforated covers: long or round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote deflectors control rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered rear axle (wheel motors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle extensions kit (not for europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot plate 127 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering platform extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foldable ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air compressor kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary dust screen brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High fan speed kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
7 4 7 4 7 4 74 75 7 5 7 5 7 5 75 7 6 76 7 6 7 6 77 77 7 7 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 9 79 7 9 7 9 710 710 710 710 710 711 711 711 712 712 712 713 713 713 714 714 715 715 715 716 716 716 716 716 717 717 717 717 717
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In cab printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Premium speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical and Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flip-up light kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear revolving flash light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolving flash lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light extension kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC software package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undershield lighting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield monitoring package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartSteer t kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Guidance Ready kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intellisteert Auto Guidance DGPS antenna mounting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterweights support frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates for Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unload tube signal plate+light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wide fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel nuts torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension I (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension J (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension K (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 9 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS Check and adjust, as required (Customer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check and adjust, as required (Dealer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX
718 718 718 718 718 719 719 719 719 720 720 720 720 721 721 722 722 722 723 724 724 725 725 725 725 726 726 726 726
8 1 8 1 823 833 835 836 836 837
9 1 9 3
10
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
INTENDED USE
The CX combine harvesters are designed as self propelled units and powered by an onboard diesel engine. The machines are intended to be used for agricultural purposes on cultivated land to harvest cereal crops, small seed crops, maize, soy beans, etc., by cutting or picking up from a swath, threshing and separating the grain from the straw and temporarily storing it until it is unloaded into vehicles for transport. PROHIBITED USAGE No parts or attachments should be fitted to this machine, which have not been released by NEW HOLLAND. They might affect machine operation, safety of the user or other people, stability or wear characteristics of the machine. They may also void the homologation approval obtained for your country.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
The serial number of the combine, the engine and the attachments can be found on the following locations: Base unit On a plate (1) positioned on the right-hand side of the operators platform and its also stamped at (2).
1 1

Engine
Model CX8030
On a plate positioned on the cylinder block.
DELETE Models CX8040, CX8050, CX8060, CX8070, CX8080 and CX8090 On a plate positioned on the cylinder block. DELETE
1 2

Grain header (High-Capacity, Extra-Capacity or Varifeedt) In the right-hand upper corner of the header, and also on a plate.
Maize header On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.
5 Flex header On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.
Maize header (98C) On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.
7 1 3

Draper header (92C/94C) On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.
Grain - Rice - Flex header (72C/74C) On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.
1 4

Record below the serial numbers of your machine for quick reference: Combine model...........................................................................
Combine serial number.................................................................... Engine serial number...................................................................... Grain header serial number High-Capacity......................................................................... Extra-Capacity........................................................................ Varifeedt............................................................................. Maize header serial number............................................................... Flex header serial number................................................................. Date machine first used................................................................... Dealers telephone number................................................................
1 5

General recommendations
Most farm machinery accidents can be avoided by the observance of a few simple safety precautions. 1. The machine must only be used by a skilled operator familiar with all the controls and harvesting techniques on cultivated land with slopes up to maximum 26% (15_) uphill and downhill. The table lists the MAXIMUM % sideways driving that is permitted [provided good even ground and sufficient tyre adherence conditions exist]. Traction tyre 620/75R34170A8DT820 650/75R32172A8DT822 (on narrow track) 650/75R32172A8DT822 (on wide track) 710/75R34178A8MegaXBib (on narrow track) 710/75R34178A8MegaXBib (on wide track) 800/65R32172A8DT822 (on narrow track) 800/65R32172A8DT822 (on wide track) 900/60R32176A8DT830 (on narrow track) 900/60R32176A8DT830 (on wide track) 1050/50R32178A8-MegaXBib 650/75R32172A8DT822 (on narrow track) 650/75R32172A8DT822 (on normal track) 650/75R32172A8DT822 (on wide track) 710/75R34178A8MegaXBib (on narrow track) 710/75R34178A8MegaXBib (on wide track) 800/65R32172A8DT822 (on narrow track) 800/65R32172A8DT822 (on wide track) 900/60R32176A8DT830 (on narrow track) 900/60R32176A8DT830 (on wide track) 1050/50R32178A8-MegaXBib Maximum side slope CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 30% (16_) 30% (16_) 35% (19_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 40% (22_) CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090 30% (16_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 35% (19_) 40% (22_) 40% (22_)
1 6

2. Never permit anyone other than the operator to ride on the combine. 7. Never exceed 20 km/h when driving downhill. If necessary, change into a lower gear before starting the descent.
3. Before starting the engine, ensure everyone is clear of the combine. Warn bystanders by sounding the horn several times. 4. Keep children away from and off the combine at all times. 5. No-one should be standing on the ladders when the machine is moving. 6. Never brake abruptly to avoid tipping of the machine. 9. Before operating the combine ensure that all safety guards are installed.
8. Avoid making turns at high speed.
10. Never step on places on the machine which are not foreseen with anti-slip strips.
11. Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first week of operation and thereafter on a weekly basis. Tighten as described in SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS .
1 7

12. The life and performance of the tyres depends largely upon maintaining the correct pressure. Keep the tyres inflated to the pressures given in SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS .
13. Never enter the grain tank while the combine engine is running. Use a wooden clearing club if the grain tank unloading auger becomes clogged. Take utmost care not to be pulled into the grain tank in case unplugging is required.
15. Keep hands away from moving parts of the combine. 16. Keep the fire extinguisher within easy reach of the operator. Ensure to replace it by a similar type of extinguisher or have it checked or refilled after every usage and/or date of expiry. 17. Never step on the cab roof. 18. Combine dust can cause farmers lung disease. It may also contain nocive spraying residues. Keep the cab door and window closed during operation. Wear a dust mask when cleaning the air filters or accumulated dust in the combine.
14. Never work around the combine in loose clothing that might catch in any of the moving parts.
Starting up the combine
1. Never attempt to start up or manoeuvre the combine unless you are sitting in the operators seat. 2. Before starting up the combine (e.g. the first time after a long standstill period), make sure that there are no detached loose part in the attachment, the drive line area and/or on the rotary dust screen.
3. Before starting the engine, always make sure that the handbrake is engaged, the multifunction lever and the gearshift control lever are in NEUTRAL position, and the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch is in ROAD position. 4. Never run the engine in an enclosed area without ensuring adequate ventilation as exhaust fumes are toxic and, if inhaled, may be fatal.
1 8

Travelling on public roads
1. Make sure the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch is in ROAD position. 2. Always observe the local regulations. Should the width of the attachment be wider than the permitted road width, contact the local authorities for assistance. 3. Observe traffic regulations, adapt your speed to road and traffic conditions and ensure all lights are working properly. 4. Where required by local traffic regulations, ensure the hazard warning plates are fitted at the front and the rear of the machine. 5. Use the revolving flash lights to indicate the vehicle has abnormal size and is slow-moving. 6. Never drive on public roads with the operating lights and spotlight switched on. 7. Dip the headlights when meeting a vehicle at night. Make sure the lights are adjusted to prevent blinding the driver of an oncoming vehicle. 8. Avoid taking corners at high speed.
10. Always depress the brake pedal gently to avoid tipping of the machine.
CAUTION
Before driving on the road with a header attached smaller than 4 meter (foldable grain header or flip-up maize header), the following actions must be taken: Contact your local dealer. Counterweights Additional headligths Brake force limiter valve
11. Never rest your feet on the brake pedals when the machine is in motion. 12. When manoeuvring the machine off the field, always raise the attachment fully to avoid contact with obstructions. 13. The grain tank must be empty when driving on the road. Ensure that the unloading tube is locked in its closed position. 14. When driving on public roads, either with the grain header loaded on a trailer and attached to the rear of the combine, or with the grain header still attached to the combine (provided local legislation allows), the knife should be safeguarded by means of a knife guard, available as an accessory (refer to the Grain Header Operators Manual). 15. When driving on public roads, either with the grain header loaded on a trailer and attached to the rear of the combine, or with the grain header still attached to the combine (provided local legislation allows), always be aware and conscious of its size.
9. Before travelling on the road, link the brake pedals together with the coupling provided. Braking with the pedals uncoupled may cause the machine to swerve. Also, avoid excessive use of the brakes.
1 9

Operating the combine
1. Before operating the combine ensure that all safety guards are properly fitted and secured. 2. Never attempt to clean, lubricate or carry out any adjustments on the combine while it is in motion or while the engine is running.
9. Danger of death by electrocution! Pay special attention to the overhead power lines. Make sure the machine has sufficient clearance to pass in all directions (also with raised or opened machine components). Also think of the radio aerial(s) or any other factory fitted accessory or parts which may have been added afterwards. Should a contact between the machine and an electric power line occur, then the following precautions must be taken: Stop the machine movement immediately, stop the engine and apply the handbrake. Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual position without direct contact with electric wires. If not, stay in your position and call for help. If you can leave your position without touching the lines, jump off the last step or support position to ensure that there is no contact between any part of your body and the ground at any time. Never touch the machine afterwards until power to the lines has been shut off. When people approach the machine, warn them not to touch the machine but to ask the electric power supply company to shut off the power to the lines. 10. Never apply the differential lock when turning. When engaged, the differential lock will prevent the combine from turning. 11. Ensure the engine is shut off and wait until the machine has completely stopped before opening any of the guards. THERE ARE ROTATING PARTS UNDER THE GUARDS WHICH MAY CONTINUE ROTATING AFTER THE MACHINE HAS BEEN STOPPED. Look and listen for evidence of rotating parts before opening any of the guards.
3. For safetys sake never leave the operators platform without first disengaging the combine drive mechanism, lowering the header, stopping the engine, applying the handbrake and removing the ignition key.
4. Never climb on or off the machine when it is in motion as there is a risk of being run over.
5. Use extreme caution when operating close to the edge of a ditch or a steeply dropping embankment.
6. Avoid changing direction abruptly, especially when reversing, to avoid dangerous pitching of the machine. Lower the attachment if the machine tends to lift at the rear.
7. Always operate the combine at a safe speed in accordance with the ground conditions. On uneven ground, proceed with the utmost caution to ensure proper stability.
8. When operating on gradients, never drive too fast, especially when turning.
110

Operating the attachments
1. When coupling an attachment to the base unit, never stand between the machine and the attachment. 2. Make sure that no one is standing in front of the machine when detaching an attachment. 3. Before operating the attachment, make sure that there is no one on or near the machine.
4. Never attempt to remove crop or residues from a plugged attachment while the machine is running. Such an imprudence could cost life or limb. In the event of a blockage, always disengage the threshing mechanism, switch off the harvester engine and apply the parking brake before clearing the blockage.
Stopping the combine 1. Always lower the attachment to the ground when parking the machine. 2. For safetys sake never leave the operators platform without first returning the ground speed control lever to neutral, switching off the threshing mechanism, engaging the parking brake and stopping the engine. Furthermore, if leaving the machine unattended, always remove the ignition key and switch off the switch on the battery. 3. When parking, always try to leave the machine on level ground and apply the parking brake. If the ground is sloping, apply the parking brake and wedge the wheels. In an emergency, when this is not possible, position the machine sideways on in relation to the slope, engage first gear, operate the parking brake. If it is not possible to stop according to the above instructions, observe the following instructions: Machine on a downward slope: gently pull back the hydrostatic control lever, until you can feel the traction effect of the transmission; shut off the engine and apply the handbrake. Get down from the machine and position the chock (if available) or a solid body of suitable size in front of the traction wheels.
Machine on an upward slope: put into 1st gear, push the hydrostatic control lever forward, until you can feel the traction effect of the transmission, switch off the engine and apply the handbrake. Get down from the machine and position the chock (if available) or a solid body of a suitable size behind the traction wheels.
111

Maintenance
1. Follow the maintenance schedule with regard to the machine servicing intervals. Remember that the machine requires minor attention from time to time. Also remember that the time taken on maintenance will greatly extend the life of the machine.
safety latch is engaged or that it is securely supported on wooden blocks.
2. Never attempt to clean, lubricate or carry out any adjustments on the combine while it is in motion or while the engine is running.
3. Keep hands, feet and/or garments away from moving parts. Check that all rotating parts are correctly guarded.
4. Never work under the attachment without first ensuring that the straw elevator hydraulic cylinder
5. Always use suitable jack stands when carrying out maintenance on the steering axle.
112

6. Keep the combine, particularly the brakes and steering, maintained in a reliable and satisfactory condition to ensure your safety and compliance with legal requirements. Regularly check the efficiency of the brakes and replace the brake pads before they are totally worn out. 7. Any leakage of hydraulic oil under pressure may cause severe injury, so always use a shield, goggles and gloves when tracing oil leaks. 14. Remove all tools from the machine after carrying out any lubrication, maintenance or repair work. Also, make sure that all components have been securely tightened and all guards properly fitted. Replace or repair damaged guards immediately. 15. Combine wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and ensure, when stored, that they cannot topple over and cause injury. 16. Never work on the tyres unless you have the special tools and the necessary experience. Incorrect fitting could be a serious safety hazard. If in doubt, call in qualified personnel.
8. Never construct flexible hose assemblies from hoses which have been previously used as part of a hose assembly. 9. Never weld to the piping. 10. When flexible hoses or pipings are damaged, replace them immediately. 11. Always replace worn or frayed belts before they fail. 12. Always disconnect the battery earth lead before carrying out any work on the electrical system. 13. Disconnect the alternator wires and the battery cables before carrying out any electrical welding on the machine. In addition, attach the earth cable of the electric welder as close as possible to the area to be welded. 17. Never attempt to service the air conditioning system. You may be severely frost bitten or injured by escaping refrigerant. Special equipment and instruments are required to service the air conditioning system. Contact an authorised dealer for service. 18. Adhere to all recommendations that are mentioned in this manual such as service intervals, torques, lubricants, etc.
113

Engine
1. Keep the engine area clean of dust, chaff and straw to prevent the possibility of fires.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury from hot coolant or steam blowout and/or damage to the cooling system or engine.
5. Antifreeze contains monoethylene glycol and other chemicals which are toxic if taken internally and can be absorbed in toxic amounts through repeated or prolonged skin contact. Follow these precautions when working with antifreeze: Never take antifreeze internally. If antifreeze is swallowed accidentally, obtain medical attention immediately.
2. Never idle the engine in an enclosed area as harmful exhaust gases may build up. 3. Wear a suitable hearing protective device, such as ear muffs or ear plugs, if you are exposed to noise which you feel is uncomfortable. 4. The cooling system operates under pressure which is controlled by the radiator cap. It is dangerous to remove the cap while the engine is hot. Switch off the engine and wait until it has cooled. Even then use extreme care when removing the cap. Cover the cap with a rag and turn it slowly to the first stop to allow the pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. Stand clear of the radiator opening as hot coolant may splash out. Never add cold water to a hot radiator.
Keep antifreeze in sealed containers out of reach of children, livestock or pets.
6. The fuel oil in the injection system is under high pressure and can penetrate the skin. Unqualified persons should not remove or attempt to adjust a fuel injection pump, injector, nozzle or any other part of the fuel injection system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious injury. If fuel is injected through the skin, medical assistance should be obtained.
7. Be very careful to avoid contact with hot engine oil. If the engine oil is extremely hot, allow the oil to cool to a moderately warm temperature for safe removal.
8. Never handle a hot oil filter with bare hands.
9. Continuous and prolonged contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Protect your skin by wearing heavy plastic gloves. If oil gets onto the skin, wash promptly with soap and water.
114

Diesel fuel
1. Under no circumstances should gasoline, alcohol or blended fuels be added to diesel fuel. These combinations can create an increased fire or explosive hazard. In a closed container, such as a fuel tank, such blends are more explosive than pure gasoline. Never use these blends.
4. Never fill the fuel tank to capacity. Allow room for expansion. 5. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately. 6. Always tighten the fuel tank cap securely.
2. Never remove the fuel tank cap or refuel with the engine running or hot. Refuel the combine fuel tank only when the engine has been turned off. Never smoke or use a naked flame when refuelling or when standing near fuel tanks.
7. If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it with an approved cap. A non approved, proprietary cap may not be safe. 8. Keep equipment clean and properly maintained. 9. Never drive equipment near open fires.
3. Maintain control of the fuel filler pipe nozzle when filling the tank.
10. Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
115

Battery warning
The battery contains a sulphuric acid electrolyte which may cause severe burns and produce explosive gases. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Never take internally.
CAUTION
The essential precautions listed must be observed: Never use a naked flame to check the electrolyte level. Keep sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away. Never produce sparks with cable clamps when charging the battery or starting the engine with a slave battery. Wear eye batteries. protection when working near
Provide ventilation when charging or using in an enclosed space. Ensure the vent plugs are correctly installed and tight.
If the electrolyte comes into contact with the skin, eyes or is taken internally, treat as follows: Skin: Eyes: Internal: Illustrations NOTE: Some of the illustrations in this Manual have been obtained by photographing prototypes. Standard production machines may differ in some details. Flush with cold water. Flush with cold water for 10 minutes and get prompt medical attention. Call a doctor immediately.
CAUTION
In some of the illustrations in this Manual the guards or covers have been removed for clarity. Never operate the machine with these protective guards or covers removed.
116

Stability
To maintain safe stability and tracking characteristics during braking, the installation of a brake force limiting valve (1) is mandatory when travelling on the road with foldable front attachment installed. In addition, always make sure the correct number of ballast weights corresponding to the attachment installed is mounted at the rear of the unit. Refer to SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS , headed counterweights. (This brake force limiting valve is only operative when road mode is selected).
WARNING
LEGAL OBLIGATIONS
Your machine may be equipped with special guarding or other devices in compliance with local legislation. Some of these require active action by the operator. Therefore, check local legislation on the usage of this machine. When flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them immediately. It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by machining, welding or any other means. Before removing hydraulic accumulators for servicing, the liquid pressure in the accumulator must be reduced to zero. Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators shall be carried out by method recommended by the accumulator manufacturer. Care must be taken not to exceed the maximum allowable pressure of the accumulator. After any check of adjustment there must be no leakage of gas.
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS HYDRAULICS (EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 982)
Flexible hose assemblies may not be constructed from hoses which have been previously used as part of a hose assembly. Never weld hydraulic piping.
117
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY AIRBORNE NOISE EMISSION

In line with the European directive (CEE/86/188) and national legislation, listed below are the noise levels at the operators ear measured in dBa, according to the ISO 5131 standard. The noise is measured with the engine and all mechanisms engaged and running at normal operating speed for the specified use of the product and without crop flow through the machine. For machines with a cab, the noise is measured with all windows and doors closed and also in the open position. It should be noted that the noise level may exceed 85 dBa if the machine is operating with doors and/or windows open. In this case, the use of ear protection equipment is recommended. In several countries this is mandatory, so check local legislation.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

This product complies with the EEC directive 2004/108/EC and its amendments on Electromagnetic Interferences on electronic equipment if it is used in conjunction with equipment which bears the CE mark. New Holland will take no liability for any problem arising as a result of its product working in an environment of other equipment which does not comply with the EEC directive. Disturbances remain possible if added non New Holland equipment does not meet the standards. As these interferences may result in serious malfunction of the machine and/or create unsafe situations the following instructions must be observed: Each element of non New Holland equipment added to this New Holland product must bear a CE mark. The maximum power of emission equipment (radio, telephones, etc.) must not exceed the limits imposed by the national authorities of the country of usage of the machine. The electromagnetic field generated by the added system must not exceed 24 V/m at any moment and at any location in the proximity of electronic components and the network between them over the entire machine.
Machine model CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
Engine model
Noise level (dBa) Cab doors and windows closed 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
New Holland (*) Iveco - Cursor 9 Iveco - Cursor 9 Iveco - Cursor 9 Iveco - Cursor 9 Iveco - Cursor 9 Iveco - Cursor 10
VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION

The vibration level for the arms to which the operator of this machine is exposed under normal operating conditions is below the 2.5 m/sec@ weighted root mean square (RMS) value. The vibration level for the whole body is below the 0.5 m/sec@ RMS value. This information and measuring methods are in line with the European Machinery Directive 98/37/EC paragraph 3.6.3.
(*) developed by CNH engine corporation
118
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY SAFETY DECALS

The following safety decals have been placed on your machine in the areas indicated. They are intended for your personal safety and for those working with you.
Please take this manual and walk around your machine, noting the location of the decals and their significance.
10
11 Review these decals and the operating instructions detailed in this Manual with the machine operators.
Keep the decals clean and legible. If they become damaged or illegible, obtain replacements from your New Holland dealer.
12
13 119

Decal 1 Decal 2
Carefully read the Operators Manual before operating the machine. Observe instructions and safety rules when operating.
Never ride on platform or ladder.
Decal 3
Decal 4
Disengage all drives, stop the engine and wait until moving parts have stopped before cleaning or servicing the machine. 120
Never open or remove safety shields while engine is running.

Decal 5 Decal 6
Secure lift cylinder locking device before getting in dangerous area.
Never reach into rotating auger.
Decal 7
Decal 8
Never reach or climb into grain tank while engine is running.
Stay clear of hot surface. 121

Decal 9 Decal 10
Never reach into straw walkers while engine is running.
Shut off engine and remove ignition key before performing maintenance or repair work.
Decal 11
Decal 12
Sound the horn 3 times before starting the engine.
Hydraulic accumulators contain gas and oil under pressure. For removal and repair, contact your local New Holland dealer.
122

Decal 13 Decal 14
To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the ground speed increases during downhill driving and it is impossible to reduce speed with the ground speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a lower gear appropriate to the steepness of the hill before starting the descent.
Never open or remove safety guard while engine is running.
Decal 15
Decal 16
R 134a cooling gas. For removal and repair contact your local New Holland dealer.
Jack up point. 123

Decal 17 Decal 18
DANGER: Stay clear while engine is running.
Lifting eye / pulling eye.
Decal 19
Decal 20
Tie-down eye. 124
Only operate when approved fire extinguisher is installed.

Decal 21 Decal 23
Dont place foot.
Wait until all machine components have stopped completely before touching them.
Decal 22
Overhead power lines + height indication.
125

Decal 24 Decal 25
Hot coolant.
This plate indicates: 1. The maximum allowed vertical force. 2. The maximum allowed horizontal pull force of the hitch. Decal 27
Decal 26
Ether warning
Boost only to rear battery.
126

Decal 28
While removing the chaff blower, connect the hydraulic couplers as shown.
127
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY SAFETY DECALS (AUSTRALIA)

The following safety decals have been placed on your machine in the areas indicated. They are intended for your personal safety and for those working with you.
Please take this manual and walk around your machine, noting the location of the decals and their significance.
14
15 Review these decals and the operating instructions detailed in this Manual with the machine operators.
Keep the decals clean and legible. If they become damaged or illegible, obtain replacements from your New Holland dealer.
16
17 128

Decal 1 Decal 2
Decal 3
Decal 4
129

Decal 5 Decal 6
Decal 7
Decal 8
130

Decal 9 Decal 10
Decal 11
Decal 12
131

Decal 13 Decal 14
To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the ground speed increases during downhill driving and it is impossible to reduce speed with the ground speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a lower gear appropriate to the steepness of the hill before starting the descent.
Decal 15
Decal 16
Jack up point 132

Decal 17 Decal 18
Decal 19
Decal 20
Tie-down eye.
Lifting eye / pulling eye.
133

Decal 21 Decal 22
Dont place foot. Decal 23
Decal 24
Boost only to rear battery.
When remove the chaff blower, connect the hydraulic couplers as shown. 134
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY ACCESS TO MACHINE COMPONENTS

Access to operators platform
Never allow anyone to stand or hang on the combine access ways while the combine is in motion. These access ways are only provided for entering and servicing the (stopped) combine in a safe way.
DANGER
Always mount and leave the combine in a safe way, i.e. use the steps and guard rails provided and maintain a 3-point contact at all times.
CAUTION
18
To turn the ladder in front of the wheel for road transport, proceed as follows:
1. Lift the front, top hand rail as shown from the ground, or by lifting handle (1) from the upper platform, and rotate the rail forward. 2. Pull down on the ladder latch handle (2) from the ground or press down on the upper knob (3) from the upper platform and swing the ladder forward. Release the latch and swing until the ladder latches in the forward position. To return to the side position reverse steps 1 and 2 being sure the ladder latches into position before stepping onto the ladder.
19
50021821
20
135

With the ladder in the side position for field operation, the ladder can pivot, at 2, when the combine is advancing or reversing and the ladder contacts an obstacle. The pivoting force is adjusted with springs 3. The length of the springs should be 63 mm (21/2). Be sure to return the ladder to the center position before stepping onto the ladder.
Access to straw elevator to enable cleaning of the cab windscreen.
21
Raise the header to its highest position and engage the header safety latch. Step on the straw elevator (is foreseen with antislip strips) and keep your hand on rail 1 on top of the cab.
22 Pull out of the rear ladder (1) and push it down to have access to the engine compartment and fuel tank filler cap.
Lowering the rear ladder (1) during the threshing mechanism and/or unloading system is engaged will cause to stop this function. However it is impossible to start the threshing mechanism and/or the unloading system while the rear ladder is in the lowered position.
Rear ladder must be in the raised position during travel on public roads. Severe equipment damage could result if ladder is left in the lowered position during travel.
CAUTION
23
136

Lift up the support to have access to the engine compartment.
Use the step (1) to step on the engine compartment.
24
25 Step and antislip strips on the engine cover are provided to have access to the grain tank at the rear side.
Never stand up on the engine cover.
CAUTION
To open the engine cover, use the special tool that is located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator. 26
The engine deck steps are fixed to the engine cover and swivel up together with the cover.
27 137

The grain tank is accessible through the open grain tank covers using the steps (4).
Shut off the engine and remove the ignition key before entering the grain tank.
CAUTION
Never climb in the grain tank from the front side. Once inside the grain tank, remove the cover (5) to gain access to the engine compartment.
CAUTION
28
29 Remove the cover (4) to gain access to the grain flow sensor (if installed).
Shielding (left and right-hand side). To open: Turn first the nut a quarter clockwise with the special tool to unlock the shielding and pull then the support (1) together with the handle to open the shielding completely.
30
NOTE: If not, using the support (1), the shielding can not be opened completely.
31 138

To close: Pull the support (1) together with the handle to close the shielding.
Service platform (1) (left-hand side). Pulling down the lever (2) will cause to open this platform (1).
32
Service shielding (4). To open turn the lock (3). Service shielding (5). To open the shielding (5), open first service platform (1). Rear service shielding (6). Open first the service platform (1) and the service shielding (5). 33 Service step (left-hand side).
Use this step to check the concave or grain pan.
Toolbox. Open the service platform (1) to gain access to the toolbox (2) and use it as a step to service the left-hand side of the combine (this shielding is foreseen to be locked).
34
35 139

Service step (right-hand side)
Use this step to check the concave or grain pan.
Access cover to return auger drive (right-hand side)
36
37
140
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Header standard safety latch The left-hand cylinder is standard fitted with a safety latch which must be lowered onto the cylinder rod to prevent accidental lowering of the header. Whenever work is carried out underneath the header, the latch must be lowered onto the cylinder rod as shown at (1).
38 To engage or disengage the header safety latch is it necessary to lift the straw elevator to its maximum height. To do this job, proceed as follows: 1. Select field mode using the field/road mode selector switch. 2. Move the straw elevator up by pressing on the top of the header height rocker switch (3) on the multifunction handle until the header stops near its maximum height. 3. Release the switch and press again for a minimum of 1.5 seconds. The header will now move quickly until its maximum height. 4. Place the header safety latch over the cylinder rod. NOTE: Never use the header safety latch (1) as a support for the header when travelling along public roads otherwise damage may occur to the cylinder. When not in use, the header safety latch (1) must be stored as shown. 39
40
141

Extra safety latch For some countries, a extra safety latch is installed onto the right-hand side of the header lift cylinder.
Wheel chock For some countries the metal wedges (1) are stored at the right-hand side of the straw elevator.
41
42 When the machine is parked on a nonlevel surface, the wedge (1) has to be placed at the lowest side, against the traction wheel. NOTE: Never place the wedges against the steering wheels.
Buzzer (if installed)
43
On the top of the straw hood a buzzer is installed to inform people that there will follow an action with the combine. When the ignition key is put in contact position the buzzer sounds once. When the combine is placed in reverse, the buzzer sounds intermittently.
NOTE: The revolving flash lights (if installed) will also flash for 2.5 seconds when the ignition key is put in contact position. 142
44

Safety railing for straw elevator For some countries a safety railing must be installed for road transport and secured to the front of the straw elevator.
Signal plates For some countries, the signal plates (1) must be installed for road transport.
45
46 For some countries, a special signal plate slow moving vehicles must be installed.
47
143

Signal plates for Italy An additional support can be foreseen on the straw hood to install a signal plate.
Safety guards For safetys sake and according to European directives, safety guards now have locking devices which can only be opened by means of the special tool located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator, a wrench (key width 13 mm) or a screw driver.
48
49 Additional mirror for Germany An additional mirror is required for Germany.
50
144

Fire extinguisher (with chopper drive) The fire extinguisher is located on the left-hand side near the straw hood. Check the extinguisher pressure at least once a year before the start of the season. To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure, proceed as follows: 1. Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve. 2. The needle will go from the green area to 0 in the red area. 3. Rescrew the pressure gauge on the valve. The needle will go from 0 in the red field to the green field. If the needle remains in the 0 of the red field, the extinguisher has a leakage. The extinguisher has to be repaired by a recognised extinguisher dealer. Once the extinguisher is discharged, no matter for how long, it must be recharged. The decal on the fire extinguisher is explained below: The extinguisher can be used and has been tested at temperatures of 20 C (68 F) and +60 C (+140 F). The type of the extinguisher PKD 6, this means: Dry chemical powder and the capacity is 6 kg (13.2 lbs).
51
1. Remove the safety pin. 2. Aim nozzle at base of fire. 3. Press on the handle. The extinguisher can be used on A class fires = dry fires B class fires = liquid fires C class fires = gas fires After use of the extinguisher on a fire, the pressure gauge needle will go to zero pressure. Never try to repair or refill the extinguisher yourself. Bring the used or leaking extinguisher to a recognised extinguisher dealer. Never use the extinguisher on objects under electrical tension of more than 1000 Volt and at less than one meter (3,3 ft) distance. 52 145
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY ADJUSTMENT OF THE DIMMED LIGHTS

The dimmed lights are factory adjusted with a level standing combine. However to adjust the dimmed lights, proceed as follows: 1. Park the combine on a perfect level surface and about 5 meter (16 ft) from a perpendicular square dark wall. 2. Lower the straw elevator. 3. Measure distance A (A = distance from the ground to the centre of the lamp). 4. Measure distance L (L = distance from the light to the wall). 5. Distance C should be maximum = A (L x 0.07)
53 6. Adjust distance C, using screws 1 and 2. NOTE: Turn screws 1 and 2 equally from both dimmed lights.
54
146
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY ADJUSTMENT OF THE SIDE LIGHTS (IF INSTALLED)
The side lights (1) has to be adjusted to the maximum width of the combine for road transport.
55 At the front: To adjust, proceed as follows: 1. Loosen the nut (2) and the bolts (3) on both sides. 2. Slide the support with the side light (1) in or out and adjust it to +/ 150 mm (5 - 29/32) less than the maximum width of the traction tyres. 3. After adjusting, tighten the bolts (3) and the nuts (2) on both sides. NOTE: Be sure that the side lights are installed symmetric in relation to the middle of the combine. 56
At the rear: A kit is available to install extensions to the rear light arms, if required.
57
147
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY TOWING THE COMBINE

Towing the combine is not recommended, but if it must be towed, the following steps must be taken: 1. Move the multi-function handle into neutral and switch off the rear-wheel drive. 2. Select neutral gear. If not possible with the remote gearshifting, refer to Section 5 FAULT FINDING. 3. Release the handbrake. If not possible with the remote parking brake switch, refer to Section 5 FAULT FINDING. 4. Tow at a maximum speed of 16 km/h (10 MPH). 5. Provide adequate warning signals to make other road users aware that the combine is being towed. 58
NOTE: 1. Towing the combine with selected gear will immediately lead to irreparable hydrostatic damage. 2. Should the combine become stuck in the mud, always tow the combine with a cable or chain attached to the traction axle or at the rear to the lower frame hooks (1). Never tow the combine with a cable attached to the steering axle.
59
148
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY LIFTING THE COMBINE

To lift the combine (for example to park the combine on a trailer for road transport) there are lifting hooks:
At the front
Two lifting hooks are located in the grain tank. NOTE: If the grain tank is equipped with grain tank extensions, it will be necessary to do this job with open grain tank extensions and open upper grain tank covers.
60 At the rear
Two lifting hooks are located at the left and right-hand side on the top of the upper frame of the straw walker section. NOTE: Use long ropes or cables to lift the combine, to avoid damage to the combine.
61
149
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY TIE DOWNS FOR SHIPPING

To hook-up the combine (e.g. trailer) proceed as follows: Install the combine on a trailer and support the front and rear axle with wooden blocks as wide and as low as possible.
At the front:
There are two holes foreseen at the left-hand and right-hand straw elevator lift cylinder support. Hook-up with a rope or a chain in cross-bond.
62 Extra hooks are foreseen (if installed).
63
At the rear:
Use hooks (1) to tie down the combine.
64 150
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY ATTACHING A TRAILER

A hook is foreseen on the top of the trailer hitch support to pull a trailer with a cable to the combine to attach.
65
151
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY ATTACHMENT COMPATIBILITY

European models Headers CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
High-Capacity Grain Header 13 ft 15 ft 17 ft 20 ft 24 ft 30 ft Extra-Capacity + Varifeedt Grain Header 20 ft 24 ft 30 ft Maize header MR570N MR575W MR580W MR670N MR675N MR675W MR680W MF670N MF675N MF675W MF680W MF875W MF880W Flex header 20 ft 25 ft X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
152

This is the logic of the maize header models: Position 1: Position 2: Position 3: Position 4 and 5: Position 6: M R or F 5, 6 or 8 70, 75 or 80 W or N Maize header Rigid or Flip-up Number of rows Row distance Wide or Narrow frame
Remarks:13 ft: Not recommended with blocked lateral flotation.
CAUTION
Before driving on the road with a header attached smaller than 4 meter (foldable grain header or flip-up maize header), the following actions must be done: Contact your local dealer. Counterweights Additional headligths Brake force limiter valve
153

Australian models Headers Grain header (72C rigid) 25 ft 30 ft Flex header (74C) 25 ft 30 ft Maize header (98C) 6-row (narrow) 6-row (wide) 8-row (narrow) 8-row (wide) Windrow pick-up (76C) 14 ft Grain draper (94C) 25 ft 30 ft 36 ft 39 ft Rice draper (92C) 21 ft 25 ft Flex draper (84C) 30 ft 36 ft NR = Not Recommended NA = Not Applicable X NR X X NR X X X NR X NA NA X X NR NA NR X X X NA NR X X X X X X X X X X X X X NR NR X X X X NR X NA NR X X NR X NA NR CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
154
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION

CAB AND CONTROLS
Emergency exit The emergency exit is to be found on the right-hand side of the operators seat, opposite to the door that gives access to the cab. To escape from the cab through the emergency exit, proceed ad follows: Unlock the emergency exit door handle in three steps. 1. Flip down the handle until it is in horizontal position. 2. Push the door slightly open until the metal pin that is attached to the cab frame is visible through the notch in the handle. 3. Flip up the handle in order to release the handle from the pin. Open the emergency exit door completely. (is secured with a chain) Step over the right-hand module and leave the cab. Use the handgrip (1) as handholds, the step (2) and the traction tyre to step on. 1
2 An additional notch (1) is foreseen in the emergency exit door handle to set the door in a fixed open position.
3 2 1

Operators seat and surroundings Standard Operators seat (if installed)
4
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Instructional seat, with seat belt (if installed) Operator seat fore and after adjustment Weight and height adjustment (mechanical suspension) Seat back rest inclination adjustment Arm rest adjustment (left-hand side) Right-hand module fore and after adjustment Seat upper back height adjustment Cover of storage box behind the seat
When the operator leaves the operators seat for more than five seconds, the header/straw elevator will be disengaged.
WARNING
2 2

Air-suspended Operators seat
5
1. 2. 3. Instructional seat, with seat belt (if installed) Operator seat fore and after adjustment Weight and seat height adjustment. (air suspension) Lift the lever briefly and the seat will automatically be adjusted to the operators weight. (hold the lever to override the automatic mode) Moving the lever up and down will adjust the height of the seat until the lever is released 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Seat back rest inclination adjustment Lumbar adjustment Seat upper back height adjustment Arm rest adjustment (left-hand side) Right-hand module fore and after adjustment Cover of storage box behind the seat
2 3

The right-hand module can be vertical adjusted by loosening the four bolts (1).
6 The right-hand side of the storage box (2) behind the operators seat is foreseen with cold air cold box (1).
7 Storage drawer (1) located under the operators seat. Pull to open the drawer (for the Operators Manual) Adjustable air vents (2)
8 Instructional seat (1) (If installed) The seat can be flipped-up and held in place by strap 2, to give access to the storage place 3 for small items.
3
9 2 4

Windshield washer reservoir (3) (if installed) (Use windscreen washer TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35) Brake fluid reservoir (4) Recirculation filter (5)
10 USB connection (1) for USB stick (2) to store data (accessible inside the right-hand side armrest)
11 Navigation controller (1) (in case of IntelliSteert)
12
2 5

Steering column and control pedals
13
1. a. Direction indicator lever (left and right) b. Horn (push) c. Main beam headlights (up) and dipped headlights (down) selector switch d. Parking lights (1 stop) and headlights (2 stop) turn switch 2. Steering wheel height control screw Loosen this screw and lower or raise the steering wheel to the desired position.
3.
Right: High beam headlight warning light When the high beam headlight is switched ON, this light is illuminated. Left: Trailer direction indicator warning light (linked up with buzzer) When a trailer is hooked up and the wires are properly connected, both DIRECTION INDICATOR WARNING LIGHT and TRAILER DIRECTION INDICATOR WARNING LIGHT will flash.
2 6
4.
Hazard warning lights tumbler switch When this switch is switched on, the four direction indicator lights on the corners of the machine will start flashing and a buzzer will sound in the cab.
5.
Steering wheel upper tilt control lever Lift this lever and bring the steering wheel to a comfortable angle. Foot brake pedal right Brake pedal coupler Foot brake pedal left
6. 7. 8.
For safety reasons, always couple the brake pedals by means of the brake pedal coupler when driving on public roads. This ensures the brakes are actuated together.
CAUTION
9.
Direction indicator warning lights, left and right
10. Steering column lower tilt control push pedal Push this pedal and tilt the steering column to a comfortable angle. 11. Differential lock pedal (If installed). 12. Foot support (if installed)
2 7

Right-hand module
14
1. 2. Rotary encoder (see further in this section for more detailed information) Home key (see further in this section for more detailed information)
3.
Escape key (see further in this section for more detailed information)
2 8
4.
Header width rocker switch Left-hand position: to decrease header width with one interval or one row unit, when taking less than full width cut, to keep yield and mapping calculation accurate.
Right-hand position: to increase header width with one interval or one row unit
5.
Engine throttle rocker switch Increase engine speed
Neutral Decrease engine speed
The engine rpm will automatically increase or decrease with one single pulse. Press the opposite part of the switch to stop the automatic (increase/decrease) engine rpm.
NOTE: The engine rpm can only be increased minimum 5 seconds after the engine has been started or when the thresher engagement has finished.
6.
Header memory tumbler switch
Memorised header height 1 Memorised header height 2 Memorised header compensation
7.
Multi function handle (see further in this section for more detailed information)
8.
Header/ Straw elevator engagement switch To engage, push down on the spring-loaded yellow cap and pull up the black ring under the yellow cap. To disengage, press on the top of the yellow cap.
9.
Threshing mechanism engagement switch To engage, push down on the spring-loaded yellow cap and pull up the black ring under the yellow cap. To disengage, press on the top of the yellow cap.
When activating this switch, the engine rpm will automatically go to 1400 or 1500 rpm +/ 50 rpm (depending engine model) (at any engine rpm) before engaging (this may take a couple of seconds). NOTE: The threshing mechanism can only be engaged if field mode (with the road-field mode tumbler switch, 17) is selected.
10. Not used
2 9

11. Parking brake tumbler switch Parking position: When set in this position while driving, the parking brake will be engaged after the multi function handle (hydrostatic) is set to neutral position or if the ground speed is lower than 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
OFF: When selecting another gear, the parking brake is activated.
NOTE: The parking brake will be ON each time the contact is put on. At least toggle the parking brake tumbler switch once to release the parking brake in this case.
12. Drum speed rocker switch Push the switch to increase the drum speed, pull to decrease (from the operators seat). When touching this switch, the drum speed rpm is shown on a pop-up screen of the IntelliViewt II monitor. 13. Four wheel drive engagement tumbler switch (optional) ON
OFF
If tracks are installed: four wheel drive in all the gears (if field or road mode selected). If tracks are not installed: four wheel drive only in the first, second and third gear (if field mode selected)
14. Cleaning fan speed rocker switch Push the switch to increase the fan speed, pull to decrease (from the operators seat). When touching this switch, the fan speed rpm is shown on a pop-up screen on the IntelliViewt II monitor. 15. Powered Rear Axle dual speed tumbler switch (optional)
High speed (Only if four wheel drive tumbler switch is engaged) (Increasing of the speed by approximately 35%) Low speed
16. Drum concave clearance control rocker switch Push the switch to increase the concave clearance, pull to decrease (from the operators seat). When touching this switch, the drum concave clearance is shown on a pop-up screen on the IntelliViewt II monitor.
210

17. Road Field mode tumbler switch
Road mode Field mode
The following main functions will be disabled in road mode:
Auto header height control + reel speed Header up/down (depending on the header height position)+ lateral tilt, reel adjust Thresher, straw elevator engage, + Automatic Crop Settings adjust Unload tube open + unload engage Grain tank covers open Side and rear operating lights Engine speed reduction (for some countries)
18. Upper sieve control rocker switch (optional) Push the switch to open the sieve, pull to close (from the operators seat) When touching this switch, the upper sieve setpoint width is shown on a pop-up screen on the IntelliViewt II monitor.
19. Lower sieve control rocker switch (optional) Push the switch to open the sieve, pull to close (from the operators seat). When touching this switch, the lower sieve setpoint width is shown on a pop-up screen on the IntelliViewt II monitor.
20. Gearshift selector switch. (12N34) Selecting a gear is only possible with the multi function lever in neutral position. Turn the button to select a gear. The parking brake will automatically engage and the hydrostatic system will be disabled. The IntelliViewt II shows the selected gear.
21.
Reel speed synchronisation engagement and tumbler/rocker switch set.
ON position: With this switch in the ON position, the reel speed is synchronised to the ground speed (refer to SECTION 3, FIELD AND SITE OPERATION, paragraph headed: Reel to ground speed synchronisation) OFF position
211
22.
Vertical knives tumbler switch (if installed)
Both vertical knives ON OFF Vertical right-hand knife ON
23.
Straw elevator reverse tumbler switch Use this switch in combination with the reel speed increase (reversing) or decrease (rocking) button on the multi function handle.
ON OFF
DELETE
24. SmartSteert + IntelliSteert rocker switch (if installed)
Enable/disable/calibration Neutral Not used
25.
Automatic Crop Settings tumbler switch (ACS)
Mode 2
Mode 1
212
26.
Chopper spreader plates rocker switch (if installed)
Towards right-hand side Neutral Towards left-hand side
27. Cup holder
28. Armrest This armrest can be flipped-up to clean the module top. 29. Armrest This armrest can be flipped-up to give access to the USB connection and to a removable storage bin for small items.
213

Multi-Function Handle
15
1.
Multi-function handle (MFH)
With this handle the forward and reverse ground speed of the combine can be controlled. Move the MFH forward or backwards till it locks into neutral position to stop the combine. To drive the combine (forward or reverse), push switch (10) at the back of the MFH to activate the neutral unlock mechanism. The more the MFH is moved forward or backwards, the faster the combine will drive forward or reverse. To warn other people, an audible alarm will sound as long as the combine is in reverse driving mode. 16
214
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION WARNING

4. Automatic header height control button
In case of an emergency stop it will not be enough to move the multifunction handle to neutral, also apply the brakes.
2. Unloading system engagement button
When this button is pressed and released: the attachment will automatically lower (or raise) to a preset height (refer to paragraph headed Operation further in this section) and when in headland mode (refer to ACS operation), headland mode will be end and Mode 1 or 2 will be reselected and when using SmartSteert system, this will allow auto steering to activate also depending on other conditions.
Press on the button to start unloading, Press again to stop.

3. Unloading tube swing rocker button
Left : unloading tube swing out (two positions) Right : unloading tube swing in (two positions) Threshing mechanism NOT ENGAGED:
When operating in an automatic mode, pressing this button twice will: lift the header above maximum stubble height activate headland mode/ stop auto steering (if ACS / SmartSteert installed)
(Field mode selected) Press the button (first or second position) and keep it depressed to swing the unloading tube out or in. Threshing mechanism ENGAGED: (straw elevator may be disengaged)
When operating in an automatic mode, pressing this button for a minimum of two seconds will save the current head position and verify with a beep.
The first position: The unloading tube will open or close as long as the button is depressed. Second position: Giving one pulse on the button will swing the unloading tube completely out or in. Press again on either of the switches (left/right) to stop the automatic movement. NOTE: When the opposite part of the button is pulsed in the second position, the unloading tube will move in the opposite direction until it is completely open or closed.
215

5. Header height and header lateral floatation rocker switch 6. Quick stop button
With the upper and lower part of this switch, the header can be moved up and down respectively. The header height switch offers two speeds. Pushing the switch to its first stop, both up and down, the movement will be slow. When pushed to the second stop, the up and down movement will be fast. (according to the header raise/lower speed) With the left and right part of the switch, the lateral float of the header can be adjusted. Pushing to the left will tilt the header counter-clockwise, pushing to the right will tilt the header clockwise. When using SmartSteert, pushing left or right together with neutral unlock switch (1) (see fig. 16): for minimum two seconds will select left/right crop edge respectively (only in enabled mode) (refer to SmartSteert operation). when pulsed, will adjust machine position to left/right with +/ 10 cm (only in activated mode).
One pulse on the red quick stop button will stop the straw elevator/header drive, and the unloading auger drive immediately. Use this quick stop to avoid crop blockage or combine damage. Also during opening or closing the grain tank extensions (covers), this action stops immediately when pushing on this button. The emergency stop is also included on the quick stop button (only if configured in IntelliViewt II). If pressing not longer than two seconds on the quick stop button: The hydrostatic will be disabled immediately. If pressing between two and six seconds on the quick stop button: The hydrostatic will be disabled immediately. After two seconds the parking brake will come on additional, during four seconds. If pressing for a minimum of six seconds on the quick stop button: The same result will occur when pressing between two and six seconds, but after six seconds the parking brake will close completely to stop the combine abruptly.
NOTE: After an emergency stop, to advance again, bring first the multi-function handle back to neutral (the parking will be released automatically).
216

7. Reel position rocker switch 8. Reel speed increase button
With the upper and lower part of this switch, the reel can be moved up and down respectively. With the left and right part of the switch, the reel can be adjusted forwards and rearwards. Pushing to the left will move the reel to the front, pushing to the right will move the reel to the rear. NOTE: In case a flip-up maize header is attached (selected): Pushing to the left will open the flip-up maize header, pushing to the right will close the flip-up maize header. In case a Varifeedt grain header is attached (selected): To move the knife bar forward: Press the neutral unlock switch and simultaneously the reel position rocker switch (forward) to move the knife bar forward. To move the knife bar rearward: Press the neutral unlock switch and simultaneously the reel position rocker switch (rearward) to move the knife bar rearwards.
Pressing this will increase the reel speed. When a maize header with adjustable deck plates is attached, pressing this will open the plates. When used in conjunction with the straw elevator reverse switch, pressing this will reverse the header auger and feeder.
9.
Reel speed decrease button
Pressing this will decrease the reel speed. When a maize header with adjustable deck plates is attached, pressing this will close the plates. When used in conjunction with the straw elevator reverse switch, pressing this will intermittently operate the header auger and feeder in the normal direction (rocking). DELETE
217

Start module The start module is located to the right and to the back of the operators seat.
1. The ignition key has four positions: a b Not used Off
c Contact d Engine starter motor

2. 3. 4. Cigarette lighter Indicator light for cold start preheater (if installed) Diagnostics port for off-board diagnose and software download. 12 volts DC socket (only current with ignition key in contact position)
17
5.
NOTE: Do not leave the cab with the ignition key in accessories position for a long time. Mirror heating can decharge the batteries if the mirror heating tumbler switch is in on position. NOTE: When the ignition key is moved to the contact position, the back-up alarm will be sound for one second and the revolving flash lights (if equipped) will be activated for 2.5 seconds.
218

Cab roof controls
18
1. Mirror adjustment switch
Arrow to the left: left-hand mirror Arrow to the right: right-hand mirror
2.
Mirror select tumbler switch (if installed)
Main mirror adjustment Additional mirror adjustment (Germany only)
219
3.
Mirror heating tumbler switch
ON
OFF
4. 5.
Spare Grain tank covers open/ close tumbler switch(if installed)
Open Closed
6.
Climate control module (see further in this section)
Manual controller Air conditioning and heating Air conditioning only
Automatic Temperature Controller (ATC)
7.
Windscreen wiper tumbler switch
Wiper ON (continuous) Wiper ON (intermittent) Wiper OFF
8.
Windscreen washer rocker switch
ON OFF
220
9.
Revolving flash lights tumbler switch
ON OFF
10.
Rear operating lights tumbler switch (if field mode selected)
ON OFF
11.
Front operating lights tumbler switch If field mode:ON (position 2): inner and outer cab roof lights+central operating light, stubble lights, header lights If road mode:ON (position 2): inner and outer cab roof lights, parking lights If field mode:ON (position 1): outer cab roof lights+central operating light, stubble lights, header lights If road mode:ON (position 1): outer cab roof lights, parking lights OFF
Front operating lights tumbler switch summary: (position 1 or 2)
(only with ignition key on)

Unload tube light
Conditions Field mode selected Front or rear operating lights ON Unload tube in open position
Rear operating lights (tumbler switch 10: OFF position) Side operating lights
Field mode selected Front operating lights ON Reverse driving Field mode selected Front operating lights ON and Direction indicator (left or right) or Header above maximum stubble height
221

12. Adjustable air vent 13. Radio location with
12 Volts DC connection Loudspeaker connection Antenna connection: AM / FM antenna (cable pre installed)
14. Precision Farming data logger (if installed) CAN network connection is foreseen 15. (D)GPS receiver (if installed) CAN network connection is foreseen
19
IMPORTANT: Do not change the sequence of the modules (Radio - Data logger - (D)GPS receiver)
16. Spotlight This spotlight illuminates the right-hand module. The spotlight operates together with the parking lights and operating lights. 17. Loud speakers (front), (if installed) 2 speakers (mid and high range)
18. Loud speakers (rear) 2 speakers (low range) 19. Hook for clothes
20
222

20. Sunshade 21. Adjustable air vents 22. Cab interior light
There are three positions:

OFF MIDDLE: The light illuminates when the cab door is open. The light goes out +/ 30 seconds after the cab door is closed and at the mean time the both side lights starting illuminate for two minutes. ON
23. Adjustable air vent 24. Grain tank window 25. Grain tank window latch Open the grain tank window by turning the knob to clean the area between the grain tank and the cab.
21
22
26. Fuse and relay panel cover To open, turn the button 90 degrees counter-clockwise. To lock, turn the button 90 degrees clockwise. In the back left corner of the cab, behind this cover is the fuse and relay panel. Install panel layout picture from this manual in the plastic pocket on the backside of this cover.
23
223

Climate control The panel is located in the headliner at the left side above the operators seat. There are two types of control panels: 1. Control panel of the manual controller There are two types: Air conditioning and heating Air conditioning only
24 2. Control panel of the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC)
25 DELETE
224
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION 1. CONTROL PANEL OF THE MANUAL CONTROLLER
Fan switch (1): The switch has four positions: 0: 1: 2: 3: OFF Low fan speed Medium fan speed High fan speed
The knob is rotated in the clockwise direction to increase the blower speed and rotated in the counter clockwise direction to decrease the blower speed. The fresh air dust separator blower will turned on as soon the ignition key is turned on.
50030144
3
26
Temperature control (2): The system will be at maximum cooling when the knob is rotated the maximum amount in the counter clockwise direction. The system will be at maximum heating when the knob is rotated the maximum amount in the clockwise direction.
A/C switch (3): This switch turns the air conditioner either on or off. An indication led above the switch (3) lights up when the air conditioner is on.
DELETE
225
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION 2. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC)

DELETE Temperature control (1) The temperature control gives the operator control over the cab interior temperature. Turning the control clockwise will increase the temperature of the air and turning the control counter-clockwise will lower the temperature of the air. Display unit (2) The display provides the operator with information about the systems performance. It provides the desired cab temperature reading selected by the operator. The display reading may be in Fahrenheit or Celsius. To shift between readings there is a labeled ground wire located under the left rear corner of the cab at the main ground boss. Attaching the wire to the ground provides for Celsius readings. The temperature range is mentioned on the display. It illuminates an icon A, when the system is operating in the automatic climate mode. When the A is not illuminated the blower motor speed MUST be manually controlled and Auto mode will only control the water valve and compressor, while trying to maintain the set temperature. when It illuminates an icon of a windshield the system is in the Defog mode. It illuminates an icon of a book when the system is not operating correctly. Along with the book icon a fault code will also be displayed to assist the technician making the correct repairs. The range for ATC is from a setpoint of 16C (61F) to 30C (89F). The setpoint of 16C (60F) or 32C (90F) will be displayed and the A icon on the display will be off when the system is in maximum mode.
50030142
27
20030143
28
226

Blower speed control (3) The blower speed control gives the operator control over the speed of the blower motor. Turning the blower control clockwise will increase the speed of the blower, producing more airflow out of the cab vents, turning the control counter clockwise will reduce the air flow. If the ATC control button has been pressed, the blower speed control position will have NO effect over the blowers speed. The ATC controller will increase or decrease the blower motor speed as needed to maintain the desired cab temperature. If the blower motor control is adjusted, the controller will release the automatic control over the blower motor speed. The blower motor will only operate in the manual mode if the A is NOT displayed. The ATC control button must be toggled OFF and back ON to reset the automatic blower motor operating mode. The automatic temperature control will always be operating whether the A is displayed or not. The blower control is a potentiometer rated at 10K 10% ohms. When operating in the auto climate or Defog mode, the blower will make a speed increase for every (2F) difference there is between the temperature set point and the actual cab temperature sensed by the cab temperature sensor. If the evaporator sensor senses that the evaporator temperature is below 26C (80F), and system is calling for heat the blower speed will not be increased until the evaporator temperature has increase. Mode control (4) Once the operator has activated the ATC control, the mode button is pressed to toggle between AUTO and DEFOG. The digital display window will be displayed. The illuminated with the symbol button toggles between two modes: A = Auto, the system will warm or cool the air as needed to maintain the cab temp and the display will be illuminated. = Defog, the system will run the A/C compressor full time and warm the air to defog the windows and the display will be illuminated.
50030142
4
29
227

ATC control (5) The operator selects ATC control by pressing the left hand button one time, the digital display window will be illuminated. When illuminated the mode of operation will be displayed along with the desired temperature. The button toggles between two modes: O = OFF, the cab blower motor may be run, but the air will not be conditioned and the display will NOT be illuminated. A = Auto, the system will warm or cool the air as needed to maintain the cab temp and the display will be illuminated.
50030142
5
30
Defog control operation Defog is used to clear off the windows by using the A/C to lower the humidity in the air and using the heater to warm the air enough to dry the windows. The ATC control button (1) must be pressed to activate the AUTO controls and the mode button (2) toggled to DEFOG and the windshield icon will be displayed in the digital display. The temperature control knob may be adjusted to any setting. If the cab vent temperature is too cold the temperature control may be rotated clockwise to provide some additional heating of the air. The cab temperature will be monitored by the re-circulation air sensor, and be maintained at the temperature control setting by cycling the heater valve. While operating in the defog operation the compressor will run continuously, unless the evaporator sensor determines the evaporator is too cold and could start to freeze up. The ATC controller will automatically control the blower motor speed as required to maintain the temperature desired. It will be normal for the vent temperature to be cold during early morning start up, due to low engine temperature. If the operator reduces the blower speed until the engine warms up, the ATC controller will disengage the auto mode of the blower speed. To re-activate the auto mode for the blower motor speed, the ATC control button MUST be toggled to reactivate the auto position. A list with error messages can be found in SECTION 5 FAULT FINDING; paragraph headed: Troubleshooting the Automatic Temperature Control system DELETE
50030142
2
31
Lighting and mirrors
228
32
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Header lights Dimmed lights and headlights Stubble lights Parking lights Direction indicator Main electrically adjustable and heated mirrors Side operating lights (will automatically switch on for +/ 2 minutes when opening or closing the cab door) Manually adjustable wide angle mirror (if installed) Rear operating lights (not working in road mode)
10. Revolving flash lights (if installed) 11. Outer work lights 12. Central operating light 13. Side lights 14. Inner work lights 15. Middle work lights
229

Rear road lights 1 Direction indicator 2 Licence plate 3 Licence plate lights 4
33 Grain tank light
34 Unload tube light
35 Cleaning shoe light
36 230

Revolving flash light (if installed)
37
231
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION OTHER COMPONENTS

Battery key
Turn the key counter-clockwise (1/4 turn) after having switched off the ignition key. Turn the key clockwise (1/4 turn) before switching on the ignition key in the cab.
38 12-Volt DC socket (left)
Live at all times when the battery key is on.
39 12-Volt DC socket (right) (if installed)
40 DELETE
232

12-Volt DC socket located at the rear ladder (if installed).
Live at all times when the battery key is on. DELETE 12-Volt DC socket 5 (left-hand side rear shielding) (if installed). Cleaning shoe light tumbler switch 6.
41 Mobile phone plug (12 Volt DC socket), located between the operators seat and the instructional seat. (if installed).
42
233

Two rocker switches 1 and 2 are located at the inside of the straw hood (left-hand side) to adjust the electrically controlled lower and upper sieve. (if installed)
43
Radio antenna 1 (AM/FM) CB antenna 2 or Business Band antenna (if installed)
44
Two extra bolts (1) are provided (above the start console) to mount extra Communication / radio equipment mounting. The self-tapping screws (2) are foreseen to install a printer.
45
234

IntelliViewt II Monitor
The IntelliViewt II monitor is located on a movable arm in front and to the right in the cab. This display is used to control all parameters and settings of the combine. The display will also inform the operator continuously about the combining process and possible warnings or alarms.
46
A grip/locking mechanism (1) will keep the IntelliViewt II monitor exactly in place where you want it for optimal viewing comfort. Connection (2) can be used for camera input.
47
235

Vehicle Vehicle features controls, located on the right-hand module, for any software application on the IntelliViewt II monitor: The rotary encoder (1) The home key (2) The escape key (3) The controls provide operators quick access to display functions without removing their hands from the main vehicle controls.
48 Rotary encoder Turn the rotary encoder (1) clockwise: to move down a vertical row and highlight an item to move to the right across a horizontal row and highlight an item to increase a value in a field
Turn the rotary encoder (1) counterclockwise: to move up a vertical row and highlight an item to move to the left across a horizontal row and highlight an item to decrease a value in a field
Once an item is highlighted for example, an icon, a field, a name or a value, press the rotary encoder (1) to select the item (= ENTER). The action that results from selecting an item depends on its context. NOTE: Applications are indicated by colouring the background of the icon or by surrounding the icon with a coloured box. Press the rotary encoder (1) to start a software application, to select a screen for viewing, to enter or edit a name or value with a pop-up keypad, to access a pop-up list of options, to confirm a selection, or to save an item in active memory.
236

Home key Press the home key (2) to return to the IntelliViewt II monitor home page from any screen within any software application.
49 Escape key The action performed by the escape key (3) is determined by its context. At the application level, press escape to leave the current program and return to the previous program. Multiple presses will ultimately return to the home page and highlight the ACTIVE selection icon on that page. Within any screen of an application, press escape to move from the main screen area to the icon list on the right hand side of the screen. When editing a field on any application screen, press escape to exit the field without saving changes to the original setting or name.
237
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION NAVIGATION AND INPUT CONTROLS

IntelliViewt II monitor
50 The IntelliViewtII monitor features a soft key keypad (A), a navigational keypad (B), a quick access keypad (C), an incremental keypad (D) and a colour display screen. NOTE: A speaker is located on the rear of the display. All keys on the IntelliViewtII monitor are backlit for ease of locating at night. The backlit keys also indicate that the display is powered.
238

Soft key keypad The six soft keys execute commands, displayed in the vertical row of icons immediately to the left of the soft keys. On any screen, if an icon is present for a soft key, the key has a function. If no icon is present, the key has no function. The various farming applications for the IntelliViewt II monitor determine which icons display on any screen. Pressing a soft key immediately displays the screen or executes the action described by the icon to its left. The icon does not need to be highlighted for the soft key to work. Navigation keypad The navigational keypad contains arrows and the selection key. Use the arrows to move through pop-up lists and screens and highlight items for selection. Once an item is highlighted, it can be selected. The action performed by the selection key is determined by its context. Press the right arrow (1) to move one location to the right in a horizontal layout and highlight the item.
51
52 Press the left arrow (2) to move from the soft key icon list and highlight the first item in the main screen area. Press the left arrow (2) to move one location to the left in a horizontal layout and highlight the item. Press the up arrow (3) to move upward and highlight the previous item in a vertical layout. For example, the previous icon or previous field. Press the down arrow (4) to move downward and highlight the next item in a vertical layout. For example, the next icon or next field. Once an item is highlighted, it can be selected. Press the selection key (5) to start a software application, to select a screen for viewing, to enter or edit a name or value with a pop-up keypad, to access a pop-up list of options, to confirm a selection or to save an item in active memory.
239

Quick access keypad This keypad contains three keys for quick access to the home page, to the next software application or to escape the current screen or action. Press the home key (8) to return to the IntelliViewtII monitor home page from any screen within any software application. The next application key (6) to move through all farming applications running on the IntelliViewt II monitor is not used on Combines for now. 53 The action performed by the escape key (7) is determined by its context. At the application level, press escape to leave the current program and return to the previous program. Multiple presses will ultimately return to the home page and highlight the ACTIVE selection icon on that page. Within any screen of an application, press escape to move from the main screen area to the icon list on the right hand side of the screen. When editing a field on any application screen, press escape to exit the field without saving changes to the original setting or name.
Incremental keypad The incremental keypad contains a plus (+) key and a minus () key to increase or decrease a value in a field. NOTE: This keypad may not be used by every application available for the IntelliViewt II monitor. Press the plus key (9) to increase the value in the selected field. The amount of increase is determined by the software.
NOTE: Can also be used to scroll fast upwards within a list (refer to Scrolling lists further in this section). 54 Press the minus key (10) to decrease the value in the selected field. The amount of decrease is determined by the software.
NOTE: Can also be used to scroll fast downwards within a list (refer to Scrolling lists further in this section). 240

Keypads Alphanumeric and numeric keypads are part of the foundation software on the IntelliViewtII monitor and are available to any application on the display.
55 Each application customizes the keypads according to its needs. The character sets on the alphanumeric keypad may vary from application to application. Some may support both uppercase and lowercase alphabets. Some may support extended character sets beyond the alphabet. Some applications may support both an alphanumeric and a numeric keypad, others may support only one. Some keypads may show an icon for the currently selected field, others may not. 56
NOTE: The decimal point or comma may be present on some numeric keypads and absent on others, depending on whether decimal increments are supported for a given value. Keypad access Whenever a keypad is needed to enter a name or a value, the keypad is displayed by pressing the selection key on the navigation keypad or by pressing the rotary encoder while a field is highlighted.
241

Keypad selections Use the arrow keys from the navigation keypad and/or the rotary encoder to navigate through the keypad and highlight the desired character or number. Press the selection key on the navigation keypad or press the rotary encoder to select. Select Enter (1), to save the name or the value. The keypad will disappear and the field will display the newly created name or value. 57 Select DEL ALL (2) to clear the current entry in the keypad. Select DEL (3) to clear the previous character or number. Select ABC (4) to toggle between the uppercase and lowercase letter screens. Select 123 (5) to choose the numeric/special character screen.
Input error messages If an operator attempts to edit a name or a number on the keypad and tries to exit the selected field after deleting the existing characters without adding new characters, the following input error message appears: character count must be 1 to 18. NOTE: Input Error shown on the figure is just an example. There are more Input Errors related to values, duplicate names, etc.
58
242

Pop-up lists Pop-up lists are part of the foundation software on the IntelliViewt II monitor and are available to any application on the display. Pop-up lists are used: To select an option from a predefined list. For example, display language or units of measurement. To select an option from a user defined list. For example, operators name. To select files for storing, recalling or editing.
Pop-up list access Whenever a pop-up list is needed, the list is displayed by pressing the selection key on the navigation keypad or by pressing the rotary encoder while a field is highlighted.
Pop-up list selections Use the arrow keys from the navigation keypad and/or the rotary encoder to navigate through the list and highlight the desired item. Press the selection key on the navigation keypad or press the rotary encoder to select. Scrolling lists If more entries are present than can be displayed on one screen, a scroll bar is added to indicate the presence of additional entries. Use the arrow keys from the navigation keypad and/or the rotary encoder to scroll through the list.
59 NOTE: To scroll faster up and down, use the incremental keypad. (+) plus key to scroll upwards () minus key to scroll downwards
243
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION HOME PAGE

NOTE: The IntelliViewt II monitor will switch on when the ignition key is switched on. NOTE: The IntelliViewt II monitor always starts up in run 1 screen.
60 The vehicle creates the home page for the display. The content of the home page varies with the vehicle in which the IntelliViewt II monitor is resident. The home page has two standard areas for organizing components from the vehicle and other software applications in the display:
61 the home screen area (A)
The home page area contains different boxes to select. Any compatible software can use and add its components to these applications.
62 the status area (B)
The status area displays various icons to report IntelliViewt II monitor events: loading objects, saving objects, etc. Any application can use this area to display status icons. Any software can drop a window into this area. The content of the window is determined by the software. NOTE: The content in the status area will always be a reporting module, not a control module. 63 244

Home screen area (A) Toolbox Diagnostic Combine P farm Run screens ACS Data Management Calibrations 64
Status area Travel speed indication (1). Guidance icon (2). Gear selected (3). Engine water temperature indication (4). Fuel level indicator (5). Field status icon area (6). Light status icon area (7). Alarm/Error icon area and indicator area (8). 65
IMPORTANT: The Alarm/Error area and indicator area icons can appear in different colours according to the level of severity: Red: High severity Yellow: Mid severity White: Low severity Grey: Ignore
245

Abbreviations In some screens on the IntelliViewtII monitor abbreviations can occur. Below a list with the abbreviations and the explanation. abbreviation ACS ASP Avg or A BSP Automatic Crop Settings Advanced Stone Protection Average Board Support Package: In embedded systems, a Board Support Package is a bootable operating system, the bootloader that loads it, and device drivers for all the devices on the board Combine Control Module Dry Engine Control Unit Failure Mode Indicator Horizontal Dilution Of Precision Header Harvester Guidance Sensor Header Height Control Two commercial correction signals for GPS from Omnistar Instant International Standards Organisation Navigation (II) Controller Position Dilution of Precision Position neutral sensor Remote Display Interface (allows diagnostics of Trimble DGPS antenna) Right Hand Module Real Time Kinematic (high precision DGPS correction signal, base station needed) Schematic Input/Output name Suspect Parameter Number Serial Number Small Wide Color Display To Be Determined Commercial correction signal with precision similar or higher to Egnos Wet Windrow position sensor Four Wheel Drive explanation
CCM D ECU FMI HDOP Hdr HGS HHC HP/XP I ISO NAV PDOP pos n sen RDI RHM RTK Schematic IO name SPN SR# SWCD TBD VBS W Windrow pos sen 4WD
246
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION I TOOLBOX

Select the Toolbox icon to access screens for setting display preferences and operator preferences, for customizing the Run screens, for setting up the GPS receiver, etc. (the Toolbox provides the shared tools used by other applications). The Toolbox from the home screen area contains different setup screens: 1.Display Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Month Day Year Day/Night Hour Minute Language Interface Level (not yet operative) Backlight Current Vehicle 66
247

2.Operator Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Operator Units Display Mode Grid Lines Date Format Time Format Number Format Display Volume 67
248

3.Run Layout In this submenu the operator can set or select the following items: Current Layout Run Screen Number of Windows
68
249

NOTE: According to the Number of Windows selected, the operator can select from following list: Air filter state Area Area Counter Area control Atmospheric pressure Auto reelspeed slope Battery voltage Battery voltage (bargraph) Boost air temp Boost pressure Cleaning shoe angle Cold start state Concave clearance Concave clearance (adjust) Control pressure Coolant level state Coolant temp Crop Type Cutting width Data driven Distance Distance Counter Engine Load-A Engine air filter state Engine degradation level Engine hours Engine oil pressure Engine oil pressure (bargraph) Engine oil temp Engine overheating status Engine power Engine power (bargraph) Engine speed Engine speed (bargraph) Fan speed Fan speed (adjust) Farm Feeder position Feeder speed (adjust) Field Fuel Econ-Area-A Fuel Econ-Dist-A Fuel Econ-Work-A Fuel Rate-A Fuel Used Fuel level Fuel rate Fuel temp GPS Status Gear select Gearbox clutch temp Gearbox filter state Gearbox temp Grain elevator speed Ground distance Ground height Groundspeed Grower HHC threshold pressure Header lift pressure Header offset Header reel distance Header reel speed Header type (adjust) Header usage Height sensitivity Hyd motor temp Hydraulic oil temp (bargraph) Hydraulic reservoir temp Intake temp (bargraph) Lateral inclination Left returns speed Left stubble height / Flex Longitudinal inclination Loss meters (1) Loss meters (2) Lower sieve (adjust) Max steering angle Mean stubble / flex height Moisture mode (adjust) Operator PSD belt speed Rate A Rear axle angle Reel minimum Reel speed offset Reel vertical position Return filter state Returns sensitivity Returns volume Right returns speed Right stubble height / Flex Rows in use Save to ACS Show errors Sieve loss Sieve loss meter Sieve loss sensitivity Spreader plate position Str chopper speed Swath width Tag setup Tailings volume (bargraph) Task Thresher loss sensitivity Thresher hours Time Passed Trip distance Upper sieve (adjust) Vehicle Name Volume Water in fuel state Weight Counter Work Condition
250

4.Combine Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Combine type Combine model Combine class Serial number Option module CCM3 Country code 69
5.Engine Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Engine type Engine model Fuel tank size Grid heater Air filter sensor Rotary screen brush Engine brake Engine boost Engine speed alarm 70
251

6.Electrical Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Indicator lights Deluxe lighting
71 7.Hydraulics Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Hydraulics type Accumulator Gearbox sensor Gearbox valves Jammer valve installed 72
252

8.Driveline Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items:
Tire radius
Find the number of the tyre radius in the list below: 73

TRACTION TYRE 620/75 R34170A8DT820 650/75 R32172A8DT822 710/75 R34178A8MegaXBib 800/65 R32172A8DT822 800/65 R32172A8XM28 900/60 R32176A8DT830 1050/50 R32178A8MegaXbi Tracks TYRE RADIUS VALUE 0.859 m 0.863 m 0.897 m 0.864 m 0.869 m 0.919 m 0.899 m 0.352 m
Hydro pump displacement Hydro motor displacement Final reduction ratio Differential gear Emergency braking Rear wheel assist Dual range 4WD Brake limitation valve
Tracks type Autopilot type Speed limit reverse Speed limit forward Autopilot gain Hydraulic motor temp Steering tire radius Ratio gear four
253

9.Header Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Maximum stubble height Header style Corn header bottom plate HHC raise speed HHC drop speed HHC threshold pressure Min reel speed Auto reelspeed slope Lateral float Autofloat Reel drive Header lift cylinders Auto header lift Reel fore-back Vertical knives Reel vertical position Reel horizontal position 74
254

10.Header Setup 2 In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Header type Cutting type Total rows Rows in use Row spacing Header width Header usage Interval Header offset Header alarm status Header alarm ring Max steering angle Overlap flip Work width reset 75
255

11.Feeder Setup This submenu is not valid for CX combines:
76 12.Threshing Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Concave type Clutch temp sensor Thresher loss sensitivity Hydromech hydrostat Gearbox oil level sensor 77
256

13.Cleaning Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Sieve loss sensitivity Upper sieve type Lower sieve type Longitudinal inclination Remote upper sieve Remote lower sieve Returns type Self-levelling shoe Cleaning width Inclinometer location Lateral inclination 78
14.Clean grain Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Remote grainbin covers Remote extensions Grain bin capacity Bubble up sensor Grainbin beacon logic 79
257

15.Residue Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Chaff blower / spreader Remote spreader plates Straw chopper speed sensor Residue speed sensor Remote chop drop Spreaders Straw hood chopper Integral chopper 80
16.Harvest/ precision farming (pf) Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Moisture sensor type Yield sensor type
81 17.Service Setup In this submenu the operator can set or view the following items: Engine hours Threshing hours
82
258

18.GPS Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: GPS Location Write to Card
83 19.Yield Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Yield / Moisture Flow Delay
84 20.Nav Controller In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Nav II installed
85
259
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION II DIAGNOSTIC

Select the Diagnostic icon to access screens for checking software revisions, for checking controller status, and for checking and clearing fault codes. The Diagnostic from the home screen area contains different screens: 1.Version In this submenu the operator can see the following software items: Framework BSP Combine Precision Farming Yield Monitor Trip Computer Autoguidance 86
2.CAN status In this submenu the operator can see the following controller info: CCM1 CCM2 CCM3 RHM ECU NAV II 87
260

3.Fault Archive In this submenu the operator can check or clear the fault codes. Select List Erase All Refresh List
88 4.Settings In this sub-menu the operator can select: Group Item
According to the selected group and item, the operator can see the following info: Module SPN Schematic IO Name Connector pin assignment Electrical component name 89
NOTE: Find below the list of groups which can be selected. Brakes Cleaning Engine Feeder Grain handling Ground drive Hdr heighttilt Header Hydraulic Lights Operator control PFS RHM lamp Residue Sieve Threshing Threshing rotor Transmission Unloading Voltage
261

5.Graph
90 6.GPS Status
7.GPS Receiver
262
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION III COMBINE INFO

The Combine Info from the home screen area contains different info screens: 1.Engine Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Engine rpm Engine oil pressure Coolant temp Fuel level Engine hours Water in fuel state Coolant level state Air filter state Cold start state Engine overheating state Engine degradation level Fuel rate 91
2.Electrical Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Battery voltage Date and time
92
263

3.Hydraulics Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Hydraulic reservoir temp Control pressure Gearbox filter state Return filter state 93 4.Driveline Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Groundspeed Trip distance Transmission shift gear Hyd motor temp 94 5.Header Info In this submenu the operator can see or set the following items: Header type Left stubble height / Flex left Right stubble height / Flex right Feeder position Mean stubble / flex height Header lift press Swath width 95
264

6.Feeder Info
96 7.Threshing Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Concave clearance Drum speed Gearbox temp Gearbox clutch temp Threshing hours 97
8.Cleaning Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Fan speed Rotary separator speed Left returns speed Straw walker speed 98
265

9.Clean grain Info In this submenu the operator can see the following item: Elevator speed
99 10.Residue Info
100 11.Rpm Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Engine rpm Drum speed Rotary separator speed Fan speed Left returns speed Elevator speed Straw walker speed 101
266

12.Loss Info In this submenu the operator can see the following items: Left walker loss Right walker loss Sieve loss Returns volume 102
267
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION IV PRECISION FARMING (P FARM)

The P farm from the home screen area contains different screens: 1.Profile setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Grower Operator Farm Tag Setup Field Task Crop Type Work Condition 103
2.Summary Data 1 In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Summary Crop Summary Tag Summary Farm Summary Field Summary Task 104
3.Summary Data 2
105
268
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION V RUN SCREENS

The Run Screens from the home screen area contains different run screens: NOTE: Information on all the different run screens will be the result of the input given in the run layout screen located under Toolbox. 1. Run 1 The IntelliViewtII monitor always starts up in this screen.
106 2. Run 2
107 3. Run 3
108
269

4. Run 4
109 5. Run 5
110 6. Run 6
111
270
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION VI AUTOMATIC CROP SETTINGS (ACS)

The Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) system allows the combine operator to select up to three combine operating modes for each crop. There are two working modes and one mode that will be selected automatically when traversing the headland. The two working modes are easily selected (swapped) during operation via the Automatic Crop Settings tumbler switch on the right-hand module. Double-clicking the resume button on the MFH, to lift the header using automatic header height, also activates the Headland mode, adjusting corresponding machine settings. An example of how these functions can work together is: Mode 1 is the factory set values, which the operator has confirmed to work well in standing crop. However, if losses increase in lodged areas of the field, the operator can make adjustments and save them as Mode 2. The operator can then switch the Automatic Crop Settings tumbler switch to Mode 2 when entering a lodged area and to Mode 1 for standing crop. In addition the operator could reduce the fan speed in one of these modes to reduce losses at the headlands and save this as the Headland mode. If the operator does not want the combine to adjust at the headland, he sets the Headland mode to None and the combine will continue to use the current mode at the headlands.
271

The ACS from the home screen area contains different screens: 1.ACS Setup In this submenu the operator can set the following items: ACS status Crop Type Work Condition ACS Mode ACS Mode Set 112
NOTE: Find below the list of Crop Types which can be selected. Barley-Winter Beans-Soybean Clover-Crimson Corn Rice Sunflower Wheat
272

2.Working Settings In this submenu the operator can set the following items: Fan speed Rotor speed Rotor Auto feed min Auto feed max Feeder speed Concave clearance Upper sieve Lower sieve Reel vertical adjust Reel horizontal adjust Stone trap sensitivity Reel speed offset Min reel speed Thresher loss sensitivity Sieve loss sensitivity Tailings sensitivity HHC raise rate HHC lower rate Height sensitivity 113
273
SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION VII DATA MANAGEMENT

The Data Management from the home screen area contains different screens: 1.Import In this submenu the operator can import the following items: Data Type Vehicle Name
114 2.Filter List In this submenu the operator can set the following item: Filter list
115 Alfalfa Barley-Fall Barley-Spring BarleyWinter Beans-Adzuki Beans-Edible Beans-Faber Beans-Field Beans-Soybean Borage Buckwheat Canola Clover-Crimson Clover-White Corn Corn 2 Corn 3 Corn 4 Flax Grains-Other Grass-Bent Grass-Blue Grass-Fescue Grass-Orchard Lentils Lupins Meadowfoam Millet Mustard Oats Peanuts Peas-Chick Peas-Field Popcorn Rape Seed Rice Rice-Wild Rye-Spring Rye-Winter Ryegrass Safflower Sorghum Sunflower Triticale Wheat Wheat-Durum Wheat-Spring Wheat-Winter
274

3.Delete In this submenu the operator can select the following items: Data Type Farm
116 4.Apply Calibration (not used)
VIII CALIBRATION
The Calibration from the home screen area contains different screens: 1.Calibrations In this submenu the operator can select the following item: Calibrations
117 To obtain a correct read-out on the IntelliViewtII monitor and good functioning of the combine, the electric/electronic system needs to be correctly calibrated. Following calibrations can be carried out: Header height Tyre radius (ground speed) Multi function handle Concave Upper sieve (if remote sieve installed) Lower sieve (if remote sieve installed) Self-levelling shoe (if installed) Spreader plates (if installed) Max. Stubble height Ground speed hydrostatic Zero returns HGS turn table position (if installed) HGS edge position (if installed) Engine kill stall
275
276

Calibrations for Basic operation NOTE: To enter or select, press the selection key or press the rotary encoder. To have an overview of the different calibrations: 1. Select calibrations from the home page screen.
118 NOTE: Calibrations enter area is white coloured.
119 2. Select calibrations from the four following applications which are the icons on the righthand side of the screen: Calibrations Crop setup Crop Calibration NAV Calibration (if installed) 120
NOTE: Now the Calibrations enter area becomes in ocher colour.
277

3. Select again, a list with all the possible calibrations appears.
121
Calibration of the multifunction handle IMPORTANT: During this calibration, you will be asked to put the multifunction handle forward and backward. To avoid unexpected movement from the machine, disengage engine and set gear to neutral.
NOTE: (valid for all calibrations) The calibration window has on top the description of the item to calibrate. In the middle of the window, a description of the calibration conditions and procedure will appear. Follow the steps as described in the window. The display will automatically show the next step. Pressing the esc key in one of the following steps will cause the calibration procedure to stop. Not reacting to the system within some time, will cause the calibration procedure to stop.
278

To calibrate the multifunction handle, proceed as follows: 1. Select the Multifunction handle calibration window from the list.
122 2. Message: Place handle in maximum forward position, then press Enter.
123 3. Message: Place handle in neutral as far rear as possible, then press Enter.
124
279

4. Message: Place handle in neutral as far forward as possible, then press Enter.
125 5. Message: Place handle in maximum reverse position, then press Enter.
126 6. Message: Multifunctional handle Completed.
127 Remark: If an error occurs while calibrating, the calibration procedure will be aborted and an error code will appear on the screen. A list with the calibration error messages can be found in SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING: Paragraph headed: Calibration error list.
280

2.Crop Setup
128 3.Crop Calibration
129 4.NAV Calibration (if installed)
130
281

Audible alarm An audible signal (buzzer) is linked with all the different levels of alarms (low, medium, high). A pop-up screen on the IntelliViewtII monitor shows the explanation of the specific alarm. NOTE: When the alarm is functioning, try to locate the defect or contact your local dealer for assistance. Automatic engine shut-off In case of an emergency, in order to prevent engine or hydrostatic system damage, or to protect your personal safety, the engine will automatically be shut off immediately, if the following elements occur: Low engine oil pressure (+buzzer alarm + IntelliViewtII monitor) Excessive engine oil or engine coolant temperature (+buzzer alarm + IntelliViewtII monitor) Low hydrostatic oil pressure (+buzzer alarm + IntelliViewtII monitor) Engine gearbox oil pressure (+buzzer alarm + IntelliViewtII monitor)
NOTE: If it is necessary to move the combine for safety reasons, the engine can be (re-)started after an automatic engine shut-off (the engine will only be shut down after 30 seconds in this case). In this case, the operator assumes the responsibility for any engine damage or failure.
282

The following is a list of the alarms with the priority, condition, activation and reset measure.
Description A0000 Engine coolant temperature HIGH Priority Check condition High Engine running and temperature sensor not faulty Activation 2 sec > 102 C (216F) electrical engine 2 sec > 110 C (230F) mechanical engine or engine shutdown 3 sec > 126 C (259F) or engine shutdown 3 sec < 1 bar (14.5psi) or engine shutdown 8 sec < 12 V 8 sec < 10 V 4 sec < 10 % 10 sec > 625 mm H2O 10 sec < 0.25 V 2 sec > 90C (194F) 10 sec > 90C (194F) Resetting 2 sec < 102 C (216F) electrical engine 2 sec < 110 C (230F) mechanical engine 2 sec < 126 C (259F) 0.5 sec >/= 1 bar (14.5psi) 2 sec > 12.5 V 2 sec > 10.5 V 4 sec > 12 % 2 sec </= 625 mm H2O 2 sec >/= 0.25 V 2 sec </= 90C (194F) 3 sec < 85C (185F)
A0001 Engine oil temperature HIGH A0002 Engine Oil pressure LOW A0003 Battery Voltage LOW A0004 Fuel level LOW A0005 Air filter BLOCKED A0006 Gearbox temperature HIGH A0007 Hydraulic reservoir temperature HIGH A0008 Hydrostatic motor temperature HIGH A0009 Return filter blocked A0010 Gearbox filter blocked A0011 Hydraulic reservoir level LOW A0012 Control pressure LOW A0013 Gearbox clutch temperature HIGH
High High High Low Low Low Low Low High High
Engine running Engine running and pressure sensor not faulty Engine rpm > 500 rpm Engine rpm < 500 rpm Level sensor not faulty Sensor configuration set to not installed and air filter switch not faulty Engine running
High
Sensor configuration set 10 sec > 105C (221F) to installed and hydro temperature sensor not faulty 10 sec < 1.8 V and >/= 25C 10 sec < 1.8 V and >/= 25C Reservoir switch not faulty Engine running for 3 sec and control pressure not faulty Sensor configuration set to installed and gearbox clutch temperature sensor not faulty 4 sec > 1.8 V 2 sec < 20 bar
3 sec < 100C (212F)
Low Low High High
2 sec > 1.8 V and < 25 C 2 sec < 1.8 V and < 25 C 0.5 sec < 1.8 V 0.5 sec >/= 20 bar
High
0.1 sec >/= 130 C (266F)
2 sec </= 120C
(*) can be configured in IntelliViewt II monitor
283

Description A0014 Straw elevator reverser ENGAGED Priority Check condition High Reverser sensor engaged Activation straw elevator engaged + 0.5 sec reverser sensor or straw elevator engagement + reverser sensor or reverser switch 0.01 sec straw elevator engaged Straw elevator engage switch transition from low to high (attempting to engage straw elevator) 2 sec < 1950 rpm (*) Operator not in seat for 2 sec Ladder down for 1 second Unloading engaged Cover switch open Resetting 10 sec reverser sensor+ straw elevator disengaged and reverser switch Straw elevator disengaged for 10 sec. Disengage straw elevator engage switch
A0015 Seat switch OPEN
Med
Not seated for 5 sec Not seated
A0016 Engine RPM LOW A0020 Set parking brake ALARM A0021 Rear ladder DOWN A0022 Unload engaged A0028 Grain tank covers OPEN A0029 Unloading tube OPEN A0030 Grain bin FULL
Med High High Low Low
Threshing running Engine on, MFH neutral, Brake off Engine running
2 sec > 2000 engine rpm Operator in seat for 0.5 sec Ladder up for 0.5 second Unloading not engaged
field mode: > 15 km/h and 0 sec in field mode covers open road mode: covers open 2 sec unload tube open 2 sec unload tube close
Low
Road mode or > 15 km/h (9mph) and ground speed sensor NOT faulty Threshing engaged, no unloading and straw elevator engaged, moving forward and grain bin sensor NOT faulty Threshing engaged, no unloading and grain bin sensor NOT faulty Threshing engaged
High
1 sec the 2 sensors activated
1 sec both sensors not activated
Low
1 sec the 2 sensors activated blocked for 1 sec (input < 1.8V)
1 sec both sensors not activated not blocked for 3 sec (input > 1.8V) MFH in neutral
A0032 Straw hood blocked A0033 Parking brake ON
High High
Parking brake switch in er- MFH not in neutral ror, engine running and parking brake engaged Parking brake ON and engine running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running MFH not in neutral 1 sec < 113 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 100 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 179 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed
Med A0034 Straw walker RPM LOW High Med A0036 Drum RPM LOW A0038 Rotary separator RPM LOW High Med High Med
MFH in neutral 1 sec >/= 113 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec >/= 100 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec > 179 rpm 3 sec > 80 % of set speed
284
Description A0039 Beater RPM LOW A0040 Grain elevator RPM LOW A0041 Fan RPM LOW
Priority Check condition High Med High Med High Med Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running Threshing running
Activation 1 sec < 100 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 100 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 130 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 100 rpm 1 sec < 80 % of set speed 1 sec < 195 rpm 1 sec < 80% of set speed 1 sec < 195 rpm 1 sec < 80% of set speed 5 sec < 0.69 V
Resetting 3 sec >/= 100 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec > 100 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec > 130 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec >/= 100 rpm 3 sec >/= 80 % of set speed 3 sec > 195 rpm 3 sec >/= 80% of set speed 3 sec > 195 rpm 3 sec >/= 80% of set speed 10 sec > 0.69 V Stop attempting to engage device then disengage road mode 1sec >0.2 V or < 5.2 V Battery voltage > 15 V for 2 sec
A0042 Chopper RPM LOW A0043 Returns left RPM LOW A0044 Returns right RPM LOW A0047 Check brakes A0051 Road mode selected
High Med High Med High Med Med Low
Road mode selected
Covers open, header up/ down / tilt, straw elevator, rear axle, thresher, unload on / open, reel up / down
A0052 Flow sensor out of range A0057 Battery voltage high A0061 Thresher disengaged (No speed signal) A0062 Autopilot switched to manual A0063 End of crop detected A0064 Autopilot signal detected
Low Med
Yield monitor type configu- 1sec < 0.2 V or > 5.2 V ration not set to 0 Battery voltage > 15.5 V for 8 sec
Med
Med Med Med
285

Description A0077 Self-levelling shoe NOT LEVEL Priority Check condition Med Low Threshing engaged & SL installed Activation Shoe actuator running in one direction for 15 sec Shoe position sensor faulty or lateral inclination sensor faulty Bubble-up sensor indicates the covers are closed Threshing engaged, engine running and covers open Not able to get to shift to selected gear in 6 sec. Engine running for 1 sec Auto HHC activated Sensor configuration set to installed and hydro temp. sensor not faulty 1 sec < 1.8 V Straw elevator angle > max. stubble height 10 sec > 95 C Resetting Shoe position stable Shoe position sensor and lateral inclination sensor OK Bubble-up sensor indicates the covers are open Covers no longer opening
A0079 Grain tank covers CLOSED
Med
Threshing engaged, covers installed, bubble-up sensor installed and engine running Threshing engaged, covers installed, bubble-up sensor not installed and engine running
A0080 Gearshift NOT successful A0081 Hydrostatic charge pressure LOW A0082 Auto HHC Disabled A0083 Hydro speed limitation A0117 Header need to be defined A0120 Upper sieve not in position
Low High Low Low
Selected gear found 0.5 sec > 1.8 V Alarm only displayed for 2 sec. 3 sec < 90C
Med
Header has not been installed on the combine before.
Alarm is displayed for 10 seconds
Med
Upper sieve position is not Upper sieve position is within 1 mm of the upper within 1 mm of the upper sieve position set point for sieve position set point 4 sec. Road mode switch placed into the road mode position Road mode not engaged, unload engaged or unload tube not cradled or straw elevator, reverser, thresher, rear wheel assist engaged or concave moving Road mode engaged
A0123 Road mode not allowed
Med
A0124 Lower sieve not in position
Med
Lower sieve position is not Lower sieve position is within 1 mm of the lower within 1 mm of the lower sieve position set point for sieve position set point 4 sec. Remote upper sieve configuration set to installed Remote lower sieve configuration set to installed Upper sieve has never been calibrated Lower sieve has never been calibrated Calibrate upper sieve Calibrate lower sieve
A0125 Upper sieve calibration required A0126 Lower sieve calibration required
Low Low
286
Description A1000 Datalogger PLD fault A1001 Datalogger EE fault A1002 Error On log file
Priority Check condition
Activation Cant open marker file Cant open marker file Cant open marker file Cant create default marker file Cant open log file 99 log files already on the card CCMs not sending required messages Cant open or corrupt object file Corrupt marker file
Resetting Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer
A1003 CCM not sending needed messages A1004 Error on job file A1005 Error on marker file A1006 Datacard full A1010 GPS signal lost A1011 DGPS correction signal lost A2000 No CAN A2001 MDM offline A2002 CCM1 offline High Low Low
Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer
CAN open
Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer Contact your New Holland Dealer
IntelliViewt II monitor
is offline No can messages received from CCM1 for 5 seconds No can messages received from CCM2 for 5 seconds CCM3 installed No can messages received from CCM3 for 5 seconds No can messages received from RHM for 5 seconds No can messages received from SSM for 5 seconds Engine control unit installed No can messages received from ECU for 5 seconds No can messages received from HHC for 5 seconds Global Position System installed Data Logger Unit installed No can messages received from GPS for 5 seconds No can messages received from DLU for 5 seconds
A2003 CCM2 offline
Low
A2004 CCM3 offline
Low
A2005 RHM offline
Low
A2006 SSM offline
Low
A2007 ECU offline
Low
A2008 HHC offline
Low
A2009 GPS offline
Low
A2010 DLU offline
Low
287
288
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
BEFORE DRIVING THE COMBINE

1. Read this Operators Manual carefully; especially the paragraphs headed safety precautions and starting the engine. 2. Check all chain and belt tensions Refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE . 3. Check all the pressures daily. Keep the tyres inflated to the pressures given in SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS . 4. Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first week of operation and thereafter on a weekly basis. 5. Check the coolant level (ensure the machine is standing on level ground). Refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE . 6. Check the hydraulic and hydrostatic oil reservoir level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted and the header lowered to the ground (machine standing on level ground). Add oil if necessary. Refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE . 7. Lubricate the combine completely as described in SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE .
8. Sit down on the operators seat and adjust it according to your weight and size. 9. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position. Adjust the rear-view mirrors, if necessary. 10. Start the engine. Refer to the next paragraph headed Starting the engine. 11. Turn the ladder of the operator platform in front of the traction wheel when driving on public roads. 12. Raise the ladder of the engine compartment. 13. Ensure the unloading tube is in the closed position. 14. Disengage the parking brake. 15. Move the throttle switch into the maximum speed. 16. Raise the straw elevator to its highest position. IMPORTANT: To prevent the hydraulic oil from overheating, do not hold the header height control switch in the operating position longer than is necessary. The same applies to the hydraulic controls for the reel height, and the reel fore and after adjustment.
CAUTION
Before driving on the road with a header attached smaller than 4 meter (foldable grain header or flip-up maize header), the following actions must be done: Contact your local dealer. Counterweights Additional headligths Brake pressure limiter valve
3 1
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION STARTING THE ENGINE

Ensure you are thoroughly familiar with the instruments and controls before starting the engine for the first time. To start the engine safely, follow the points as outlined below. Before starting the engine, ensure there is enough ventilation and everyone is standing clear of the combine.
CAUTION
Daily start-up procedure Proceed as follows: 1. Carry out the routine engine service, i.e. check coolant, oil and fuel tank levels (refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ). Ensure the battery key is in the ON position. 2. Make sure the Multi function handle is in neutral position. 3. Ensure the road-field mode tumbler switch is in the road position and the parking brake switch is in the ON position. 4. Check that the both brake pedals are coupled together. 5. Ensure the gearshift selector switch is in the neutral position.
6. Insert the ignition key into the ignition-and-stop switch and turn the ignition key in the contact position, check for any alarm or fault messages on the IntelliViewt II monitor. 7. Before starting the engine, warn bystanders by sounding the horn several times. 8. Start the engine when pre-heat lamp on the screen starts to flash. Turn the ignition key clockwise to engage the starter motor. Engine will start at low idle automatically (if the engine fails to start after 20 seconds, release the ignition key for about 1 minute before re-engaging the starter motor). 9. As soon as the engine starts, release the ignition key. 10. Check for any engine Alarm/fault messages. IMPORTANT: Allow the engine to run for one minute at low idle before moving off, to ensure adequate lubrication of the turbocharger bearings.
3 2
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION STOPPING THE ENGINE

Proceed as follows: 1. Push onto the engine throttle rocker switch (bottom side) and let the engine run at idling speed for one minute. 2. Turn the ignition key counter-clockwise to stop the engine. 3. Remove the key from the ignition-and-stop switch.
DRIVING THE COMBINE CAUTION
The combine rear end swings out when changing direction. Take care when taking turns.
4. Activate the neutral lock release button (on back surface of multi function handle) and push multifunction handle gently forward to drive forward, or activate neutral lock release button and pull handle gently backwards for reverse driving. NOTE: When reversing the combine, an audible alarm will automatically warn bystanders.
Proceed as follows: 1. Ensure that the ground speed control lever is in the neutral position. 2. Select a gear by turning the gear select switch in the desired position. Check sensed gear on the IntelliViewt II (status area) for proper engagement (this can take a few seconds). For field operation, use first, second or third gear, depending upon the circumstances. For manoeuvring in confined spaces, use first gear. For road transport, use third or fourth gear. 5. Familiarise yourself with the different steering and driving characteristics. To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the ground speed increases during downhill driving and it is impossible to reduce the speed with the ground speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a lower gear appropriate to the steepness of the hill.
WARNING
Never drive on public roads with any of the mechanisms engaged (select road mode with the road mode selector switch).
CAUTION
3. Release parking brake (switch in OFF position).
To obtain a smooth speed deceleration when moving the MFH from forwards driving to neutral a slow down restrictor is build in, when road mode is selected.
WARNING
3 3
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION PARKING BRAKE

The parking brake is operated by pressing tumbler switch 1. The parking brake has two positions. The first position: Off position
NOTE: When selecting another gear, the parking brake is activated automatically during shifting. The second position: Parking position
NOTE: Each time the engine is started, the parking brake will be activated (even when the parking brake tumbler switch is set in the OFF position). To release the parking brake, set the parking brake tumbler switch first in the ON position then in the OFF position.
NOTE: When the ON (parking) position is selected during driving, the parking brake will be activated when the multifunction handle (hydrostatic) is moved to neutral position or the ground speed is lower than 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph). Emergency stop (if configured in IntelliViewt II monitor) Pressing quick stop button 2 on the multifunction handle while driving the combine will cause the combine to stop. Depending on the time button 2 is pressed, the combine will stop like explained below: If pressing not longer than two seconds on quick stop button 2: The hydrostatic will be disabled immediately. If pressing between two and six seconds on quick stop button 2: The hydrostatic will be disabled immediately. After two seconds the parking brake will come on additional, during four seconds. If pressing for a minimum of six seconds on quick stop button 2: The same result will occur when pressing between two and six seconds, but after six seconds the parking brake will close completely to stop the combine abruptly. 2
Remark: After an emergency stop, to advance again, bring first the multifunction handle back to the neutral position (the parking will be released automatically).
3 4

Gear shifting system A selector switch 3 (12N34) indicates the selected gear. Selecting a gear is only possible with the multifunction handle in neutral position. Turn the button to select a gear. The parking brake is automatically engaged and the hydrostatic system will be disabled. The IntelliViewt II shows the selected gear on top of the screen when the gearshifting is completed. The parking brake will reset to its previous state and the operator can take over the hydrostatic control. Remark: When selecting another gear during driving, the system will wait until the multifunction handle is in the neutral position and the combine is stopped completely. Differential lock (if equipped)
When operating in slippery or muddy ground conditions the differential lock may be engaged to provide better traction.
If one of the traction wheels start spinning, immediately depress the differential lock pedal (1). Now both traction wheels will turn at the same speed. Keep the pedal (1) depressed until the machine has passed the obstacle. Release the pedal to disengage the differential lock. IMPORTANT: Do not make turns with differential lock pedal depressed. It may be necessary to slow down the combine to allow engagement of the differential lock.
3 5
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION HARVESTING

Description of operation The combine harvester performs five basic functions:
5
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Feeding Threshing Separation Cleaning Grain storage and unloading
3 6

1. Feeding The reel 1 (on the grain or flex header) or the gathering chain (on the maize header) feeds the crop/cobs into the header 2 towards the auger 3. The auger 3 feeds the crop into the front of the straw elevator 4. The straw elevator head pivots on the elevator frame which enables the header to follow deviations in slope up to 3_ on either side, relative to the base unit position. The crop is then carried up the straw elevator where it is fed over the stone trap 5 into the drum and concave area. At this point the feeding is complete and the threshing starts. The stone trap 5 is designed to trap stones and other foreign objects which may cause damage to internal parts of the combine. 2. Threshing As the drum 6 rotates, it rubs the crop against the bars of concave 7. This rubbing action separates approximately 90% of the grain from the straw. Clean grain falls onto the grain pan 8. Straw (and little grain) are guided to the beater 9.
De-awning plates on small grain concaves can be swung up underneath the concave to increase the rubbing action when threshing winter barley or difficult-to-thresh crops. Rasp bars (de-awning slats) can be installed on the front part of the concave to improve the threshing efficiency (especially important in wheat) and to avoid white caps.
3 7

3. Separation The beater 9, with beater concave 10, strips the straw from the drum and guides it to rotary separator 11 and concave 12, which further separates the grain from the straw. The straw retarding curtain 13 prevents the rotary separator from throwing the straw too far onto the straw walkers 14. A straw flow beater 15 is standard installed to improve the straw transport towards the straw walkers and to enable a smoother flow of material in heavy crop conditions. The straw walkers 14 oscillate, lift and tumble the straw, permitting the remaining grain to fall through the walkers and slide down the walkers return chutes onto the rear of grain pan 8. 4. Cleaning
The grain and chaff on the grain pan 8 are transported to the rear by the reciprocating action of the cleaning shoe. On units with self-levelling cleaning shoe, an electrical actuator ensures that the cleaning shoe automatically remains horizontal in the transverse axis of the machine, even when operating on side slopes up to 17%. This innovation increases the capacity of the cleaning shoe considerably when operating in hilly conditions.
If the cleaning shoe is not self levelling (fixed cleaning shoe), operation on slight slopes is made possible by the installation of hillside dividers on the pre-sieve and the upper sieve.
3 8

Hillside dividers are installed as standard equipment on the grain pan 8 where they ensure an even distribution of the material before it reaches the short grain pan 28. The cleaning shoe is composed of an upper shoe 26 and a lower shoe 27 which move in opposite directions. A first separation takes place on the grain pan as the lighter chaff forms the top layer and the heavier grain the bottom layer. The material falls through the finger grate 16, installed at the rear of the grain pan, onto the presieve 17. The air coming from the secondary blow opening 18 of the cleaning fan 19 blows the chaff over the presieve so that grain with a reasonably high degree of cleanliness falls through the presieve. This action will be repeated a second time between the presieve 17 and upper sieve 20. The air coming from the main blow opening 21 of cleaning fan 19 blows the chaff over the upper sieve out of the machine, while the grain, unthreshed heads and small volumes of heavy chaff fall onto the lower sieve 22. 5. Grain storage and unloading The clean grain is channelled into the grain tank 32 by the clean grain cross auger 24, grain elevator 31 and bubble-up auger 33. The grain tank is emptied by the grain tank unloading augers 34 and the unloading tube auger 35. In addition, the grain separated by the presieve 17 is guided by the small grain pan 28 to the lower sieve. The installation of a presieve considerably increases the cleaning shoe capacity as the main separation of grain and chaff occurs at both finger grates. The lower sieve, or cleaning sieve, provides the final cleaning operation. Grain that passes through the cleaning sieve is carried over the grain plate 23 to the clean grain cross auger 24. Unthreshed heads which do not fall through the lower sieve are transported by the returns auger(s) 25 to the roto-thresher(s) 29 for rethreshing. From the roto-thresher(s) this material is channelled by returns auger(s) 30 to the grain pan for cleaning. Divider plates divide the returned material evenly over the grain pan where the exclusive self-levelling cleaning shoe or the fixed cleaning shoe takes over.
8 3 9

Crop settings TYPE OF CROP Optional equipment required Drum speed Concave position
WHEAT
De-awning plates Rasp bar in front of concave (varieties with white caps) De-awning plates (some varieties) Idem barley Close de-awning plates, if necessary.
560850 rpm
10 mm 3/8
BARLEY
640900 rpm
10 mm 3/8
WINTER BARLEY RYE TRITICALE OATS RICE
640900 rpm
10 mm 3/8
650900 rpm 600900 rpm 640800 rpm Spike tooth bars and concave Tracks Smooth roto-thresher cover(s) Maize header Maize concave Smooth roto-thresher cover(s) 450650 rpm
10 mm 3/8 10 mm 3/8 10 mm 3/8 20 mm 3/4
MAIZE
320400 rpm
25 mm 1
FLAX RAPE SEED Vertical knives on the header Graepel sieve extension Smooth roto-thresher cover(s)
640800 rpm 480520 rpm
10 mm 3/8 24 mm 15/16
310
Rotary separator speed
Fan speed Presieve
Sieve openings Lower 57 mm 3/16 1/4 Upper 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2
Straw chopper (If installed) Speed High
High
700800 rpm
6 mm 15/64
High
700 rpm
6 mm 15/64
57 mm 3/16 1/4 57 mm 3/16 1/4 57 mm 3/16 1/4 57 mm 3/16 1/4 57 mm 3/16 1/4 57 mm 3/16 1/4
10 12 mm 3/8 1/2 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2 10 12 mm 3/8 1/2
High
High
700 rpm
6 mm 15/64
High
High High High
700 rpm 700 rpm 550600 rpm
6 mm 15/64 6 mm 15/64 6 mm 15/64
High High High
High
650700 rpm
6 or 9 mm 15/64 or 11/32
High
Low
800920 rpm
9 or 12 mm 11/32 or 1/2
12 mm 1/2
13 15 mm 1/2 19/32
Low
High Low (Grate:lower position)
500550 rpm 450500 rpm Eccentric shaft low rpm
3 or 6 mm 1/8 or 15/64 6 mm 15/64
35 mm 1/8 3/16 3 mm 1/8
47 mm 5/32 1/4 8 mm 5/16
High High
311
TYPE OF CROP
Optional equipment required
Drum speed
Concave position
SORGHUM SAFFLOWER SOYA BEANS
Special crop lifters on the header
640 rpm 320440 rpm
10 mm 3/8 27 mm 1-1/16
Flex header Smooth roto-thresher cover(s) Maize concave Perforated auger covers Perforated straw elevator bottom
550 rpm
20 mm 3/4
SUNFLOWER
Sunflower header Smooth roto-thresher concave Maize concave (Dry conditions: cover plate concave)
320 rpm
27 mm 1 -1/16 to 40 mm
MUSTARD
480520 rpm
10 to 25 mm 3/8 to 1
BUCKWHEAT GRASS SEED Fine grass seed Coarse grass seed BEANS/PEAS
480 rpm
10 mm 3/8
Standard drum - moderate concave Universal drum - Spike tooth concave
920 rpm 560 rpm
5 mm 3/16 17 mm 2/3
Perforated auger covers Smooth roto-thresher cover(s) Perforated straw elevator bottom Close de-awning plates, if necessary.
320360 rpm
Beans: 27 mm 1 -1/16 Peas: 20 mm 3/4 3 to 5 mm 1/8 to 3/16
CLOVER
Maximum
312
Rotary separator speed
Fan speed Presieve
Sieve openings Lower 6 mm 15/64 8 mm 5/16 Upper 10 mm 3/8 12 mm 1/2
Straw chopper (If installed) Speed High High
High Low
750800 rpm 550700 rpm
3 or 6 mm 1/8 or 15/64 6 or 9 mm 15/64 or 11/32
Low
750 rpm
9 or 12 mm 11/32 or 1/2
7 mm 1/4
1012 mm 3/8 1/2
High
Low If losses occur: High Grate in lower position
600650 rpm
12 mm 1/2
78 mm 1/4 5/16
1012 mm 3/8 1/2
Low
High or Low
450500 rpm Eccentric shaft low rpm 550 rpm 325 rpm 400 rpm
3 or 6 mm 1/8 or 15/64
06 mm 0 15/64
810 mm 5/16 3/8
High
High or Low High High
6 mm 15/64 4 mm 5/32 6 mm 15/64
9 mm 11/32 1 mm 3/76 4 5 mm 5/32 3/16
12 mm 1/2 4 mm 5/32 5 mm 3/16
High High High
High or Low Grate in lower position
Maximum
9 mm 11/32
9 13 mm 11/32 1/2
Beans: 15 mm 19/32 Peas: 10 mm 3/8 8 mm 5/16
High High
High
Minimum
3 mm 1/8
3 4 mm 1/8 5/32
High
313
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION TO CHANGE FROM GRAIN TO MAIZE CONFIGURATION, THE FOLLOWING MODIFICATIONS HAS TO BE DONE.
ACTION Header - Install maize header - Install counterweights as required - Install additional lighting kit (flip-up headers) - Install 4HB drive line - Adjust lower shaft - Remove intermediate cover plates - Install perforated bottom plate - Install maize concave - Remove anti-dust plate - Remove anti-wrap shields - Install drum cover plates (If standard drum) - Low speed of the rotary separator - Set the multi-thresh system in the closed position - Install fan bottom shield - Install smooth roto-thresh cover(s) - Check if cleaning shoe is running at high rpm - Install pre sieve HC 1-5/8 (if necessary) - Install upper sieve HC 1-5/8 (in upper position) - Remove the counter knives - Remove shread bar - Reduce by halve of rotor knives - Low speed of the chopper rotor - Remove chaff blower (connect hydraulic lines to the valve) DELETE Engine - Install rotary dust screen brush Section 7 ACCESSORIES Refer to Operators manual of the maize header Section 8 SPECIFICATIONS Section 7 ACCESSORIES Straw elevator Section 7 ACCESSORIES Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Threshing Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 7 ACCESSORIES Separation Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 7 ACCESSORIES Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Section 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Straw chopper Cleaning SECTION
314

ACTION IntelliViewt II Calibrations - Recalibrate Header - Recalibrate Concave position - Recalibrate Upper sieve - Recalibrate Lower sieve - Recalibrate Maximum stubble height - Recalibrate Flow sensor - Recalibrate Moisture sensor Engine - adapt Rotary screen brush Driveline - adapt Tyre radius (if tyres) - adapt Rear wheel assist (if P.R.A.) - adapt Dual range (if P.R.A.) - adapt Tracks type (if tracks) Header settings - adapt Header type - adapt Header platform type - adapt Rows in use - adapt Total rows - adapt Row distance - adapt Header raise rate - adapt Header lower rate - adapt Header lateral float - adapt Header Autofloatt - adapt Maximum stubble height - adapt Hydraulic deck plates Threshing settings - adapt Concave type Cleaning settings - adapt Sieve loss sensitivity - adapt Upper sieve type - adapt Lower sieve type - adapt Remote upper sieve - adapt Remote lower sieve Residue settings - adapt Chaff blower Precision farming settings - adapt Crop Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Section 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION SECTION
315

Kill stall The only way to accurately check the performance of the combine is to complete a kill-stall. 1. Operate the combine in a section of the field that best represents the overall crop. Be sure the combine is at least 100 m (328 ft) into the crop and travelling at the normal operating ground speed. 2. Select the calibration menu in the home screen area on the IntelliViewt II monitor and perform the engine kill stall. Apply the brakes gently and allow the complete combine to stop. This will leave crop material as it was during actual harvesting. 3. Disengage the threshing and header engagement system clutch, move the multi function handle to neutral, and restart the engine immediately. This prevents the engine from overheating and from being damaged. Run the engine on low idle for five minutes before stopping the engine. Then stop the engine. 4. Check the grain tank sample for complete threshing, cleanliness and damage. 5. Walk out in the front of the header and check the crop loss before the header has contacted the crop (preharvest loss). 6. Check the crop loss in an area where only the header has travelled (header loss). 7. Check the distribution of material on the grain pan. 8. Check the type, amount and distribution of material on the sieves. 9. Check the type and amount of returns. 10. Check the total loss in a 60 cm (23-5/8) wide area across the width of the cleaning shoe. Subtract preharvest and header losses to determine the machine loss. Use a drop screen to check the machine loss directly. 11. With all previous factors considered, readjust the combine. NOTE: Make only one adjustment at a time so that any change in combine performance can be attributed to that particular adjustment. NOTE: Lower the concave (completely down) before reengagement of the threshing. Performance indicators There are four indicators, which will tell you how well the combine is performing. These four indicators are: Grain tank sample Distribution of material on the grain pan and upper sieve Type and amount of returns Losses
By correctly reading these indicators and being familiar with the combine, you can make the necessary adjustments to correct any problem and improve the overall combine performance. Grain tank sample A large amount of trash in the grain tank indicates the crop is being overthreshed and/or the cleaning fan speed is too slow. The first step to correct this problem is to increase the concave clearance and/ or reduce the drum speed. This reduces or eliminates the material break-up caused by overthreshing. Then increase the cleaning fan speed if the trash is heavier than the grain or close the upper sieve if the trash is larger than the grain. Cracked or damaged grain can be caused by a concave setting that is too close to the drum. Increase the concave clearance and then reduce the drum speed to correct the problem. Bunch feeding can cause grain damage in the straw elevator. An incorrect straw elevator chain tension can also cause grain damage.
316

Excessive returns will contribute to grain damage due the additional pass(es) the grain must take through the drum/concave area. Plugged concave can cause grain damage because the free grain cannot get out of the concave area. Returns sample It is normal for the return sample to contain a few unthreshed heads. The purpose of the returns system is to return unthreshed heads to the threshing area for another pass. However, a large quantity of unthreshed heads indicates the concave clearance is too great. If the return sample contains a large quantity of clean grain, the cleaning fan speed should be reduced and/ or the lower sieve should be opened more. Losses Losses may occur at different stages: (see fig. 9) 1. Pre-combining losses: (i.e. losses found in front of the combine) are usually caused by adverse weather conditions, poor crop conditions and crop maturity. 2. Header losses: (i.e. losses found behind the header and outside of the tyres) may be caused by improper header adjustments. 3. Leakage losses: may be caused by damaged seals or holes in bottom auger covers. 4. Shoe losses: may be caused by a poor sieve adjustment, a low cleaning fan speed, or when working on slopes (exceeding the capacity of the self levelling system (if fitted). 5. Fan losses: are caused by an excessive cleaning fan speed. 6. Straw walker losses: These can be unthreshed ears (underthreshing) or grains, due to poor adjustment of drum and concave or excessive ground speed.
Loose elevator chains can also cause grain damage. It is important to maintain the proper tension on these chains.
Unthreshed material in the grain tank can be caused by underthreshing or the lower sieve that is opened too wide. Increase the drum speed and reduce the concave clearance as needed to correct the problem. Reduce also the lower sieve opening slightly to obtain a cleaner grain tank sample.
Grain pan/upper sieve distribution
The distribution of material on the grain pan affects the distribution of material on the sieve. The distribution on the grain pan should be level to slightly higher directly under the drum and taper slightly towards both sides.
The front third of the upper sieve should be completely clean. The middle third should have some grain but mostly residue. The rear third of the upper sieve should have only residue.
If there is some grain on the rear third of the upper sieve, returns will be increased and there is a possibility that grain will ride out the back of the combine. Open the upper sieve to allow more of the grain to fall onto the lower sieve.
Total losses (Lt) caused by the machine: If the material on the upper sieve is broken into small pieces, the crop is being overthreshed. This can plug the upper sieve and cause high losses. Increase the concave clearance and/ or reduce drum speed to decrease the threshing action. Lt = (2 + 3) + (4 + 5)+6 1
Functional losses (Lf) Lf = 4 + 5 + 6
Unthreshed heads indicate the drum speed should be increased and/ or the concave clearance should be reduced. Unthreshed heads can also be caused by worn rasp bars and worn concaves.
317
9 The area of loss is determined by the location of the grain in relation to the combine. Each of these areas must be checked to accurately determine which combine adjustments (if any) can be made to reduce the loss. Grain on the ground in front of the combine head (1) is defined as preharvest loss and is usually caused by the weather. Determine the amount of this loss before taking the combine into the field. Grain found behind the head, but to the outside of the drive tyres (2) is considered loss from the head. These losses can be caused by improper head adjustments or improper combine ground speed. Grain on the ground directly beneath the combine (3) is leakage. Holes in the auger bottoms and damaged seals can result in large losses which are often mistaken for shoe and straw walker losses (6). Grain on the ground directly behind the combine and the width of the shoe is caused by incorrect combine adjustment(s), too high a ground speed, or leakage.
Shoe losses (4) can be caused by a build-up of material on the top sieve which allows the grain to ride out the back of the combine. This can be due to the sieve opening being closed or opened too much, the rear of the sieve raised too high (sieve angle too extreme), or by a too low cleaning fan speed.
Losses (5) can also be caused by a cleaning fan speed that is too high. The grain is then blown out of the back of the combine.
An uneven loading of material on the top sieve can also cause losses.
318

How to obtain an idea on loss level
CAUTION
The straw chopper must be disconnected when checking loss. Example: A 6-straw walker combine with a 17 ft (5.10 m) grain header operating in wheat. Average yield: 5000 kg/ha.
10 Surface P= surface being harvested: 1 meter multiplied by X (header width) = 5.10 m2. Surface Q = surface of the material being cut in surface P, behind the machine (i.e. swath): 1 meter multiplied by Y. (drum width, i.e. 1.5 meter) = 1.5 m2. Consider a loss level of 1% = 50 kg/ha or 5 grams/m2 crop. Surface Q will then contain the functional losses (i.e. cleaning shoe, straw walker, fan) of surface P (5.1 m2), being 5 x 5.1 = 25.5 grams. Considering the average weight of wheat being 23000 grains/kg, this means: 586 grains in surface Q. (1% loss level!) An average human hand with spread fingers covers a surface of approximately 0.03 m2. This means that, if the grain loss is evenly spread, 18 grains can be found underneath the hand, representing 1% grain loss for a 5000 kg/ha yield. 319
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION HEADER

Attaching the header to the combine To attach the header to the combine, proceed as follows: 1. Make sure that the top of the straw elevator where the header is attached is clean. 2. Position the combine to align the straw elevator with the header aperture. 3. Move the combine in first gear to position the straw elevator. Hook on the header, and raise the straw elevator and header. 4. Attach quick-attach lever 1 so that the hooks 2 are in full contact with pins 3. If not, adjust lever 1 with bolts 4 so that some resistance is felt when engaged latch 5 over lever 1.
11 5. Connect header drive coupling 5. Use the special tool 6 fitted to the left-hand side of the straw elevator to bring the splines of the header drive shaft in line with the splines of the header p.t.o. shaft.
12
320

6. Close cover 7 to protect header drive coupling 1. 7. Attach chain 8 to the p.t.o. support on the header.
8. Connect electrical plug 2. 9. To connect the quick-release coupler, open cover 6, bring hydraulic block 5 to 1 and turn down handle 4 until lock 3 jumps into its security groove.
13
14 10. In case of a maize header with a stalk chopper, open cover 1 at the right-hand side of the straw elevator, loosen two bolts 2 and remove the guard. 11. Connect the chopper drive coupling. Use the special tool fitted to the left-hand side of the straw elevator to bring the splines of the header drive shaft in line with the splines of the header p.t.o. shaft. 12. Close cover 1 to protect chopper drive coupling. 15
NOTE: Install the guard 3 as shown.
16 321

Detaching the header from the combine To detach the grain header proceed as follows: 1. Set the reel in its lowest and rearmost position. 2. Disconnect the following parts: Header drive coupling 1. Electrical connection 2 and attach it to support 8. Quick-release coupler: Pull lock 3 and turning over handle 4. Take out hydraulic block 5. Close cover 6, and hook hydraulic block 5 onto support 7.
3. Release the quick-attach lever 9. 4. Position the header on level ground or on a trailer. 5. With the engine running at idle speed, lower the straw elevator to release it from the header, then move the combine rearwards. NOTE: Refer to the separate Operators manual for the header type attached to your combine. 17
322

HEADER HEIGHT CONTROLS When changing the header (grain header), perform the header settings and header calibrations (refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION, Paragraph headed: CALIBRATIONS ). To enter an automatic header height control mode (stubble height and/or Autofloatt, compensation), proceed as follows after doing first the calibrations: Stubble height and Autofloatt mode In this mode, without Autofloatt potentiometer sensors, the header operates at a preselected stubble height. If the Autofloatt potentiometer sensors are installed, the header will follow the field contours at a preselected stubble height. 1. Engage the threshing mechanism (1) and the straw elevator (2) by using the switches. 2. Set the header memory tumbler switch (4) in stubble height/Autofloatt mode position 1 or 2. 3. Lower the header to the desired cutting height using header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3). 4. Press the automatic header height control button (5) for minimum 2 seconds to store (a beep will confirm). NOTE: It is possible to store two different header heights values by using the header memory tumbler switch (4) in stubble height/Autofloatt mode position 1 or 2. 5. To change one of the memorised header height setpoints during working, using the header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3) (slow up/down) to raise or lower the header to the desired value. Press the automatic header height control button (5) for minimum 2 seconds to store the new height position (a beep will confirm). 6. At the headlands the operator can press automatic header height control button (5) twice to lift the header out of the crop. To reenter the automatic mode give a pulse on the automatic header height control button (5) and the header will be lowered again to the preselected height position.
18
323

NOTE: To change only the working setpoint, press slow up/down with header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3) without confirming by the automatic header height control button (5). The system will stay in automatic mode.
NOTE: Operating the header height control rocker switch (3) (only fast speed up or down, no lateral tilt) disengages the automatic mode system completely into the transport mode (priority). 19
NOTE: It is also possible to switch over from one header height to an other or even to header compensation by using the memory tumbler switch (4).
IMPORTANT: It is only possible to change the header height position as long as they are working in the range of the Maximum stubble height. To change the maximum stubble height, refer to SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION , paragraph headed: CALIBRATIONS .
An automatic compensation is build in when touching the ground. After the header clears the ground, it automatically returns to the preset stubble height. This automatic compensation can be adjusted with the threshold pressure. A lower threshold pressure will limit forces on the ground when touching the ground. Refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION , paragraph headed: CALIBRATIONS .
324

Compensation mode Use this mode when harvesting peas and/or laid crops. In this operation mode, the header slides over the ground with a preselected pressure. In this mode it is also possible to obtain an automatic lateral flotation if Autofloatt potentiometer sensors are installed. The sensors should be connected to the combine and the outer header skids should be in pivoting position (i.e. hanging loose). 1. Engage the threshing mechanism and the straw elevator using the switches (1) and (2). 2. Set the header memory tumbler switch (4) in compensation mode. 3. Lower the header to the desired cutting height using the header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3). 4. Press the automatic header height control button (5) for minimum 2 seconds to store (a beep will confirm). 20 NOTE: The calibrated header pressure means the pressure in the header lift cylinders with the header +/ 15 cm (6 inches) above the ground. 5. To change the preselect pressure during working, use the header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3) (slow up/down) to the desired pressure. Press the automatic header height control button (5) for minimum 2 seconds to store the new pressure (a beep will confirm). 6. At the headlands the operator can press automatic header height control button (5) twice to lift the header out of the crop. To reenter the automatic mode give a pulse on the automatic header height control button (5) and the header will lower until the preselected pressure is obtained. NOTE: To change the pressure, press slow up/down with header height and header lateral flotation rocker switch (3) without confirming by automatic header height control button (5). The system will stay in automatic mode. NOTE: It is also possible to switch over from one header height to an other or even to header compensation.
325

NOTE: The status area on the IntelliViewt II monitor shows in which mode the header works. There are three different modes. 1. Stubble height mode
2. Autofloatt mode
3. Compensation mode
NOTE: The status area on the IntelliViewt II shows if touching the ground during working in stubble or Autofloatt mode,
NOTE: If the automatic mode is left, a message AUTO HHC DISABLED will appear on a pop-up screen of the IntelliViewt II monitor.
326

Transport mode This mode is automatically selected when: Straw elevator is not engaged. Road mode is selected. Push on the header height rocker switch.
Flex header operation To work with a flex header perform the header type configuration. Refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION, paragraph headed: Toolbox. AUTO HEADER LIFT This automatic system is build in to protect the header skid shoes by reversing the combine. Flex header: The header lift up two seconds after the header skid shoes no more touching the ground. Other headers: The header lift up one second after the header skid shoes no more touching the ground.
To get this system, the following conditions has to be done. Auto header lift installed, refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION. Autofloatt installed, refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION. Field mode selected Thresher engaged Straw elevator engaged Working in automatic mode Reverse driving
327

REEL TO GROUND SPEED SYNCHRONIZATION
The reel to ground speed synchronization system is an automatic system which, if switched on with the reel speed synchronization engagement switch 3, creates a linear relation ship of the reel speed with the ground speed. The basic ratio between the reel and the ground speed can be increased or decreased with the reel speed control switches 1 and 2.
21
A= Reel speed (km/h) B= Ground speed (km/h) C= Minimum reel speed (setting with IntelliViewt II monitor) D= Auto reel speed slope (depends on the header / reel drive type) E= Auto reel speed offset 22
IMPORTANT: Before setting the reel speed, check (if mechanical reel drive) if the reel speed sensor is installed in the configuration info screen and adjust the Minimum reel speed (C). Select these items on the IntelliViewt II monitor to adjust. Refer to SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION. For example: If the Auto reel speed offset (E) = 0 km/h and the ground speed (B) = 4 km/h (2.5 mile/h): This means that the tip speed of the reel= 4 km/h. (2.5 mile/h) NOTE: The higher the auto reel speed offset setpoint, the higher the tip speed of the reel in relation with the ground speed.
328

To obtain a proper reel synchro control, proceed as follows: 1. Set the reel speed synchronization engagement tumbler switch (3) in the ON position. (= middle position). 2. Operate the combine in a section of the field that best represents the overall crop with a minimum ground speed of 1 km/h (.6 mph). 3. Adjust the reel speed with the reel speed switches (1) and (2) to match with the combine ground speed. If you now change the combine ground speed, the reel speed will change automatically according to the ground speed change.
23
NOTE: On headlands or whenever, lifting the header out of the operational zone (disengaging of hectare/acre counter), the reel speed will be maintained until the header is lowered again.
329

SMARTSTEER t SYSTEM (IF INSTALLED) The SmartSteert system guides the combine automatically along a crop edge, either left-hand or right-hand side. IMPORTANT: Never use this system on the road. To perform the calibrations refer to SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION, Paragraph headed: CALIBRATIONS. Enabled mode: The SmartSteert system is switched on to its enabled (stand by) mode by turning slightly the steering wheel, so the sensor is recognised and pressing the SmartSteert rocker switch (6) for at least two seconds.
NOTE: The SmartSteert system can only be switched on from its deactivated state to its enabled (stand by) mode as described above. A signal will sound and a greyed SmartSteert icon will show in the status area on the IntelliViewt II monitor, if no input/output errors are present.
Activated (Operation) mode: The combine must move forward with a minimum speed of 0.5 km/h. (0.32 miles/h)
The operator has not been turning the steering wheel for at least two seconds.
Press automatic header height control button (5), the SmartSteert system goes into HHC mode and becomes active and will steer the combine along the selected edge of the crop. If the SmartSteert symbol in the status area on the IntelliViewt II monitor is appearing with a white background means that the SmartSteert system is activated (operational). 24
330

The SmartSteert system is automatically switched off from its activated mode when: the automatic header height control button (5) is pressed two times (= headland mode is selected). the ground speed is lower than 0.5 km/h (0.32 Miles/h) or the combine is reverse driving. the operator is turning the steering wheel. the signal quality from the HGS sensor is too low or no crop edge is detected or end of crop is detected.
NOTE: In the enabled mode, the SmartSteert system is not controlling the steering wheels anymore so the combine will continue to drive in the last controlled driving direction as long as the driver does not turn the steering wheel in the cab. The SmartSteert system is turned off completely when: switching off and on the ignition key. pushing on the emergency stop button. pushing the SmartSteert rocker switch (6) once when the SmartSteert system is in its activated or its enabled (stand by) mode.
25
331

Switching edges: NOTE: Except for crop edge calibration, the HGS will not automatically switch or detect a left or right crop edge. NOTE: Switching of the crop edge can only be done manually and only when the SmartSteert system is in its enabled position (standby). 1. To switch, press and hold the neutral unlock switch (1) and at the same time press and hold the header lateral float rocker switch (3), (fig. 27), for minimum two seconds. Left for left-hand side crop edge and right for right-hand side crop edge. 2. A sound signal indicates that the switching has been done. 3. The HGS sensor turns now to the left-hand or the right-hand side to focus on the selected crop edge. IMPORTANT: The left and right-hand side needs to be correctly calibrated before. 26
Offset adjustment It is also possible to fine-tune the distance between the crop edge and the header side. The adjustment can only be done when the SmartSteert system is in its operating mode. 1. To switch, press and hold the neutral unlock switch (1), (fig. 26) and at the same time press the header lateral flotation rocker switch (3) shortly. Left for left-hand side fine adjustment and right for right-hand side fine adjustment. 2. Each pulse will adjust the offset with 10 cm (4) to the left or to the right and the newly selected offset will be saved automatically. NOTE: The offsets are reset automatically each time the crop edge calibration is done. 27
332
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION FEEDING/STRAW ELEVATOR

Lower shaft adjustment The straw elevator bottom shaft 1 is spring-tensioned so that it can float according to the amount of material being handled. The spring tension 2 must be adjusted according to the crop being harvested.
28
Models with front face adjustment.
For all crops other than maize: 1. Adjust special nut 3 on both sides until distance X measures 90 93 mm (3 1/2 3 21/32). 2. If necessary, adjust spring 4 to a length of 111 113 mm (4 3/8 4 1/2). For maize crops: 1. Adjust special nut 3 on both sides until distance X measures 112 114 mm (4 13/32 4 1/2).
29
2. If necessary, adjust spring 4 to a length of 88 90 mm (3 15/32 3 1/2). NOTE: For sunflowers with big heads is it recommended to adjust the lower shaft in maize position.
333

Models without front face adjustment (with or without lateral flotation).
For all crops other than maize: 1. Loosen nuts 1 on both sides. 2. Adjust support 2 in the lower position as shown. 3. Tighten nuts 1 on both sides. 4. Adjust spring 3 to a length of 111 113 mm (4 3/8 4 1/2). For maize crops: 1. Loosen nuts 1 on both sides. 2. Adjust support 2 in the upper position. 3. Tighten nuts 1 on both sides. 4. Adjust spring 3 to a length of 88 90 mm (3 15/32 3 1/2). NOTE: For sunflowers with big heads is it recommended to adjust the lower shaft in maize position. NOTE: You can also find the lower shaft adjustments on a decal at the right-hand side of the straw elevator. 30
31
334

Header and straw elevator reversing system The combine is equipped with a system to reverse the header reel (or the gathering chains, in case of a maize header), the auger and the straw elevator should a blockage occur. If, during operation, a feed auger and/or a straw elevator blockage occurs which makes the slip clutch(es) slip, proceed as follows: 1. Stop the forward travel of the combine immediately and disengage the header drive with the quick stop button (1).
32
2. Reverse the combine a few metres. 3. Let the engine run at maximum speed and switch OFF the header engagement switch (2). 4. Engage the straw elevator reverser tumbler switch (3) (if field mode is selected). 5. Press the reel speed decrease button (4) (lower part) to reverse the rotation of the header and straw elevator. NOTE: Push the reel speed increase button to rotate the header and straw elevator forwards. 6. When the blockage has been expelled, disengage the straw elevator reverser tumbler switch (3) and wait two seconds before engage the header engagement switch (2). IMPORTANT: It is not possible to remove all blockages using the reversing system. If necessary, remove the blockage manually. Refer to the next paragraph header and/or straw elevator blockage-manual clearing. NOTE: If the blockage can not be removed by the reversing system, stop the engine before attempting to unplug manually. 7. Continue operation.
335

Intermediate plate Depending the type of straw elevator the intermediate plate is equipped with evacution holes. 5-straw walker combines: two evacuation holes. 6-straw walker combines: three evacuation holes. In some crops (maize), it will be necessary to remove the covers on the intermediate plate to allow reducing back feeding. Proceed as follows: 1. Lower the straw elevator to the lowest position and stop the engine. 2. Open inspection cover 1 on the top of the straw elevator by removing two bolts 2.
3. Remove covers 3 on the bottom of intermediate plate 4, using the special wrench. 4. Close the inspection cover and tighten the bolts.
33
34
336

Straw elevator bottom plate (if installed) The bottom plate middle section can be replaced by a perforated access door (accessory) which is recommended when threshing beans, peas or maize in order to obtain a cleaner grain sample. When the perforated access door is installed, it is possible to operate with or without the smooth bottom plate. Engage the header lifter safety latch before working underneath the header. To install or remove this smooth plate, proceed as follows. 1. Remove bolts 1. 2. Loosen bolts 2. 3. Unscrew lever 3 and open the access door 4. 4. Install or remove the smooth bottom plate on top of the perforated access door 4. 35
CAUTION
Limitation of the lateral float system To prevent damage of the drive system, be sure that the movement of the lateral float system is limited in case of a six straw walker combine in combination with a 6-row flip-up maize header (MF670N or MF675N).
337

Straw elevator Removal and Installation NOTE: Be careful when doing this job: The straw elevator weight is about 1210 kg (2668 lbs). The tractor must have a lift capacity of minimum 2500 kg (5511 lbs) at approximately 1 m (3,3 ft) behind the linkages. The straw elevator is fitted with three attaching points 1 which facilitate removal of the straw elevator by means of a tractor (minimum +/ 74 kW).
36
Removal Proceed as follows: 1. Attach the straw elevator to the tractor with the three attaching points 1 (fig. 36) and secure the pins with the lynch pins.
2. Disconnect the electric cables 2 on the left-hand side. 3. Open shielding 1.
37
38
338

4. To disconnect the hydraulic quick-couplers, proceed as follows: Disconnect first the hydraulic quick-couplers (1) and (3).
Disconnect final quick-coupler (2).
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by properly fitting the blanking plugs into the hydraulic quick-couplers. 5. Swing lever 1 upwards to open stone trap 2.
39
6. Remove the shielding on the right-hand side of the straw elevator. 7. Loosen idler 1 to remove the straw elevator drive belt.
40
41
339

8. Remove shielding 2 of the pulley.
9. Remove the cotter pins 1 and pins 2, the safety latch 3 and washers from both cylinders. NOTE: Be careful, the cylinders are heavy.
42
43 10. Unscrew bolt 1 and remove keys 2 and bracket halves 3 on both sides. 11. Move the tractor slowly forward while slightly lowering the straw elevator. NOTE: Be careful with header height sensor lever 4 while driving forward.
44
340

Installation 1. Move the tractor slowly backwards, to attach the straw elevator onto the combine. NOTE: Mind the header height sensor lever while attaching the straw elevator.
2. Install bracket halves, keys and install the bolts (Metric 6) on both sides. 3. Install the hydraulic cylinders with the safety latch(es), washers, pins and cotter pins. 4. Install the shielding of the pulley and the drive belt on the right-hand side. 5. Connect first the hydraulic quick-coupler (2) and final the quick-coupler (3) and (1). 6. Close the shielding.
45
46 7. Connect the electrical cables. 8. Close the stone trap.
341
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION STONE TRAP

The stone trap must be cleaned out at least once a day, and more often in damp crop or stony conditions. Disengage the threshing mechanism, lift the header to its maximum height, place the header safety latch over the cylinder rod and stop the engine. To clean out the stone trap, swing lever 1 upwards as shown. This will open stone trap front cover 2.
CAUTION
47 When the stone trap is completely clean, close it by moving lever 1 completely downwards.
48
342
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION THRESHING

Anti-dust plate An anti-dust plate is fixed to cover 1 in front of the drum. The lower part of the plate is adjustable. Refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ; paragraph: Threshing ; headed: Anti-dust plate.
Remove anti-dust plate 2 and the anti-wrap shields on both sides of the drum in maize/ sunflowers.
Drum and concave PARAMETERS Parameters for selecting the drum speed and concave clearance are: Type of crop Crop maturity and variety Moisture content Volume of straw and grain Weed contamination
49
FUNDAMENTALS OF ADJUSTMENTS Maximum drum speed and minimum concave clearance give maximum threshing effect. If grain is damaged or straw is chopped excessively, reduce the drum speed and/or increase the concave clearance. If grain is not fully separated from the ears, increase the drum speed and/or decrease the concave clearance. If plugging or wrapping occurs, increase the drum speed.
343

DRUM SPEED The drum speed is adjustable electro-hydraulically from the operators platform and can be read from the IntelliViewt II monitor. NOTE: Its only possible to change the drum speed with the threshing mechanism engaged. IMPORTANT: To protect the drum variator belt: Never work with a minimum drum speed. Immediately disengage the threshing mechanism when a drum blockage occurs.
DRUM BLOCKAGE Should the drum become blocked, proceed as follows: 1. Clean the header and the straw elevator by using the reverser. Refer to paragraph Header and straw elevator reversing system of this Section. 2. Lower the drum, beater and rotary separator concave to its lowest position and try to unblock by engaging the threshing mechanism. NOTE: When engaging the threshing mechanism, the engine speed start automatically at 1400 or 1500 rpm depending on engine model. 3. If this is ineffective, remove part of the slug and try to unblock the drum by using the drum socket wrench 1. (only when the standard drum variator is fitted). NOTE: To engage the threshing mechanism aggressively at high engine rpm, hold the engine throttle rocker switch in the increase position while the thresher is engaged.
The drum socket wrench 1 is located at the back of the grain elevator.
50
51 344

CONCAVE CLEARANCE The concave clearance is adjustable electrically from the operators platform if the field mode is selected (road / field mode tumbler switch) and can be read from the IntelliViewt II monitor. IMPORTANT: To ensure that the concave clearance that is displayed on the IntelliViewt II monitor is correct, always adjust the concave clearance from the maximum clearance to the desired clearance. Adjustment is achieved with the drum concave clearance control rocker switch. Basic settings: Small grain concave When the combine is shipped from the factory, with the small grain concave installed (for wheat), concave C is set parallel to drum D (front and rear) calibrated with a clearance X of 10 mm (3/8) at the first (1) bar and 10 mm (3/8) at the twelfth (12) bar.
52 Maize concave
When the combine is shipped from the factory, with the maize concave installed (for maize), concave C is set parallel to drum D (front and rear) calibrated with a clearance Y of 25 mm (126/128) at the first (1) concave bar and 25 mm (126/128) at the ninth (9) concave bar. If excessive grain damage is experienced when harvesting maize, increase the concave clearance Y.
Rice concave
53
If a rice concave is installed, concave C is set to drum D (front and rear) calibrated with a clearance V of 17 mm (2/3) at the first (1) concave bar and with a clearance of 22 mm (7/8) at the fourth (4) concave bar. NOTE: If excessive grain damage is experienced, increase the concave clearance.
54 345

Drum and concave type of use When harvesting cereals, it is advisable to use a standard or universal drum and a cereals concave. When harvesting maize, a standard or universal drum and a maize concave should be installed. When harvesting rice, a universal drum with peg tooth bars and a rice concave should be installed. If needed, the concave and / or universal drum can be converted for harvesting other crops (e.g. when switching from cereals to maize).
Replacement of the drum concave To remove the drum concave, proceed as follows: 1. Park the combine on a level surface and check if the cleaning shoe is level (if self levelling cleaning shoe). 2. Close the concave completely with the drum concave clearance rocker switch in the cab. 3. Detach the straw elevator. Refer to Straw elevator - Removal and Installation of this Section. 4. Open the stone trap and the pivot plate. 5. Remove grain pan access covers 1 left and right.
55 6. In case a small grain concave is installed, close the de-awning plates by using the special tool located at the left-hand side of the straw elevator.
56 346

7. To install the special tool, proceed as follows on both sides. Bring support 2 with eccentric disc to the inside of the threshing frame. Insert the eccentric disc through the grain pan access hole and turn the eccentric disc so it fits into the grain pan access hole.
Install bolt 3 to attach the special tool supports on both sides of the frame.
57
58 8. Pull out pin 4 and turn the eccentric disc so that support 2 is installed in the upper position at the back and secure with pin 4. 9. Lower the concave with the drum concave clearance rocker switch in the cab until the concave touches the special tool. 10. Remove bolt 5 at the rear of the concave on both sides.
11. Pull out pin 4 and turn the eccentric disc 180 degrees (from the front hole to the rear hole) to lower the support and the concave. Secure with pin 4 when the special tool is in its lowest position.
59
60 347

12. Loosen nut 3 to remove the bolt at the front of the concave on both sides. NOTE: Lift the concave at the front to allow the rear of the concave to pass underneath the drum.
13. Pull out the concave. 14. Now is it possible to remove the concave with an adequate lifting device.
61
62 To install the drum concave, proceed as follows: 1. Bring the concave into the special tool supports, using an adequate lifting device. 2. Lift up the front of the concave and push it parallel in to his position (end of the special tool supports)
3. At the front, install spacer 2 between the concave and the frame, bushings 3 and 4 on both sides. 4. Install bolt 1, washer 5 and tighten locknut 6 to a minimum torque of 375 Nm. (277 ft.lbs)
63
64 348

IMPORTANT: Be sure that bushing 3 is centred in spacer 2.
5. Pull out pin 4 and turn the eccentric 180 degrees back until the upper position. Secure with pin 4. NOTE: It is not necessary to do this handling on both sides at the same time.
65
66 6. Install bolt 1, washer 2, bushing 3 and spacer 4 at the rear (left and right). 7. Tighten bolt 1 to a minimum torque of 375 Nm. (277 ft.lbs) IMPORTANT: Be sure that bushing 3 is centred in spacer 4.
8. Loosen bolt 3 on both sides and remove the special tool supports completely.
67
68 349

9. Adjust dimension X (X = distance from centre to centre of the actuator) X = 539 - 541 mm (21-1/4 21-19/64) for a small grain or a heavy duty moderate/universal concave with IntelliViewt II monitor read out at 10. X = 504 - 506 mm (19 - 27/32 19 - 59/64) for a maize concave with IntelliViewt II monitor read out at 25. X = 516 - 518 mm (20 - 5/16 20 - 3/8) for a rice or grass seed concave with IntelliViewt II monitor read out at 17. 69
10. The settings can be obtained by adjusting the nuts (1) and (2) (fig. 70 and 71) on both sides of the concave (front and the back even). After adjusting tighten nuts (1) and (2) to a torque of 170 - 190 Nm (125 - 140 ft.lbs). IMPORTANT: After installing a small grain concave push the actuator completely out (= minimum clearance concave to the drum) Check if the minimum distance of the concave to the drum with regard to the rasp bar on the largest radius is between 13 mm (5/128 1/8) to the 7 nd bar of the concave to avoid interference. IMPORTANT: Nut 2 is foreseen with left-hand thread.
70
71
350

11. Open the concave completely with the drum concave clearance rocker switch in the cab. 12. Close the concave until the recommended distance between the rasp bar on the largest radius and the concave. For the correct distance refer to table below: Setting of different types of concaves: Real concave clearance. NOTE: After carrying out adjustments to the concave, ensure that the concave rub bars are set parallel to the drum rasp bars. 13. Go to IntelliViewt II monitor, select in the calibration sub-menu Concave position and do the calibrations. Refer to Section 2 - Controls, Instruments and Operation, paragraph headed: Calibration. 14. After installation of the concave, it is necessary to adjust plate 1 of the pivot plate.
15. Adjust the plate by loosening bolts 2.
72
73
351

16. The distance A = 2 mm (5/64) for a small grain and rice concave. A = 4 mm (5/32) for a maize concave. IMPORTANT: This dimension A is to be measured with prescribed standard threshing drum concave settings and with the pivot plate in locked position.
17. Attach the straw elevator. Refer to Straw elevator - Removal and Installation of this section. 18. Close the stone trap. 19. Install the grain pan access covers on both sides.
74
352
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION SETTING OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONCAVES

Concave type Use Concave clearance read out 10 mm (3/8) 10 mm (3/8) 25 mm (1) 10 mm (3/8) 17 mm (2/3) 17 mm (2/3) Real concave clearance (Adjust with nuts 1 and 2, fig. 70 and 71) 10 mm (3/8) to 1 st bar 10 mm (3/8) to 12 nd bar 10 mm (3/8) to 1 rd bar 10 mm (3/8) to 12 nd bar 25 mm (1) to 1 rd bar 25 mm (1) to 9 nd bar 10 mm (3/8) to 1 rd bar 10 mm (3/8) to 12 nd bar 17 mm (2/3) to the first bar 22 mm (7/8) to the last bar 17 mm (2/3) to the first bar 22 mm (7/8) to the last bar
Small grain concave Heavy Duty moderate concave Maize concave Heavy Duty universal concave Rice concave Grass seed concave
Cereals Cereals Maize Cereals Maize Rice Grass seed
353

De-awning plates
De-awning plates increase the rubbing action of the drum and concave when threshing winter barley or difficult to thresh crops. Two de-awning plates 1 are attached to the concave with hinges and can be locked in position with a wrench.
Proceed as follows: 1. Remove grain pan access cover 1 at the left-hand side.
75
76 2. Close the de-awning plates, using the special tool that is located at the left-hand side of the straw elevator or a spanner of 30 mm. (1 - 3/16) The outside nut operates the front de-awning plate and the inside nut operates the rear de-awning plate. Only close the rear de-awning plate if really necessary, as partially closing of the concave inevitably means loss of separation capacity.
77
354
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION SEPARATION

Beater The beater, which runs at the same speed of the drum, is accessible through inspection opening 1 in the grain tank.
78
Beater blades
If wear plates 1 installed on the beater, adjust this to a distance X = 5 6 mm (3/16 1/4) with the bolts 2. For easy adjustment, remove the beater drive belt.
79 Beater pins
If toothed bars 3 installed on the beater, check that these are installed alternately.
NOTE: Arrow B = rotation direction
80
355

Rotary separator
The rotary separator is driven by pulley 1 which has a double groove for an alternative speed: High speed is for harvesting most of crops such as barley, oats, rye, wheat, rice, grass seed, etc. Low speed is for harvesting maize, beans, peas, soya, sunflower, oil seed rape, etc.
81
To change the speed, proceed as follows: 1. Move lever 1 out of hook 2 and upwards. This will move the idler and loosen the belt tension. 2. Install the belt in the other grooves of both pulleys. 3. Move lever 1 downwards and secure the lever in hook 2 as shown. 4. Check the belt tension and adjust, if necessary Refer to Section 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE, paragraph headed: Belts and Chains.
82
The rotary separator is accessible through the cover, which is situated underneath the grain tank.
83
356

Multi-Thresh t system With the Multi-Thresht system the beater and rotary separator concaves can be set in two positions. Closed position (1): Lever 3 forwards. This position is recommended for all crops, as the separation effect is high. Open position (2): Lever 3 rearwards. In this position the rubbing is less aggressive which is recommended in brittle straw and oil rape seed. If necessary, reduce the combining speed to avoid grain losses. Secure lever 3 with latch 4.
84
There is a possibility to block the concaves (e.g. maize) with nuts 1 and 2 on both sides.
85
Straw Flowt beater The function of Straw Flowt beater 1 is to improve the combine throughput capacity in heavy straw conditions.
86 357

Straw retarding curtain A straw retarding curtain 2 is positioned at the rear of the straw flow beater and above the straw walkers to prevent the grain from being thrown out of the combine by the rotary separator.
Curtain 2 (fig. 87) can be raised with chain 3 to improve the material flow in heavy crop conditions.
87
88 Straw walkers Open the cover to gain access to the straw walkers.
89
358
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION CLEANING SYSTEM

Cleaning shoe The drive pulley has a double groove for an alternative speed of the cleaning shoe drive:
Low speed (groove 3) is for harvesting brittle crops and all kinds of small seeds (rape seed, grass seed, sunflower, etc.) High speed (groove 2) is the factory-set speed, which is suitable for most crops. Fig. 90: Self-levelling cleaning shoe Fig. 91: Fixed cleaning shoe
90
91 Removable grain pan (if installed)
Its possible to remove the grain pan in wet threshing conditions in order to clean it. GRAIN PAN REMOVAL 1. Raise straw elevator completely. Install the header safety latch on the header lift cylinder before working underneath the straw elevator. 2. Swing lever 1 upwards as shown. This will open stone trap front cover 2.
DANGER
92 359

3. Open pivot plate 2 (slide the left and right lever towards the centre of the stone trap).
93 4. Loosen two bolts 3 at the front of each grain pan section. NOTE: The grain pan consists of two sections.
94 5. Take one grain pan section at grip 4, lift it up and pull it towards the front to remove it. Proceed the same for the second grain pan section.
95
360

GRAIN PAN INSTALLATION 1. Slide both grain pan sections into the cleaning shoe by using hand grip 4.
IMPORTANT: Check if the sealing on both sides of the grain pan are installed at the right direction as shown.
96
97 2. Tighten bolts 3.
3. Close pivot plate 2 and the stone trap.
98
99 361

Sieves
SIEVE OPENINGS
IMPORTANT: To adjust the sieves to the desired clearance, move always the lever(s) (or if electrical by using the switch from the cab) from the closed position to the desired opening. Presieve
Adjust the opening of the presieve, according to the grain size, with the lever 1 on the right-hand side at the back of the shaker shoe.
A 6 mm (1/4) opening is the recommended position for most cereal crops and sunflower (New Holland 1-1/8).
When operating in damp conditions, a larger opening can be recommended to avoid plugging of the presieve. For small seeds, a 3 mm (1/8) opening can be chosen. When harvesting maize a presieve HC 1-5/8, can be used. NOTE: Adjusting the presieve is always manually.
100
362

Upper and Lower sieve
Adjust the openings of the upper and lower sieve, according to the grain size, with the levers at the rear of the sieves or electrical (if installed) with switches 1 or 2 from the operators platform. A pop-up screen appears on the IntelliViewt II monitor when changing the sieve settings. NOTE: To prevent damage on the sieves when closing the sieves, they open first 5 mm, afterwards they close to the selected value.
101 The upper and lower sieve(s) are equipped with a sieve opening indicator 3. The rear part (extension) of the upper sieve (HC 1-1/8) can be adjusted separately. It may be necessary for the rear part to be opened a few millimetres more than the sieve opening to prevent loss of the returns, particularly when harvesting wheat. When harvesting maize, keep the upper sieve (HC 1-5/8) closed as much as possible to sieve all the grain and to prevent the maize cobs from passing through the sieve and entering the grain tank.
102
IMPORTANT: On the six straw walker combines, the upper and lower sieve consists of two sieve halves. It is important that the both sieves (left and right) has the same opening. To adjust the left and right-hand sieve halves (upper and lower sieve) and to obtain the same opening, refer to SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE, paragraph: Cleaning. NOTE: It is also possible to adjust the sieves at the rear. Two rocker switches are located at the inside of the straw hood (left-hand side) to adjust the lower sieve (switch 2) and upper sieve (switch 1).
103 363

SIEVE POSITION Only the upper sieve can be installed at the rear in two positions, the upper position and the lower position. The upper sieve (HC 1-1/8) is normally fitted in the lower position. The upper position is recommended when harvesting maize. Working with the upper sieve (HC 1-5/8) in the upper position requires a canvas that is fitted at the back on the sieve. For wheat and maize (if necessary) the same lower sieve (New Holland 1-1/8) can be used.
SIEVE REMOVAL Proceed as follows:
Presieve
1. Remove two bolts 5.
2. Pull out of the presieve, using supports 1.
104
105
364

Upper sieve
1. Use the locks on both sides to open the deflector plate (1).
2. Disconnect bracket(s) 2 in case remote sieve control is installed.
106
107 3. Remove bolts 3 on both sides. In case of two sieve halves (6-straw walker combines), remove also the central bolt.
4. Remove the upper sieve(s).
108
109 365

Lower sieve
Remove first the upper sieve(s). 1. Remove two hair pins 1 to open the locks. 2. Remove box 2 completely.
3. Open lower access plate 3. 4. Disconnect bracket 2 (fig 107) in case electrical sieve control is installed.
110
111 5. Remove bolts 4 on both sides and remove the lower sieve. Adjust the shaker shoe position by hand if the grain loss sensor prevents the removal of the sieve.
112
366

SIEVE INSTALLATION
Presieve Proceed as follows: 1. Place the presieve on supports 1 on both sides of the shaker shoe and slide the presieve completely into its place.
113 2. Move the presieve forwards/rearwards until the notch 4 on the presieve (fig. 114) jumps into the ridge of adjustment shaft 3 (fig. 115) of the shaker shoe. (The presieve jumps now until halfway)
114
115
367

3. Move slowly lever 2 (open/close) on the presieve until the presieve falls completely into his place.
4. If ok, insert and tighten two bolts 5 on both sides of the presieve.
116
117 5. Check by moving the lever 1 at the back of the shaker shoe. NOTE: Moving lever 1 will cause the presieve to open or close.
118
368

Lower and Upper sieve
NOTE: On the six straw walker combines, the lower and upper sieve consists of two sieve halves, and if the sieves are equipped with remote control it is not possible to exchange the left-hand with the right-hand side sieve half, because the left-hand side sieve is foreseen with a welded support 1.
To install the sieves, proceed in reverse order. To adjust the left and right-hand sieve halves (upper and lower sieve) and to obtain the same opening, refer to SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE , paragraph: Cleaning.
119
Types of sieves available Sieves Type Hart Carter 15/8 New Holland 11/8 Hart Carter 11/8 Closz sieve Hart Carter 15/8 Stainless steel curved louver maize sieve Petersen sieve 11/8 New Holland 11/8 Lower sieve Round hole sieve 16 mm diameter Round hole sieve 18 mm diameter
(2) (3)
Crops Maize Cereals Maize
Positions Fixed Fixed
Opening Adjustable Adjustable
Presieve
Cereals
Two
Adjustable3
Upper sieve
Maize
Two2
Adjustable3
Oil seed rape Cereals Maize Maize Maize
Two Fixed Fixed Fixed
Adjustable3 Adjustable3 Fixed Fixed
sieve with canvas installed in the upper position. mechanical or electrical (remote control) sieve adjustable.
369

Cleaning fan The cleaning fan speed can be adjusted electrically from the operators platform and can be read from the IntelliViewt II monitor. Its only possible to change the fan rpm when the threshing mechanism is engaged.
120 Adjust it to suit the nature of the crop, chaff load and moisture content. A grass seed variator kit can be installed to obtain a lower fan speed regulation when threshing small seeds. An insufficient air blast will reduce theclean area of the top sieve causing a dirty sample or grain loss (grain will shake over the end of the shaker shoe). The best way to check whether the volume of air is satisfactory is to complete a kill-stall, i.e. stopping the engine with the threshing mechanism engaged and checking the sieve coverage pattern. If this method of checking is used: The two rakes must be clean while the sieves must be evenly loaded. Little or no grain should be found on the rear part of the upper sieve. If the whole sieve is clear of grain and chaff, the volume of air is too high. The grain will be blown out of the machine and clean grain will be transported over the lower sieve into the returns cross auger. If the upper sieve is full of grain, the volume of air is too low, so that the wind does not blow through the chaff. Therefore grain will be shaken off the sieve together with the chaff.
Sieve operation can also be checked by collecting material coming from the rear of the cleaning shoe and checking the sample for grain loss.
370

IMPORTANT: Do not remove or modify the cleaning fan guards as changes may influence the airflow in an unfavourable way. In some conditions it is necessary to clean sometimes the inside of the fan shielding. To clean open the covers on both sides of the shielding.
121
Returns system 5-straw walker combines: Single returns auger 6-straw walker combines: Double returns auger
The returns cross auger can be cleaned by removing cover 1. Should the roto-threshers become blocked, they can be unblocked and cleaned through opening 2. A blocked thrower can be unblocked through cover 3. For maximum efficiency it is important to keep the amount of material in the returns auger to the absolute minimum. EXCESSIVE RETURNS WILL: Increase the risk of grain damage. Produce grain loss through sieve overload. Increase the risk of blocking the returns components.
122
123
371

THE QUANTITY OF RETURNS CAN BE LIMITED BY: Opening the lower sieve as wide as possible, consistent with producing a clean grain sample. Not opening the presieve and the upper sieve too wide (this will stop excessive chaff from getting onto the bottom sieve) Keeping the cleaning fan rpm high enough to blow the chaff out of the machine. Avoiding excessive cleaning fan rpm, so that clean grain is not blown over the lower sieve into the returns cross auger.
To adjust the rotor-thresher drum, refer to section 4 Lubrication and maintenance.
When harvesting maize, rape seed and other crops with large fragile grains (e.g. beans), smooth roto-thresher cover(s) 2 (delivered with the combine) should be installed to prevent grain damage.
124
372
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION GRAIN STORAGE/UNLOADING

Grain tank filling system The grain cross auger can be cleaned by removing cover 1.
The grain elevator bottom side can be cleaned by removing covers 2 and 3.
125
126 Open the cover to check the grain cross auger.
The grain elevator top side can be cleaned by removing cover 4.
127
128 373

In damp crop conditions (e.g. wet maize,wet soya beans),it may be necessary to regularly clean the passage between the grain elevator and the grain tank bubble-up auger. Access to this area can be obtained by removing covers 4 and 5.
The grain tank bubble-up augers can be easily removed to clean it thoroughly.
129
Proceed as follows: Removal 1. Open the grain tank extensions or covers. 2. Remove the roof. 3. Loosen two bolts 1 and remove the upper bubble-up auger 2.
4. Remove bolt 3 (if grain tank covers installed) and swing open bubble-up tube 4.
130
131
374

NOTE: Open fast coupler 2 (if extensions) to swing open bubble-up tube 1.
5. Loosen two bolts 5 and remove the sensor support with the sensor. 6. Remove the anchor bearing housing and the lower bubble-up auger 6.
132
133 When harvesting wet soya beans it is recommended to perform this job every day.
134
375

Installation 1. Guide the auger into the lower bubble-up tube and make sure the auger bottom fits over the gearbox output shaft. 2. Install the bolts of the bearing support and wait to tighten the bolt with the sensor plate. 3. Install the draw bar and tighten the bolt at 3.(fig. 131) (if grain tank covers) IMPORTANT: Check if the balljoints of the draw bar are positioned in line.
NOTE: Close the fast coupler (with extensions).
4. Tighten the bolt with the sensor plate and adjust the sensor. 5. Install the upper bubble-up auger and tighten the bolts. 6. Attach the rope to keep the upper grain tank covers close. (if installed)
376

Grain sample access The grain tank is provided with an inspection door 1 where a grain sample can be taken when starting off in the field.
A channel section 2 in the grain tank brings the grain to the inspection door.
135
136 Grain tank window Open the grain tank window in the cab by turning the knob (1) to clean the area between the cab and the grain tank.
137
138 377

Grain tank with extensions Closed position of grain tank extensions 1.
The grain tank extensions 1 can be opened manually.
139
140 Grain tank with covers The grain tank with covers can be opened electrically (with actuator) from the cab if the field mode is selected and if the threshing mechanism is not engaged. At the same time, the bubble-up tube opens. To prevent damage to the bubble-up tube is it not possible to engage the threshing mechanism as long as the covers are moving. 141 NOTE: Do not close or open the grain tank extensions with a full grain tank. Be careful: excessive height with open grain tank covers: 4.8 m (15.75 ft)
WARNING
378

NOTE: The only actions to stop moving the grain tank covers are: Depress the emergency stop button. Turn the ignition key off. If the covers motor (actuator) needs more than 18 Ampere to work.
Grain tank level sensor There are two grain tank level sensors shown. - Lower level sensor 1: (Fixed sensor) When the grain reaches this level sensor, the following can be observed: The grain tank level warning light will illuminate on the IntelliViewt II monitor. The revolving flash light(s) will be switched on: (If threshing engaged) Continuously, if the operating lights are switched off. For 10 seconds, if the operating lights are switched on. 142
- Upper level sensor 2: Adjust this sensor, according to the condition of the crop. When the grain reaches level sensor 2: The grain tank level warning light will blink on the screen. (Warning light will not blink if not driving or if straw elevator is not engaged). A message of full grain tank appears on the IntelliViewt II monitor.
143
An audible alarm sounds (only if thresher engaged). The revolving flash light(s) will be switched on: (If threshing engaged) For 10 seconds, if the operating lights are switched on.
379

Grain tank unloading auger Cover plates are fitted over both grain tank unloading augers. These cover plates are fitted with plates 1 which can be adjusted to regulate the unloading rate according to the nature and moisture content of the grain being handled. Raise the plates to increase the unloading rate and lower them to reduce it.
To clean the grain tank open both unloading auger covers (2).
144
Always disengage the unloading auger drive, turn off the engine and remove the ignition key, before removing the auger access cover. To clean the vertical auger of the unloading tube open the cover (3).
WARNING
145
To check or clean the vertical auger of the unloading tube open the inspection cover (4).
146
147 380

Unloading tube swing A message can be viewed on the IntelliViewt II to warn the operator when the unloading tube is not in the fully closed position as this may be an operating hazard in fields with trees, high tension wire pylons, telegraph poles, etc. NOTE: Wait 5 seconds to swing out the unloading tube, after starting up the engine.
Unloading mechanism To engage the unloading mechanism press the unload engagement button (first time) on the multi function handle. To disengage press again the unload button (second time) or: Depress the emergency stop button. Select the road mode with the road mode selector switch.
The unloading system drive is protected by a shearbolt 1. Spare shearbolts 2 are located above the sprocket. NOTE: If repetitive shearbolt failures occur, adjust cross auger covers down.
148
381
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION RESIDUE HANDLING

Straw chopper (if installed) They are two types of straw choppers available: - with 4 rows of straight knives - with 6 rows of straight knives
149 NOTE: Always stop the engine and wait until the chopper rotor has come to a complete standstill before working on the straw chopper.
Engaging of the straw chopper The straw chopper starts when engaging the threshing mechanism, if the clutch (1) manually is engaged. NOTE: Keep yourself and other people away from the rear of the combine when the straw chopper is engaged and operating. Do not use the straw chopper near the end of the field if there is a risk that crop or stones can be projected onto the public road.
150
NOTE: With the engine and the threshing mechanism running, deflector plate in the chopping position and the straw chopper not yet engaged (manually) an alarm is given on the IntelliViewt II display (+buzzer).
382

Chopping cereals
For chopping cereals, proceed as follows: 1. Install the drive belt at high rpm speed of the chopper rotor.
151
2. Adjustment of the counter knives: On both sides loosen the nut (1) to move the counter knives more or less in the rotor chamber. Fully engaged: For very fine chop quality Approximately halfway: Damp heavy straw Fully retracted: Dry straw (easy to chop)
152 3. Adjustment of the shred bar (1): This can be set in three diferent positions: In easy chopping conditions or if chop quality is not important, the shread bar can be mounted underneath the chopper body. (see fig. 156) From the factory, upstanding profile forwards in the corner. For very fine chopped material, upstanding profile to the rear, but check for possible rotor knive interference. 153
383

Chopping maize For chopping maize, proceed as follows: 1. Install the drive belt at low rpm speed of the chopper rotor.
2. Remove the shread bar (1) by loosening the bolts.
154
155 To do this job, proceed as follows: 3. Install the shread bar (1) underneath the chopper body.
4. Remove the hair pin (3). 5. Pull out the bar (4) to the right-hand side to remove the counter knives sections (5).
156
157 384

6. Reduce the rotor knives by half. NOTE: Remove the left-hand side knife (1) from the left-hand part of the rotor and the right-hand side knife (1) from the right-hand part of the rotor. The middle of the rotor is marked with the welding points (2). DELETE
Straw chopper spreader chute The spreader chute (1) can be set in three different positions. To adjust, use the handle (2) on the right-hand side. The straw chopper spreader chute (1) must remain in the highest position (as shown) when driving on public roads and also when the combine is pulling a header trailer. IMPORTANT: The spreader chute (1) must be up for chopping and down for swathing.
158
159
Spread pattern The spreader chute is foreseen with left and right-hand side dividers that can be adjusted for varying spreader widths, depending on the header width. To adjust, proceed as follows on both sides: Loosen the locking device (1) and move with the handle (2) the half part of the dividers. Fix with the nut (1). 160
385

Remote controlled divider plates (if installed) With a selector switch from the cab it is possible to move electrically the divider plates of the spreader chute from left to the right and from right to the left, depending on the wind direction and side slope.
Lift the swath plate up and block it with the support (1) to clean or service the chopper deflector plate.
161
162
386

Rotor knives Chopper rotor with 4 rows of straight knives. CX8030 - CX8040 - CX8050: (56 straight rotor knives) CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090: (68 straight rotor knives) Chopper rotor with 6 rows of knives. CX8030 - CX8040 - CX8050: (76 straight rotor knives) CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090: (88 straight rotor knives)
NOTE: Do not operate with broken or damaged knives. This is unsafe and the unbalance may cause severe secondary damage to the chopper and the combine. To replace the rotor knives, loosen lock nut 1 and remove the washers, spacers and old knives. When install the new knives, apply oil on the bushings and the knife bores. Check if the spacer is inserted with the small end into the knife and the large end into the support. Tighten the locknut (1) with a torque between 110 and 120 Nm. (81 and 88 ft.lbs) Counter knives CX8030 - CX8040 - CX8050: 28 counter knives CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090: 33 counter knives To remove, proceed as follows: 1. Remove the hair pin (3). 2. Pull out the bar (4) to the right-hand side to remove the counter knives sections (5). To install, proceed in reverse order.
163
164
387

Swath-forming position Adjust the deflector plate with the handle (3) in swath position.
Swathing rake Two swathing rakes (1) are installed on both sides of the swath plate to reduce the swath width for a following baler. The angle of the rakes can be set in four different positions.
165
166 Baffle plate The baffle plate (1) can be set in two positions: The front position (3) retains material longer and give a fine chop. The rear position (4) gives a slightly longer chop, but reduces power consumption and knife wear.
167 To change the position of the baffle plate (1), proceed as follows: On both sides: 1. Loosen the bolt (2) and remove the bolt (3). 2. Install the bolt (3) in position (4) and tighten the bolts.
388

Chaff blower (if installed)
The chaff blower blows all the material coming from the cleaning shoe into the straw chopper, to spread the chaff evenly across the full cutting width of the combine.
Remove the blower when threshing maize or sunflowers.
Do not use the chaff blower without engaging the straw chopper. After disengaging the threshing mechanism, the chaff blower will continue to run for 15 seconds before disengaging to evacuate the remaining material. Never disconnect the hydraulic couplers without remove the chaff blower completely.
CAUTION
168
To remove the chaff blower proceed as follows: 1. Disconnect the hydraulic quick-couplers (1) of the blower.
2. Connect the quick coupling as shown. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by properly fitting the blanking plugs into the hydraulic quick couplers.
169
170
389

3. On both sides, use the locks to open the deflector plate (2).
4. Remove the two hair pins (3) and open the locks. 5. Remove the box (4) completely.
171
172 6. Remove the three bolts (5) on both sides. 7. Remove the two bolts (6) on both sides to remove the chaff blower.
173
390

Chaff spreader (if installed) A chaff spreader can only be installed if the combine is equipped without chaff blower and without straw chopper to spread the chaff directly to the sides down the ground.
CAUTION
Keep well clear off the chaff spreader at all times.
CAUTION
Never operating with an unbalanced chaff spreader. Imbalance can cause damage on chaff spreader and combine.
The chaff spreader has two positions: Forward position: For spreading the chaff into the straw.
174 Service position: To service or remove the sieves
CAUTION
Always disengage the threshing mechanism and stop the engine before working on the chaff spreader. Wait until all the rotating parts come to a complete standstill before working on the chaff spreader. IMPORTANT: During field operation, the chaff spreader must never be located in the service position , even when it is not being used, as chaff accumulation under the straw walkers may occur!
391

Automatic rotation trailer hitch (if installed) When your machine is equipped with a automatic rotation trailer hitch, the following needs to be respected.
CAUTION
For safety raisons , when not in use, close always the hitch by pulling lever 1 down as shown in figure 175. 1. When attaching a trailer, pin 2 jumps down when the lever 3 is pressed by the hook of the trailer. 2. The pin 2 is only closed perfectly when pin 4 is completely in.
175 To open the hitch, proceed as follows: 1. Make sure that the combine and the trailer are standing level and in one line and there is no pressure between pin 2 (fig. 175) and the trailer coupling. 2. To open the hitch, pull lever 1 upwards. (pin 3 is coming out)
NOTE: To obtain a good working of the hitch, clean and grease the hitch regularly. IMPORTANT: The permitted vertical load and the trailer weight is mentioned on a plate located on the trailer hitch support.
176
392
INDEX
CHECK THE ENTIRE INDEX
INDEX
A
Air reservoir specification Antidust plate Abbreviations Access to machine components Accumulator ACS Setup Additional mirror for Germany Adjustable upper sieve 15/8 and 11/8 Adjustment of the dimmed lights Adjustment of the side lights Air compressor Air conditioning Air conditioning drive belt (CNH engine) Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8040CX8050CX8060CX8070 CX8070CX8080) Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8090) Air filter sensor Air intake system Airborne Noise Emission Alternator Alternator drive belt (Iveco engine) Alternator, waterpump and air conditioning compressor drive belt (CNH engine) Apply Calibration (not used) Attaching a trailer Attaching the header Attachment Compatibility Audible alarm Auto Guidance Ready kit 4120 343, 471 246 135 252 272 144 710 146 147 4119, 717 4116 468
Auto header lift Auto reelspeed slope Autofloatt Automatic Crop Settings Automatic engine shutoff Automatic rotation trailer hitch Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Autopilot gain Autopilot type Axial position of the steering axle Axle extensions kit
254 254 254 271 282 392, 724 226 253 253 486 715
B
Battery warning Beater drive belt Brake fluid level Bubbleup drive chain Backlight Baffle plate Base unit Batteries Beater Beater blades Beater pins Beater wear plates Before driving the combine Bleeding the fuel system Brake limitation valve Brake system Bubble up sensor Bubbleup gearbox Buzzer (if installed) 116 460 451 465 247 388 1 1 4112 355 355, 75 355, 75 75 3 1 427 253 451 257 448 142
468 468 251 431 118 4114 468
468 275 151 320 152 282 722
INDEX
C
Chopper front drive belt Chopper rear drive belt Chopping cereals Chopping maize Cleaning Cleaning fan Cleaning fan variator drive belt Cleaning shoe Climate control Compensation mode Coolant change Coolant level Coolant specification Coolant system capacity Counter knives Cab air filter Cab and Controls Cab heating Cab roof controls Cab/Climate control Calibration Calibration error list Calibration of the multifunction handle Calibrations CAN status Cereals threshing rebuild kit Chaff blower Chaff blower / spreader Chaff spreader Chains Clean grain Info Clean grain Setup Cleaning Info Cleaning Setup Cleaning system Cleaning width Closz upper sieve (15/8) Clutch temp sensor Combine class Combine Control Module 2 461 462 383 384 472 370 464 359 224 325 420 420 422 422 387 4115 2 1 718 219 4115 276, 277 515 278 276 260 7 6 389, 713 258 391, 713 449 266 257 265 257 359 257 710 256 251 4111
Combine info Combine model Combine Setup Combine type Concave clearance Concave type Condenser Control panel of the manual controller Coolant heater Corn Cob Mix kit Corn header bottom plate Counterweights Counterweights support frame Country code Crankcase breathing system (only CX8090) Crop Calibration Crop distribution kit Crop settings Crop Setup Current Layout Current Vehicle Cutting type
263 251 251 251 345 256 4117 225 717 711 254 837 725 251 419 281 71 310 281 249 247 255
D
Deawning plates Drive belts and chains Lefthand side Drive belts and chains Righthand side Drum and concave Drum and concave type of use Drum drive belt Drum variator drive belt Daily Startup procedure Data Management Date Format Day Day/Night Deawning slats Delete Deluxe lighting 354 454 456 343 346 459 459 3 2 274 248 247 247 74 275 252
INDEX
Detaching the header Diagnostic Diesel fuel Differential gear Differential lock Dimensions Display Mode Display Setup Display Volume Draper header (92C/94C) Drive belts Engine compartment Driveline Info Driveline Setup Driving the combine Drum blockage Drum speed Dual range 4WD 322 260 115 253 35 833 248 247 248 1 4 457 264 253 3 3 344 344 253 Engine sump and filter capacity Engine type Escape key Extended sieve dividers 418 251 237 711
F
Filling the fuel tank Filterdrier Fire extinguisher Fluid change Fluid specification Foot brakes Fresh air intake grill Fuel level Fuel prefilter/water separator Fuel specification Fuel storage Fuel tank capacity Fuses and relays 423 4118 145 451 451 481 4117 423 425 424 424 424 4106 78 261 265 256 469 274 444 253 726 461 460 13 327 719 259 716 725 470 426 423 251 3
E
Engaging of the straw chopper Engine fan drive belt Edge guidance antenna mounting kit Edge guidance sensor Electrical Info Electrical Setup Electrical system Electromagnetic Compatibility Emergency braking Emergency exit Emergency stop EndOfSeason Service Engine Engine boost Engine brake Engine cooling system Engine gearbox Engine hours Engine Info Engine model Engine Setup Engine speed alarm 382 467 722 722 263 252 4106 118 253 21 34 6 1 12, 114, 414, 717 251 251 420 439 258 263 251 251 251
Fan bottom shield Fault Archive Feeder Info Feeder Setup Feeding Filter List Final drive gearboxes Final reduction ratio Fire extinguisher Fixed cleaning shoe drive belt Fixed cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt Flex header Flex header operation Flipup light kit Flow Delay Foldable ladder Frame counterweights Front Face Adjustment Fuel filter (CNH engine) Fuel system Fuel tank size
INDEX
G
Grain elevator chain Grain elevator drive chain Grain sample access Grain tank filling system Grain tank level sensor Grain tank sample Grain tank unloading auger Grain tank window Grainpan/ upper sieve distribution Grease interval Grease specification Gear shifting system Gearbox oil level sensor Gearbox sensor Gearbox valves Gearshifting General recommendations GPS Location GPS Receiver GPS Setup GPS Status Graepel sieve extension Grain Rice Flex header (71C/73C) Grain bin capacity Grain flow sensor Grain header Grain header road light kit Grain pan divider kit Grain storage Grain storage/Unloading Grain tank extensions Grain tank extensions with covers Grainbin beacon logic Graph Grass seed variator kit Grease fittings and intervals Grid heater Grid Lines 466 466 377 373 379 316 380 377 317 43 41 3 5 256 252 252 512 1 6 259 262 259 262 710 1 4 257 478, 721 13 7 2 7 9 474 373 378 378 257 262 7 8 41 251 248 Grain elevator intermediate shaft drive belt 463
H
Harvesting Header and straw elevator drive belt Header and straw elevator reversing system Header drive belt Header standard safety latch Harvest/ precision farming (pf) Setup Header Header alarm ring Header alarm status Header/straw elevator intermediate drive belt Header Height Controls Header Info Header lift cylinder kit Header lift cylinders Header offset Header Setup Header Setup 2 Header style Header trailer hitch Header type Header usage Header width HHC drop speed HHC raise speed HHC threshold pressure High fan speed kit Home key Home page Home screen area Hour How to obtain an idea on loss level Hydraulic and Hydrostatic system Hydraulic control valves Hydraulic equipment Hydraulic motor temp Hydraulic reel rebuild kit Hydraulics Info Hydraulics Setup Hydraulics type Hydro motor displacement Hydro pump displacement Hydromech hydrostat 36 463 335 463 141 258 320 255 255 462 323 264 7 3 254 255 254 255 254 724 255 255 255 254 254 254 717 237 244 245 247 319 433 437 482 253 7 1 264 252 252 253 253 256
INDEX
I
Intermediate plate Import In cab printer Inclinometer location Incremental keypad Indicator lights Input error messages Integral chopper Intellisteert Auto Guidance DGPS antenna mounting kit IntelliViewt II Monitor IntelliViewt Monitor Intended use Interface Level Intermediate roll Interval 336 274 718 257 240 252 242 258 722 235 238 11 247 469, 72 255
Light extension kit Lighting and Mirrors Limitation of the lateral float system Longitudinal inclination Loss Info Losses Lower sieve type Lubrication schedule
720 229 337 257 267 317 257 452
M
Main drive belt Maize concave Manual release of the hydraulic parking brake MultiFunction Handle Maintenance Maize concave Maize header Maize header (96C) Maize threshing equipment Maize threshing rebuild kit Max steering angle Maximum stubble height Min reel speed 459 345 511 214 112 77 13 1 3 7 6 77 255 254 254 247 474, 721 475 258 247 357
J
Jammer valve installed Jump starting 252 4112
K
Kill stall Keypad access Keypad selections Keypads 316 241 242 241
Minute Moisture sensor moisture sensor fin Moisture sensor type Month Multithresh system
L
level sensor Low speed fan variator kit Lower shaft adjustment Language Lateral float Lateral inclination Lefthand returns auger and returns cross auger drive belt Legal Obligations Lifting the combine 476 465 333 247 254 257 461 117 149
N
Narrowing plates NAV Calibration Nav Controller Nav II installed Navigation and input controls Navigation keypad Number Format Number of Windows 7 3 281 259 259 238 239 248 249
INDEX
O
Operating the attachments Operating the combine Operator Operator Setup Operators seat and Surroundings Option module CCM3 Ordering Parts/ Accessories Other components Overlap flip 111 110 248 248 22 251 62 232 255
Q
Quick access keypad 240
R
Recirculation filter Remote controlled divider plates Returns system Rotary dust screen drive belt Rotary separator drive belt Rotothreshers Rotor knives Ratio gear four 4117 386 371 467 462 473 387 253 719 253 254 254 254 327, 328 254 258 714 257 257 257 78 258 257 359 346 382 266 258 258 317 257 719
P
Parking brake Performance indicators Pivot axle Pivot points Parking brake PC software package Perforated covers Perforated straw elevator floor section Petersen 15/8 and 11/8 Pivot plate 127 mm Popup list access Popup list selections Popup lists Portable work light Powered rear axle Precision Farming Premium speakers Preseason Service Presieve Presieve HC 15/8 Product identification Profile setup Prohibited usage Protective Devices 481 316 472 450 3 4 720 712 7 2 710 716 243 243 243 720 715 268 718 63 364, 367 7 9 1 1 268 1 1 141
Rear revolving flash light Rear wheel assist Reel drive Reel foreback Reel horizontal position Reel to ground speed synchronization Reel vertical position Remote chop drop Remote deflectors control rebuild kit Remote extensions Remote grainbin covers Remote lower sieve Remote sieve control Remote spreader plates Remote upper sieve Removable grain pan Replacement of the drum concave Residue handling Residue Info Residue Setup Residue speed sensor Returns sample Returns type Revolving flash lights
INDEX
Rice concave Rice pins Rice threshing rebuild kit Righthand module Righthand returns auger drive belt Rotary dust screen and Cooling system Rotary dust screen brush Rotary dust screen interm. shaft drive belt Rotary encoder Rotary screen brush Rotary separator Rotation header trailer hitch Round hole sieve Round hole sieve frame Row spacing Rows in use Rpm Info Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4 Run 5 Run 6 Run Layout Run Screen Run Screens 345 74 7 7 2 8 464 430 717 467 236 251 356 724 7 9 7 9 255 255 266 269 269 269 270 270 270 249 249 269 Straw retarding curtain Straw walker drive belt Swathforming position Safety decals Safety decals (Australia) Safety guards Safety railing Safety Requirements Scrolling lists Selfleveling shoe Selflevelling cleaning shoe drive belt Selflevelling cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt Separation Serial number Service Setup Setting of different types of concaves Settings Side hill weights Sieve installation Sieve loss sensitivity Sieve openings Sieve position Sieve removal Signal plates Signal plates for Italy Slip clutch SmartSteer t kit Smooth rotor thresher covers Soft key keypad 362, 472 345 385 385 337 458, 469 463 Specifications Speed limit forward Speed limit reverse Spreaders Stability Stainless steel curved louver maize upper sieve 358 461 388 119 128 144 143 117 243 257 460 460 355 251 258 353 261 7 1 367 257 362 364 364 143, 725 144, 726 469, 474 722 711 239 81 253 253 258 117 710
S
Sieves Small grain concave Spread pattern Straw chopper spreader chute Straw elevator bottom plate Straw elevator chain Straw elevator drive belt
INDEX
Start module Starting the engine Starting up the combine Status area Steering axle Steering axle height position Steering axle position Steering column Steering cylinder adjustment Steering platform extensions Steering tire radius Stone trap Stopping the combine Stopping the engine Straw chopper Straw chopper Straw chopper speed sensor Straw elevator Straw elevator drive Straw Flowt beater Straw hood chopper Straw walker raisers Straw walkers Stubble height and Autofloatt mode Summary Data 1 Summary Data 2 Sunflower cover plate Swathing rake 218 32 18 245 485 488 486 2 6 4105 716 253 342 111 3 3 714 382 258 333, 338 72 357 258 76 358 323 268 268 7 5 388 Threshing Setup Tie downs for shipping Time Format Tire radius Toein adjustment Tool to remove the concave Toolbox Total rows Towing the combine Track width position Tracks Tracks type Traction gearbox Transport mode Travelling on public roads 256 150 248 253 4103 74 247 255 148 489 483, 716 253 442 327 1 9
U
Unloading drive belt Unloading drive chain Unloading mechanism Undershield lighting kit Units Unload tube signal plate +light Unloading drive gearbox Unloading tube extension Unloading tube gearbox Unloading tube swing Upper sieve type 459 462 381 720 248 726 446 712 447 381 257
T
Threaded rods Types of sieves available Technical data Thresher loss sensitivity Threshing Threshing hours Threshing Info 450 369 823 256 343, 471 258 265
V
Vehicle Version Vertical covers on straw walkers Vertical knife electricity kit Vertical knives Vibration Level Information 236 260 7 6 75 254 118
INDEX
W
Wheel chock Waterpump drive belt (CNH Engine) Waterpump drive belt (Iveco engine) Wheel counterweights Wheel nuts torque Wheel spacer Wheels and tyres Wide fender Windscreen washer system Work width reset Working Settings Write to Card 142 468 468 725 81 716 81 726 718 255 273 259
Y
Year Yield / Moisture Yield mapping Yield monitoring package Yield sensor type Yield Setup 247 259 723 721 258 259
INDEX
10
CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM Belgium AFTER SALES Technical Information Print No. 87535550 1st Edition 07 2006
PRINTED IN BELGIUM COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V. All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved. All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
OPERATORS MANUAL
NEW HOLLAND CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
Volume 2/2
Your success Our specialty
Printed in Belgium
Print No. 1st Edition English
87535550 07/06
CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

OPERATORS MANUAL
Volume 2/2 - Maintenance
GENERAL
This manual has been prepared to assist you in the correct procedure for running in, driving, operating, adjusting and maintaining your new machine. This machine has been designed and built to give maximum performance, economy and ease of operation under a wide variety of crops and conditions. Prior to delivery, your machine was carefully inspected both at the factory and by your dealer to ensure that it reaches you in optimum condition. To maintain this condition and ensure trouble-free operation it is important that routine services, as specified in this manual, are carried out at the recommended intervals. Before attempting to drive or operate your machine, read this manual carefully (especially the chapter covering the Safety Precautions) and keep it in a convenient place for future reference. Left and right used throughout this manual are determined from the rear, facing in the direction of travel of the machine during operation. If at any time you require advice concerning your machine, do not hesitate to contact your authorised dealer. He has factory-trained personnel, genuine service parts and the necessary equipment to carry out your service requirements. IMPORTANT: This machine has been designed and built according to the European Directive 98/37/EC. Always use genuine New Holland Service parts or parts matching at least the same quality, reliability and functionality as the equivalent original Service Parts when servicing and repairing your machine and do not modify your machine without a written permission of the manufacturer. Failure to do so will void the responsibility of the manufacturer. An EC Declaration of Confirmity is separately delivered with your machine. Store this EC Declaration into the storage space for your Operators Manual (refer to section 2 Controls, Instruments and Operation). The maximum road speed of your machine is limited electronically. Do not try to change it. Check local road legislation before driving the machine on public roads. When operating interchangeable New Holland built equipment, ensure the equipment is CE approved. As this publication is distributed throughout our international network, the equipment illustrated, either as standard or as an accessory, may vary according to the country in which the equipment is to be used. Low cost configurations, as chosen by the customer, may deviate from the specifications given. Several figures in this manual show the safety guarding or the additional guards, legally required by certain countries, open or removed to illustrate better a particular feature or adjustment. The machine must not be used in this condition. For your own safety, ensure that all guards are closed or replaced before operating the machine.
OWNER ASSISTANCE
We at New Holland and your New Holland dealer want you to be completely satisfied with your investment. Normally your dealers Service Department will handle any problems with your equipment. Sometimes, however, misunderstanding can occur. If your problem has not been handled to your satisfaction, we suggest contacting the owner or General Manager of the dealership, explaining the problem, and requesting assistance. When additional assistance is needed, your dealer has direct access to our branch office.
COMPANY POLICY
Company policy, which is one of continuous improvement, reserves the right to make changes in design and specification at any time without notice and without obligation to modify units previously built. All data given in this book is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weights are approximate only and the illustrations do not necessarily show the machine in standard condition. For exact information about any particular machine please consult your Dealer.
ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS

Your machine has been designed to operate in a wide variety of crops and conditions. Nevertheless additional equipment may, in certain cases, be required to improve the machine performance. A list of this additional equipment is given in the Accessories section in this manual.
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

Genuine New Holland parts and accessories have been specifically designed for New Holland machines. We would like to point out that nongenuine parts and accessories have not been examined and released by New Holland. The installation and/or use of such products could have negative effects upon the design characteristics of your machine and thereby affect its safety. New Holland is not liable for any damage caused by the use of nongenuine parts and accessories. Rely on your authorised dealer to supply you with genuine New Holland parts only. These parts are covered by our warranty and will give you the best performance. When ordering service parts, always quote the model and serial number, as well as the year of manufacture printed on the manufacturers identification plate (refer to chapter General Information).
LUBRICANTS
Your dealer sells a selection of specially formulated lubricants based on own engineering specifications. Recommended lubricants for your machine are listed on the inside back cover of this manual.
WARRANTY
Your machine is warranted according to legal rights in your country and the contractual agreement with the selling dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the machine has not been used, adjusted and maintained according to the instructions given in this Operators Manual. It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the machine unless specifically authorised, in writing, by a New Holland representative.
CLEANING YOUR MACHINE

Your machine is a state-of-the-art machine with sophisticated, electronic controls. Even though every precaution has been taken to safeguard electronic components and connections, the pressure generated by some pressure washers is such that complete protection against water ingress cannot be guaranteed. When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too close to the machine and avoid directing the jet at electronic components, electrical connections, breathers, seals, filler caps, etc.
IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and of life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment of some of the substances, which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and the disposal of the products of a chemical and a petrochemical nature. The following are recommendations, which may be of assistance: Become acquainted with and respect the relative legislation applicable in your country. Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning agents, etc. for their effect on man and nature and for safe ways of storage, usage and disposal. Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
Avoid filling fuel tanks using jerrycans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable spillage. In general, avoid skin contact with all oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which can be harmful to your health. Use biodegradable oils for chain lubrication where oils cannot be recuperated. In many countries rapeseed oils or other agro-based lubricants have become available. Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems. Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids, fuels or coolant mixtures with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources. They should not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of safely. Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself; it contains gases, which should not be released into the air. Your dealer has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to do the recharging of the system anyway. Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or the hydraulic system immediately. Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to bursting of the components. Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of oils, coolant, etc. Battery recycling Batteries and electric accumulators contain various components which can damage the environment if they are not properly recycled after usage. New Holland strongly recommends that you return all used batteries (starting batteries and small dry batteries which may be used in electric or electronic systems) to your New Holland dealer who will ensure proper disposal or recycling. In certain countries this is a legal requirement.
e2006 CNH Belgium NV-Zedelgem
SECTION QUICK REFERENCE

1 General Information and Safety 2 Controls, Instruments and Operation 3 Field and Site Operation 4 Lubrication and Maintenance 5 Fault Finding 6 Vehicle Storage 7 Accessories 8 Specification 9 1st 50 Hour Service Sheets Index
NOTE: The CX Operators manual consists of two volumes. The first volume Operation with sections 1,2 and 3, the second volume Maintenance with sections 4,5,6,7,8 and 9.
CHECK THE ENTIRE TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain header (High-Capacity, Extra-Capacity or Varifeedt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize header (98C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Draper header (92C/94C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain - Rice - Flex header (72C/74C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Record below the serial numbers of your machine for quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . General recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting up the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travelling on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating the attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legal obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components hydraulics (European standard EN 982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airborne noise emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vibration level information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety decals (Australia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access to machine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protective devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header standard safety latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra safety latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buzzer (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety railing for straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates for Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional mirror for Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire extinguisher (with chopper drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment of the dimmed lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 13 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 18 1 9 110 111 111 112 114 115 116 116 117 117 117 118 118 118 119 128 135 141 141 142 142 142 143 143 144 144 144 145 146
Adjustment of the side lights (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lifting the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tie downs for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attachment compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION Cab and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operators seat and surroundings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering column and control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right-hand module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-function handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab roof controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Control panel of the manual controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lighting and mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IntelliViewt II Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation and input controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IntelliViewt II monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Display Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Operator Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Run Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Combine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Engine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.Electrical Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.Hydraulics Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.Driveline Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.Header Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.Header Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.Feeder Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.Threshing Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.Cleaning Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.Clean grain Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.Residue Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.Harvest/ precision farming (pf) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.Service Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.GPS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.Yield Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.Nav Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
147 148 149 150 151 152 152 154
2 1 2 1 2 2 2 6 2 8 214 218 219 224 225 226 229 232 235 236 238 238 241 244 246 247 247 248 249 251 251 252 252 253 254 255 256 256 257 257 258 258 258 259 259 259
II Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.CAN status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Fault Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.GPS Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.GPS Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III Combine info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Engine Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Electrical Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Hydraulics Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Driveline Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.Header Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.Feeder Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.Threshing Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.Cleaning Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.Clean grain Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.Residue Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.Rpm Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.Loss Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV Precision Farming (P Farm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Profile setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Summary Data 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Summary Data 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V Run Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Run 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Run 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Run 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Run 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Run 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Run 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI Automatic Crop Settings (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.ACS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Working Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Filter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.Apply Calibration (not used) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrations for Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration of the Multifunction handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.Crop Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.Crop Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.NAV Calibration (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audible alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic engine shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
260 260 260 261 261 262 262 262 263 263 263 264 264 264 265 265 265 266 266 266 267 268 268 268 268 269 269 269 269 270 270 270 271 272 273 274 274 274 275 275 276 276 277 278 281 281 281 282 282
SECTION 3 FIELD AND SITE OPERATION Before driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daily start-up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency stop (if configured in IntelliViewt II monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear shifting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential lock (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harvesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To change from grain to maize configuration, the following modifications has to be done. Kill stall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan/upper sieve distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Returns sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to obtain an idea on loss level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching the header to the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching the header from the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header Height Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex header operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto header lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reel to ground speed synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartSteer t system (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feeding/straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower shaft adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header and straw elevator reversing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator bottom plate (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limitation of the lateral float system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti-dust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum and concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamentals of adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concave clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum and concave type of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement of the drum concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting of different types of concaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . De-awning plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 3 2 3 2 33 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 3 5 3 6 36 310 314 316 316 316 317 317 317 319 320 320 322 323 327 327 328 330 333 333 335 336 337 337 338 338 341 342 343 343 343 343 343 344 344 345 346 346 353 354
Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Thresht system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw Flowt beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw retarding curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removable grain pan (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieve installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of sieves available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Returns system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain storage/Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain sample access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank with extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank with covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank level sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain tank unloading auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Residue handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engaging of the straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chopping cereals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chopping maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper spreader chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote controlled divider plates (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotor knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swath-forming position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swathing rake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baffle plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff blower (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff spreader (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic rotation trailer hitch (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
355 355 356 357 357 358 358 359 359 359 359 361 362 362 364 364 367 369 370 371 373 373 377 377 378 378 379 380 381 381 382 382 382 383 384 385 385 386 387 387 388 388 388 389 391 392
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease fittings and intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grease interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 hours interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 hours interval right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 hours interval right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 hours interval left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine sump and filter capacity (total) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crankcase breathing system (only CX8090) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant system capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filling the fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel prefilter/water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary dust screen and cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic and hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filter at oil cooler outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 41 41 4 3 43 4 4 4 8 49 412 413 414 414 415 418 418 419 420 420 420 422 422 423 423 423 424 424 424 425 426 427 430 431 433 433 433 433 436 436 436 437 439 439 439 441 441 442 442 442 443 443
Final drive gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading drive gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bubble-up gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains, threaded rods and pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threaded rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belts and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low speed fan variator kit (If installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate roll (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front face adjustment (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti-dust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot axle (self levelling cleaning shoe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roto-threshers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture sensor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain flow sensor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tracks (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
444 444 444 445 445 446 446 446 446 447 447 447 447 448 448 448 448 449 449 450 450 451 451 451 451 451 452 454 464 465 469 469 469 469 470 471 471 472 472 472 473 474 474 474 478 481 481 481 481 482 483
Steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Steering axle position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Axial position of the steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Steering axle height position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Track width position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Toe-in adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Steering cylinder adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combine Control Module (CCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab/Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fresh air intake grill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recirculation filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air compressor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air reservoir specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 FAULT FINDING Feeding area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threshing, separation and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual release of the hydraulic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gearshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting the Automatic Temperature Control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 6 VEHICLE STORAGE End-of-season service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ordering parts and/or accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preseason service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 7 ACCESSORIES Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side hill weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crop distribution kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic reel rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain header road light kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perforated straw elevator floor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw elevator drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header lift cylinder kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Narrowing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
485 486 486 488 489 4103 4105 4106 4106 4111 4112 4112 4114 4115 4115 4116 4117 4117 4117 4118 4119 4120
5 1 5 1 5 3 5 7 5 8 5 9 510 511 512 514 515
6 1 6 2 6 3
7 1 7 1 71 7 1 72 7 2 72 7 2 73 7 3
Threshing and separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . De-awning slats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rice pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool to remove the concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical knife electricity kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sunflower cover plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beater wear plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical covers on straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw walker raisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cereals threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize threshing equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rice threshing rebuild kit (if universal drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maize concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning system and lower frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote sieve control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan bottom shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grass seed variator kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presieve HC 1-5/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grain pan divider kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Round hole sieve frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Round hole sieve (16 or 18 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable upper sieve 1-5/8 and 1-1/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable upper sieve (Petersen 1-5/8 and 1-1/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closz upper sieve (1-5/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel curved louver maize upper sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graepel sieve extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended sieve dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smooth rotor thresher covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn Cob Mix kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clean grain, grain tank and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unloading tube extension kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perforated covers: long or round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chaff spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straw chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote deflectors control rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered rear axle (wheel motors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle extensions kit (not for europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivot plate 127 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering platform extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foldable ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air compressor kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary dust screen brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High fan speed kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
7 4 7 4 7 4 74 75 7 5 7 5 7 5 75 7 6 76 7 6 7 6 77 77 7 7 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 9 79 7 9 7 9 710 710 710 710 710 711 711 711 712 712 712 713 713 713 714 714 715 715 715 716 716 716 716 716 717 717 717 717 717
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In cab printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Premium speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical and Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flip-up light kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear revolving flash light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolving flash lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light extension kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC software package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undershield lighting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield monitoring package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartSteer t kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Guidance Ready kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intellisteert Auto Guidance DGPS antenna mounting kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Header trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterweights support frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal plates for Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unload tube signal plate+light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wide fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel nuts torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension I (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension J (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension K (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 9 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS Check and adjust, as required (Customer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check and adjust, as required (Dealer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX
718 718 718 718 718 719 719 719 719 720 720 720 720 721 721 722 722 722 723 724 724 725 725 725 725 726 726 726 726
8 1 8 1 823 833 835 836 836 837
9 1 9 3
10
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
Your combine is designed to require minimum lubrication and maintenance. However, regular lubrication and maintenance is the best insurance against delays and repairs and greatly increases the life of the machine. Use only top grade lubricants stored in clean vessels. Recommended lubricants and amounts summarized at the end of this section. are
Always stop the machine before lubricating and observe following precautions: Disengage all drives Raise the header Engage the header lifter safety latch Engage the parking brake Switch off the combine engine Remove the ignition key before leaving the operators platform
CAUTION
GREASE FITTINGS AND INTERVALS

Before greasing the machine always wipe any dirt from the grease fittings. All points, except those with special notations, should be lubricated until the grease is forced out around the bearings and then the excess grease should be wiped off. NOTE: After greasing, shift the variators from minimum to maximum and vice versa to distribute the grease in the hub. Grease specification Use Multipurpose grease AMBRA GR9 (ref. (NH710A) or AMBRA GR75MD (ref. NH720A), or grease classified under NLGI 2.
4 1
2 4 2

Grease interval All grease fittings on the machine are indicated with a grease decal on which the time interval XX is mentioned. NOTE: There is also a general grease decal foreseen on both sides of your combine (see previous page). NOTE: You can also check the service intervals in the Service set-up screens on the IntelliViewt II monitor. 10 hours interval 1. Tracks (If installed) 3
4 2. Sliding sheave on driven drum variator NOTE: Minimum 4 gun strokes every time the sheave is greased. 3. Thrust bearing on driven drum variator NOTE: After greasing, shift the variator from minimum to maximum and vice versa to distribute the grease in the hub.
4 3

50 hours interval left-hand side 1. Sliding sheave on driver drum variator NOTE: Minimum 4 gun strokes every time the sheave is greased. NOTE: After greasing, shift the variator from minimum to maximum and vice versa to distribute the grease in the hub.
2. Pivot point lateral float
7 3. Straw elevator bottom shaft bearing
4. Sliding shaft reverser 5. Jaw clutch reverser (3x) NOTE: Three grease zerks are installed to improve access: Only one has to be greased.
9 4 4

6. Straw elevator intermediate roll bearing (If installed)
7. Straw elevator top shaft bearing 8. Straw elevator top shaft bearing housing
10
11 9. Eccentric hub cleaning shoe drive DELETE
10. P.t.o. (self levelling) cleaning shoe drive bottom 11. P.t.o. (self levelling) cleaning shoe drive top 12. P.t.o. (self levelling) cleaning shoe drive sliding part
12
13 4 5

13. Cleaning shoe drive top gearbox (self levelling cleaning shoe)
14. Cleaning shoe drive bottom gearbox (self levelling cleaning shoe) 15. Cleaning shoe drive idler arm
14
15 16. Slip clutch returns drive (self levelling cleaning shoe models) NOTE: Maximum 2 gun strokes every time the clutch is greased.
17. Slip clutch returns drive (fixed cleaning shoe models) NOTE: Maximum 2 gun strokes every time the clutch is greased.
16
17 4 6

18. Returns gearbox
19. Straw flow beater shaft bearing 20. Conical bearing set on driven drum variator 21. Straw walker front shaft bearing
18
19 22. Straw walker rear shaft bearing
23. Straw chopper intermediate shaft
20
21 4 7

24. Straw chopper rotor bearing NOTE: Maximum 2 gun strokes every time the bearing is greased.
25. Powered rear axle upper and lower king pin bushings. (If installed)
22
20021843
23 100 hours interval left-hand side 1. Half shaft couplers traction (2x)
2. Pivot point of main drive idler arm
24
25 4 8

50 hours interval right-hand side 1. Straw elevator bottom shaft bearing
2. Straw elevator intermediate roll bearing (If installed)
26
27 3. Straw elevator top shaft bearing 4. Straw elevator top shaft bearing housing
5. Slip clutch on straw elevator top shaft
28
29 4 9

6. Sliding sheave fan variator driven disc (3 x) NOTE: Three grease zerks are installed to improve access: Only one has to be greased.
7. Thrust bearing on fan variation 8. Sliding sheave fan variator driver disc (3 x) 9. Hex. nut on fan variator control spindle NOTE: After greasing, shift the variator from minimum to maximum and vice versa to distribute the grease in the hub.
30
31 10. Eccentric hub cleaning shoe drive
11. Straw flow beater shaft bearing (intermediate shaft)
32
33 410

12. Straw walker front shaft bearing
13. Straw walker rear shaft bearing
34
35 14. Returns gearbox (6-straw walker combines)
15. Straw chopper rotor bearing NOTE: Maximum 2 gun strokes every time the bearing is greased.
36
37 411

16. Powered rear axle upper and lower king pin bushings. (if installed)
20021843
100 hours interval right-hand side 1. Half shaft couplers traction (2x)
38
39 2. Safety clutch on grain elevator To easy reach the grease fitting, pull the idler away and turn the V-pulley by hand. NOTE: Maximum 2 gun strokes.
40
412

200 hours interval left-hand side 1. Pivot ring platform ladder (2x)
2. Pivot point idler arm (2x) (fixed cleaning shoe)
41
42 3. Pivot point idler arm (self levelling cleaning shoe)
4. Automatic rotation trailer hitch (If installed)
43
44 413
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINE

Oil level Check the engine oil level daily when the combine is standing on a level surface and after the engine has been stopped for a minimum of five minutes. 1. Remove the dipstick (1), wipe clean and re-insert fully.
45 2. Pull the dipstick out again and check the oil level. The oil level should be between the minimum and the maximum mark. IMPORTANT: At no time should the oil level be allowed to fall below the minimum level.
3. Open the engine cover, using the special tool that is located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator.
46
47 DELETE
414

If necessary, add oil through the filler hole (2) until the oil level reaches the maximum mark on the dipstick (fig. 46).
IMPORTANT: Do not fill above upper mark on dipstick. Excess oil will burn off, create smoke and give a false impression of oil consumption.
Oil and filter change Every 600 operating hours or annually DELETE The engine oil filter(s) should be changed every time the oil is changed. CX8030
48
DELETE To change oil and filter, proceed as follows: 1. Warm the engine to operating temperature. Stop the engine, drain the oil through the hose (1) and catch the oil in a suitable container.
2. Open the engine cover by using the special tool that is located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator. 3. Clean the area round engine oil filter (1) and remove the spin-on filter using a filter wrench. 4. Fill up a new engine filter (1) with clean oil and apply a film of oil to the seal ring. 5. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly WITHOUT USING TOOLS. 6. Reinstall the plug of drain hose (1) (fig. 49).
49
50
415

7. Remove the filler cap (2) and refill the engine with clean oil. Re-install the filler cap. 8. Run the engine at low idle for a minute or so, to circulate the oil, then stop the engine. Check the oil filter for leaks. 9. Wait for a short period to allow the oil to drain back to the sump. Check the oil level on dipstick as explained in previous paragraph headed Oil level. 10. Start the engine and check for possible leaks.
51
CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 CX8080 - CX8090
DELETE To change oil and filter, proceed as follows: 1. Warm the engine to operating temperature. Stop the engine, drain the oil through the hose (1) and catch the oil in a suitable container.
2. The oil filter is accessible by removing the cover in the grain tank.
52
53
416

3. Clean the area round the engine oil filter and remove the filter housing (3) using a wrench. 4. Replace the oil filter in the filter housing. 5. Fill up the filter housing with clean oil. 6. Install and tighten the filter housing, using a wrench. 7. Reinstall the plug of the drain hose (1) (fig. 52). 54
NOTE: CX8090 is equipped with two spin-on engine oil filters.
55 8. Remove the filler cap (2) and refill the engine with clean oil. Re-install the filler cap. Refer to paragraph headed Oil specifications. 9. Start the engine at low idle for a minute or so, to circulate the oil, then stop the engine. 10. Wait for a short period to allow the oil to drain back to the sump. Check the oil level on the dipstick as explained in previous paragraph headed: Oil level. 11. Start the engine and check for possible leaks. 12. Reinstall the cover in the grain tank. 56
417

Engine sump and filter capacity (total) CX8030: 16 litres (4.23 US gal); (one oil filter) CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080: 24 litres (6.34 US gal); (one oil filter) CX8090: 29 litres (7.7 US gal); (two oil filters)
Oil specification Use AMBRA MASTER GOLD HSP, SAE15W40, NH330H engine oil or an oil meeting the following specification: API CH-4 or ACEA E3/E5
418

Crankcase breathing system (only CX8090) Replace the closed crankcase filter every 1000 operating hours or if the sight glass (8) shows a red pin (see fig. 58). To replace, proceed as follows: 1. Remove the cover (6) which is located at the left-hand side near the exhaust.
2. To remove the cover (6) of the crankcase filter loosen the nine bolts (5).
57
58 3. Replace the crankcase filter (7). 4. Install the cover (6) and tighten the bolts (5).
DELETE
59
419
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Coolant level Check the coolant level daily in the shunt tank when the engine is cold. The coolant level should reach the level indicator (2). When the coolant level is low level a pop-up screen appears on the IntelliViewt II monitor. IMPORTANT: Under no circumstances should the engine be started without coolant in the cooling system. The cooling system operates under pressure which is controlled by the pressure/filler cap (1). Take care if removing the pressure/filler cap while the system is hot. Cover the cap using a thick cloth and open the pressure/filler cap slowly and allow the pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. Do not add cold water to a hot shunt tank. When the coolant level is too low, proceed as follows: 1. Run the engine at low idle. 2. Add coolant to the cooling system through shunt tank filler opening (1). Never fill when the engine is hot.
WARNING
60
Coolant change The coolant should be renewed: Every 2 years.
When replacing the coolant proceed as follows: 1. Remove the cover (3) using the special tool located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator.
61
420

2. Drain the coolant by opening stopcock (4) at the bottom of the radiator. 3. Flush the cooling system with clean water (steps 3 to 6). 4. Close the stopcock (4) and fill the cooling system with clean water through the shunt tank filler opening (1) (fig. 60). 5. Start the engine and run it at low idle until the water temperature is at normal operating temperature. 6. Stop the engine. 7. Drain the water by opening the stopcock (4). 8. Close the stopcock and fill the cooling system with coolant as specified. 9. Install the cover (3). IMPORTANT: Always fill the cooling system with an approved antifreeze/water mixture. Check the freezing point of the coolant after each refill. The engine is hot and so may be the shunt tank. Extreme care should be taken when filling the cooling system. 10. Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm until the coolant temperature is at normal operating temperature. 11. Return to low idle and stop the engine after 1 minute (Turbo charger precaution). 12. Fill the shunt tank to the level indicator (2) and install pressure/filler cap (1).
62
CAUTION
63
421

Coolant system capacity CX8030: 40 litres (10.6 US gal) CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 -CX8080: 46 litres (12.2 US gal) CX8090: 50 litres (13.2 US gal)
Coolant specification Use AGRIFLU antifreeze (ref. NH900A)
The coolant is a water/antifreeze mixture containing: 50% water 50% antifreeze: AGRIFLU (ref. NH900A)
The quality of the water should not exceed following limits: Total hardness: 0.3% Chlorides: 0.1% Sulphates: 0.1%
422
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE FUEL SYSTEM

Fuel level The fuel level can be checked on the bargraph of the IntelliViewt II monitor. When the fuel level is low level a pop-up screen appears on the IntelliViewt II monitor. DELETE Filling the fuel tank To fill the fuel tank, proceed as follows: 1. Stop the engine and wait until all rotating parts have come to a complete standstill. 2. Before removing the fuel filler cap (1), clean the area around the filler cap and the filler neck to prevent dirt from entering the fuel tank and contaminating the fuel. 3. Fill the fuel into the tank always trough a fine gauze filter. Dont fill the tank to capacity. Allow room for expansion. IMPORTANT: The best time to fill the tank is at the end of the day to reduce overnight condensation. IMPORTANT: If the original fuel tank cap is lost or a new cap is required, replace it with a genuine original vented cap.
64
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following: Smoking is strictly prohibited during filling the fuel tank. Never fill the tank when the engine is running. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
CAUTION
423

Fuel tank capacity CX8030: 500 litres (132 US gal) CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070: 750 litres (198 US gal) CX8080 - CX8090: 1000 litres (264 US gal)
Fuel specification The quality of fuel used is an important factor in obtaining dependable performance and satisfactory engine life. Fuels must be clean, well-refined and non-corrosive to fuel system parts. Be sure to use fuel of a known quality from a reputable supplier. To be sure that a fuel meets the required properties, enlist the aid of a reputable fuel oil supplier. The responsibility for clean fuel lies with the fuel supplier as well as the fuel user. DELETE Fuel type North American low sulphur DF 1 ASTM D975 North American low sulphur DF 2 ASTM D975 North American standard sulphur DF 1 ASTM D975 North American standard sulphur DF 2 ASTM D975 Arctic blend Avtur/JP-8/Jet A/Jet A-1 Biodiesel (Din V51602 UNI 10946 EN 14214) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (Reduced durability) No Maximum 5% blended in EN590 fuel. Higher quantities following approval from Bosch on an application basis Yes Yes compatible
65
European diesel per EN590 Ultra low S sulphur Sweden fuel (Mk1) Fuel storage Many engine difficulties can be traced to dirty fuel, therefore the importance of using clean fuel, properly stored cannot be stressed too strongly.
424

Fuel prefilter/water separator When there is water on a certain level in the water separator a pop-up screen appears on the IntelliViewt II monitor. Drain the water from prefilter/water separator (1), proceed as follows: 1. Loosen the screw (2) to allow the water to run out of the screw orifice. 2. Collect the water/fuel mixture and dispose according to regulations. 3. Tighten the screw (2) when fuel free of water runs out of the screw orifice. The fuel prefilter/ water separator (1) should be changed every 300 operating hours, or earlier, if a drop in engine performance is experienced. 66
To change the prefilter/water separator, proceed as follows: 1. Wipe the top of the prefilter/water separator head clean. 2. Turn the tap (3) to the closed position (horizontal). 3. Unscrew the spin-on prefilter/water separator (1), using a filter wrench. 4. Fill the new prefilter/water separator (1) with clean fuel and apply a film of fuel to the gasket. 5. Screw on the new prefilter/water separator by hand. Tighten firmly, but do not use tools. 6. Turn fuel valve (3) to the open position. 7. Bleed the fuel system (refer to paragraph headed Bleeding the fuel system). 67
425

Fuel filter The fuel filter (1) should be changed every 300 operating hours. Proceed as follows: CX8030 DELETE
1. The fuel filter is accessible by removing the cover in the grain tank.
2. Wipe the top of the filter head clean. 3. Unscrew the fuel filter (3), using a filter wrench. 4. Coat a film of fuel to the seal of the new fuel filter. 5. Screw the new filter on by hand and tighten it securely (firmly against the head and then an additional 1/4 to 1/2 turn). DO NOT USE TOOLS. 6. Bleed the fuel system, refer to next paragraph headed: Bleeding the fuel system.
68
CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090
69
DELETE 1. Open the engine cover by using the special tool that is located on the left-hand side of the straw elevator. 2. Wipe the top of the filter head clean. 3. Unscrew the fuel filter (1), using a filter wrench. 4. Coat a film of fuel to the seal of the new fuel filter. 5. Screw the new filter on by hand and tighten it securely (firmly against the head and then an additional 1/4 to 1/2 turn). DO NOT USE TOOLS. 6. Bleed the fuel system, refer to next paragraph headed: Bleeding the fuel system. 426 70

Bleeding the fuel system CX8030
DELETE To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows: 1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the tap (3) is open. 2. On top of the water separator (1) is fitted a primer pump (4) which is used to prime the injection pump with fuel when the filter element has been changed. 3. Start the engine. 4. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs smoothly. DELETE 71
427

CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080
DELETE To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows: NOTE: This job needs to be carry out with two people. 1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the tap (3) (fig. 73) is open. 2. Loosen the bleed screw (2) on top of the fuel filter (1) to allow the air to escape.
72 3. On top of the water separator (1) is fitted a primer pump (4) which is used to prime the injection pump with fuel when the filter element has been changed. 4. Tighten the bleed screw (2) when fuel free of air bubbles escapes (fig. 72).
NOTE: To avoid possible fuel contamination, install a transparent housing onto the bleed screw, to catch the fuel in a suitable container and also to check if the fuel escaping from the bleed screw is free of air bubbles. 5. Start the engine. 6. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs smoothly.
73
428

CX8090
To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows: NOTE: This job needs to be carry out with two people. 1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the tap (3) is open. 2. Set the ignition switch in to the contact position to engage the electrical fuel pump. 3. Loosen the bleed screw (2) on top of the fuel filter (1) to allow the air to escape.
74
4. Tighten the bleed screw (2) when fuel free of air bubbles escapes.
NOTE: To avoid possible fuel contamination, install a transparent housing onto the bleed screw, to catch the fuel in a suitable container and also to check if the fuel escaping from the bleed screw is free of air bubbles. 5. Loosen bleed the screw (2) to allow the air to escape. 6. Tighten the bleed screw (2) when fuel free of air bubbles escapes. 7. Start the engine. 8. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs smoothly.
75
76
429
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ROTARY DUST SCREEN AND COOLING SYSTEM
The CX models are equipped with a hinged rotary dust screen door. To gain access to clean the cooling system, proceed as follows: Open the rotary dust screen door by turning the key (1).
77 Clean the cooling system regularly, depending on combining conditions. Intercooler (1) Watercooler (2) Gearbox oil cooler (3) Hydrostatic oil cooler (4) Air-conditioning condenser (5) Fuel cooler (6) (CX8040 CX8050CX8060CX8070CX8080)
78
430
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

The air filter (1) should only be cleaned when there is an alarm on the IntelliViewt II monitor Air filter blocked (625 mm (24 - 5/8) vacuum).
To remove the air filter element, remove the cover (2) by loosening the clamps (3).
To clean the element, hold the top and tap it against the palm of the other hand to remove the dust.
NEVER TAP IT ON A HARD SURFACE.
79
When tapping does not remove the dirt, direct compressed air through the element, from the inside towards the outside. To prevent damage to the element (4) when cleaning with compressed air, take the following precautions: Maximum air pressure must be 5 bar (72,5 psi). Move the nozzle up and down when rotating the element. Keep the nozzle at least 25 mm (1) from the plated paper.
80
NOTE: To keep the interval acceptable is it highly recommended to clean the element with compressed air. Wear a dust mask when cleaning the air filter element. If the element is soiled with oil or soot, it is possible to soak it for 15 minutes in a solution of 75 grammes (0,165 lbs.) of non-sudsy detergent and 10 litres (2,6 US gal) of lukewarm water. Rinse the element thoroughly in clean water until the water remains clear and leave the element to dry. NEVER WASH THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT IN PETROL OR DIESEL OIL.
WARNING
431

Every time the element is cleaned, it should be examined for holes and cracks by holding an electric light bulb inside the element and looking through it. If any damage is noted, discard the element and fit a new one.
Replace the element after 10 cleanings or once a year, whichever comes first.
When fitting, make sure the element is seated properly and the sealing is in good condition.
81
A safety element (5) is fitted as an additional security to prevent dust from entering the engine when replacing the standard element. The safety element should normally not be cleaned. Replace the safety element every two years.
82 A pre air filter (6) is located under the air filter. No maintenance is required.
83
432
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC AND HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Oil reservoir A single oil reservoir (1) is fitted for the hydraulic and hydrostatic system. Both systems draw their oil from the same reservoir but the oil for each circuit goes through a separate filtering system. Oil level Ensure that all hydraulic cylinders are retracted before checking the oil level. Check the oil level daily on the level gauge (2) and should be kept between the marks. If necessary, add oil through filler opening (3). IMPORTANT: Always clean the reservoir filler cap and the surrounding area before removing the filler cap to top-up or replace the oil. Oil and filter change The hydraulic/hydrostatic oil and filters should be changed: Only filters after the first 100 operating hours. Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually The hydraulic return filter and the hydrostatic charge-pressure filter need to be replaced at every oil change. The hydraulic high-pressure filter and the oil reservoir filter need to be cleaned at every oil change. To change the oil and/or filters proceed as follows: 1. Thoroughly clean the surrounding area of the reservoir and filters (with compressed air, if possible). 2. Retract all hydraulic cylinders. 3. Drain the oil from the reservoir through the hose (1) and catch the oil in a suitable container. 84
85 433

4. Remove the hydraulic return filter (1). 5. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new filter. 6. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly but do not use tools. NOTE: The hydraulic return filter (1) can be changed without draining the oil.
7. Remove the hydraulic high-pressure filter (2). 8. Wash the filter or clean the filter with compressed air. 9. Re-install the filter.
86
87 10. Loosen the hose (1) and remove the hydraulic hose at the oil reservoir filter. 11. Screw the filter (2) out. 12. Wash or clean the filter (2) with compressed air. 13. Re-install and tighten the filter (2) with a maximum torque of 90 Nm (66 ft.lbs). 14. Install and tighten the nut of the hydraulic hose (1) onto the filter (2) with a maximum torque of 140 Nm (103 ft.lbs).
88
434

15. Remove the hydrostatic charge-pressure filter (3). IMPORTANT: A suitable container must be inserted directly below the filter to prevent oil from dripping on the belt drives when the filter is removed.
16. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of a new hydrostatic charge-pressure filter. 17. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly but do not use tools. 18. Reinstall the plug of the drain hose (1).
89
90 19. Fill the reservoir (1) through the filler hole (3) to the maximum on the oil level gauge (2).
20. Start the engine. Run it at idle speed for five minutes and move the ground speed control lever slowly forward and backward with the gearshift in neutral position and the rear wheel drive (if installed) disengaged.
21. Check the oil level on the level gauge (2). This should be kept between the marks.
91
435

Oil capacity Reservoir capacity: 50 litres (13 US gallons) Entire system capacity: 70 litres (18.5 US gallons) Oil specification Use AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV (NH646H) hydraulic/ hydrostatic oil or an oil meeting the following specification: DIN 51524 PART 2 HV46 ISO VG-46 or Use AMBRA MULTI G, NH410B or an oil meeting the following specification: M2C 134D The hydraulic/ hydrostatic system is factory-filled with AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV, NH646H hydraulic oil. This is an oil with a high viscosity index, which means that the oil remains fluid at low temperatures. IMPORTANT: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic and hydrostatic system. Deviation of the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty. Filter at oil cooler outlet A filter element (1) is installed at the oil cooler outlet, to prevent contamination in the hydrostatic system after start up. Replace the filter every two years.
92
436
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES

Hydraulic valves located at the left-hand side of the straw elevator. 1. Straw elevator reverser 2. Reel for/after 3. Reel up/down 4. Lateral float 5. Hydraulic reel drive (if installed) 6. Hydraulic reel drive reverser (if installed) Hydraulic valve located under the cab. 7. Steering valve (if installed) 93
94
437

Hydraulic valve located at the left-hand side behind the steering platform. 1. Header Height Control valve 2. Header shock valve 3. Steering relief valve 4. Priority valve 5. Unloading open/close 6. Drum variator
95
Hydraulic low pressure valve located on the engine gearbox.
1. Main clutch (side grain tank) 2. Parking brake 3. Straw elevator engaging clutch 4. Unloading engaging clutch 96
438
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINE GEARBOX

Oil level Check the oil level daily on the level gauge (1) with the combine standing on a level surface. The oil level should be kept between the marks.
97
If necessary, remove the filler cap (2) and add oil through the filler opening.
98
Oil and filter change The engine gearbox oil should be changed: Only filter after the first 100 operating hours Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually
The oil filter should be changed every time the oil is changed. The suction screen 2 (installed in suction opening) should be washed every time the oil is changed.
99
439

To change the oil and/or oil filter and to wash the suction screen, proceed as follows: 1. Drain the engine gearbox oil through the hose (3) and catch the oil in a suitable container.
2. Clean the area around the engine gearbox oil filter (1) and remove the spin-on filter. 3. Fill up a new engine gearbox oil filter with clean oil and apply a film of oil to the seal ring. 4. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly, but do not use tools. NOTE: The engine gearbox oil filter (1) can be changed without draining the oil.
100
5. Loosen hose clamp 4, remove hose 5 and suction screen 6. 6. Wash suction screen 6. 7. Reinstall the washed suction screen, hose 5 and tighten hose clamp 4.
101
102 8. Reinstall the plug of drain hose 3.
103 440

9. Remove the filler cap (2) and refill the engine gearbox with clean oil. Reinstall the filler cap (2).
104
Oil capacity The oil required to fill to the full mark on the indicator is 13 litres (3.5 US gallons). Oil specification Use AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV, NH646 H hydraulic oil or an oil meeting the following specification: or Use AMBRA MULTI G (ref. NH410B) oil or an oil meeting the following specification: M2C 134D DIN 51524 PART 2 HV 46 ISO VG-46
441
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE TRACTION GEARBOX

Oil level With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil level should reach the centre of sight glass 1.
105 Oil change The traction gearbox oil should be changed: After the first 100 operating hours Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually
To change the traction gearbox oil, proceed as follows: 1. Drain the oil through plug 2 and catch the oil in a suitable container. 2. Reinstall plug 2. IMPORTANT: Clean magnetic plug 2 before installation. 106
442

3. Remove traction gearbox cover plate 3.
4. Clean the area around filler/breather plug 4 and remove the filler/breather plug. 5. Fill the traction gearbox with new oil until the oil level reaches the right glass. 6. Reinstall filler/breather plug 4 and traction gearbox cover plate 3.
107
108 Oil capacity 19 litres (5 US gallons) Oil specification Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following specification: API GL-5 MILL2105 D
443
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE FINAL DRIVE GEARBOXES

Oil level Standard and Heavy Duty final drives 11/111:
With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil should reach plug 1. If necessary, add oil through filler/breather plug 2. 109
Planetary final drives 1/13.09:
With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil level should reach the centre of sight glass 1. If necessary, add oil through filler/breather plug 2.
110 Oil change The final drive gearbox oil should be changed: After the first 100 operating hours
Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually. To change the standard or heavy duty final drive gearbox oil, proceed as follows: 1. Drain the oil through plug 3 and catch the oil in a suitable container. 2. Reinstall plug 3. IMPORTANT: Clean magnetic plug 3 before installation. 3. Clean the area round level plug 1, filler/breather plug 2 and remove them. 4. Fill the final drive gearbox with new oil. 5. Reinstall level plug 1 and filler/breather plug 2.
111
444

To change the planetary final drive gearbox oil, proceed as follows: 1. Drain the oil through plug 3 and catch the oil in a suitable container. 2. Reinstall plug 3. IMPORTANT: Clean magnetic plug 3 before installation. 3. Clean the area around filler/breather plug 2 and remove them. 4. Fill the final drive gearbox with new oil until the oil should reach the centre of sight glass 1. 5. Reinstall filler/breather plug 2.
112
Oil capacity Standard 11/ 111 final drives : 7.2 litres (1.9 US gal) Heavy Duty 11/ 111 final drives : 7.85 litres (2.07 US gal) Planetary 1/13.09 final drives : 6.7 litres (1.77 US gal) Oil specification Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following specification: API GL-5 MILL2105 D
445
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE UNLOADING DRIVE GEARBOX

Oil change The unloading drive gearbox oil should be changed: After the first 100 operating hours. Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually.
To change the oil, proceed as follows:
113
1. Drain the oil through plug 1 and catch the oil in a suitable container. 2. Reinstall plug 1. 3. Clean the area round filler plug 2, level plug 3 (fig. 115) and remove them. 4. Fill the gearbox with new oil through plug 2. 114 5. Reinstall level plug 3 and filler plug 2.(fig. 114)
Oil capacity 0.6 litres (0.16 US gal) Oil specification Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following specification: API GL-5 MIL-L-2105 D
115
446
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE UNLOADING TUBE GEARBOX

Oil check The unloading tube gearbox oil level should only be checked. After the first 100 operating hours. Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually.
To check the oil proceed as follows: 1. Place the unloading tube in transport position. 2. Loosen the two nuts to remove cover 1.
3. Remove the filler plug 2 of the gearbox.
116
117 Oil capacity 0.3 litres (0.08 US gal) Oil specification Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following specification: API GL-5 MIL-L-2105 D
447
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE BUBBLE-UP GEARBOX

Oil change The bubble-up gearbox oil should be changed: After the first 100 operating hours.
Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or annually. To change the oil, proceed as follows. 1. Drain the oil through plug 2 and catch the oil in a suitable container. NOTE: To drain the oil faster, clean the area round filler plug 1 and remove it. 2. Reinstall plug 2. 3. Fill the gearbox with 0.25 litres (0.07 US gal) new oil through plug 1. 4. Reinstall plug 1. Oil capacity 0.25 litres (0.07 US gal)
118
Oil specification Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or an oil meeting the following specification: API GL-5 MIL-L-2105 D
448
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CHAINS, THREADED RODS AND PIVOT POINTS
Chains Lubricate the following chains every 100 hours. In this way the oil will penetrate into the chains and provide excellent protection and lubrication. Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or a special (biodegradable) chain oil.
Unloading drive chain
119 Bubble up drive chain
120 Grain elevator drive chain
121 449

Threaded rods Lubricate the fan variator rod 1 every 200 operating hours.
NOTE: Lubricate all threaded rods of the spring loaded idlers and all other threaded rods where adjustments are carried out at least once a season.
122 Grease the unloading chain idler support 1 every 200 operating hours.
123 Pivot points It is recommended to oil all pivot points (including guard pivot points) which may become stiff from corrosion or dirt every 200 operating hours.
450
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE BRAKE SYSTEM

Brake fluid level The fluid level is electrical controlled. A warning light (SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION ) will illuminate whenever the fluid is too low or the brake linings are worn. A mark 2 on the reservoir 1 indicates the maximum fluid level. In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake system, immediately contact your local New Holland dealer Fluid change The brake fluid has to be changed every two years. When refilling the system, a special bleeding procedure will have to be followed. Contact your local dealer to carry out this job. IMPORTANT: Brake fluid has a tendency to absorb moisture and brake down over time. Therefore it should be replaced every two years. As brake fluid contains substances which, when mixed with engine or other oils,create problems for recycling the oil, do not mix oil, but collect separately.
CAUTION
124
Capacity Reservoir: 0,25 litres (0,07 US gal.) Entire brake system: 0,825 litres (0,21 US gal.) Fluid specification Use AMBRA SYNTFLUID 4, NH800A, SAE-J-1703 or a fluid meeting the following specification: NHTSA 116DOT 4 or ISO 4925
451
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

ITEM Servicing interval Amount unit NEW HOLLAND brand name NEW HOLLAND specification NH710A or NH720A Lubricant grade International specification
Grease zerks
10 h - 50 h 100 h - 200 h CX8030 16 litres (4.23 US gal) Check daily Change every 600h or annually
AMBRA GR9 or AMBRA GR75MD
NLGI 2
M1C 137-A M1C 75-B
Engine (sump with filter)
CX8040 CX8050 AMBRA CX8060 CX8070 MASTER GOLD CX8080 HSP 24 litres (6.34 US gal) CX8090 29 litres (7.7 US gal)
NH330H
SAE 15W40
API CH-4 or ACEA E3/E5
Hydraulic and Hydrostatic system (oil+filters)
Check daily Change after first 100h (filters only) every 600h or annually (oil+filters)
AMBRA 70 litres (18.5 US gal) HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV or AMBRA MULTI G
NH646H
HV 46
or NH410B
DIN 51524 PART 2 HV46 ISO VG46 or M2C 134D
Engine gearbox
Check daily 13 litres Change (3.5 US gal) after first 100h (filter only) every 600h or annually (oil+filter)
AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV or AMBRA MULTI G
NH646H
HV 46
DIN 51524 PART 2 HV46 ISO VG 46 or M2C 134D
or NH410B
452
ITEM
Servicing interval
Amount unit
NEW HOLLAND brand name
NEW HOLLAND specification NH520A
Lubricant grade
International specification
Traction gearbox
Change after first 100h every 600h or annually
19 litres (5 US gal)
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Final drives: Standard Heavy duty Planetary Unloading drive gearbox
Change after first 100h
7.2 litres (1.9 US gal) every 600h or 7.85 litres (2.07 US gal) annually 6.7 litres (1.77 US gal) Change after first 100h
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
0.6 litres every 600h or (0.16 US gal) annually Check only after first 100h 0.3 litres every 600h or (0.08 US gal) annually Change after first 100h
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Unloading tube gearbox
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Bubble-up gearbox
0.25 litres every 600h or (0.07 US gal) annually
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90 AMBRA HYPOIDE 90 AMBRA SYNTFLUID 4
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL5 MILL2105D API GL5 MILL2105D ISO 4925 or NHTSA 116DOT4
100h Chains Threaded rods 200h 200h Pivot points Brake system Check daily 0.825 litres Change every (0.21 US gal) two years CX8030 40 litres (10.6 US gal) Check daily Cooling system Change every years CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 two CX8080 46 litres (12.2 US gal)
NH520A
SAE 80W90
NH800A
SAE J 1703
50% AGRIFLU 50% water
NH900A
CX8090 50 litres (13.2 US gal)
453
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE BELTS AND CHAINS

Always stop the engine, unless otherwise instructed, before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt and chain drive. Drive belts and chains Left-hand side (Self-levelling cleaning shoe)
CAUTION
125 IMPORTANT: Daily check all belt and chain tensions to ensure optimum operation.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Straw elevator chain Unloading drive belt Main drive belt (engine straw flow beater) Drum variator drive belt Drum drive belt Beater drive belt Cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Cleaning shoe drive belt Left-hand returns auger and returns cross auger drive belt Straw walker drive belt Chopper front drive belt (if installed) Chopper rear drive belt (if installed) Unloading drive chain
454

Drive belts and chains Left-hand side (Fixed cleaning shoe)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Straw elevator chain Unloading drive belt Main drive belt (engine straw flow beater) Drum variator drive belt Drum drive belt Beater drive belt Cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt Cleaning shoe drive belt Left-hand returns auger and returns cross auger drive belt 10. Straw walker drive belt 11. Chopper front drive belt (if installed) 12. Chopper rear drive belt (if installed) 13. Unloading drive chain
455

Drive belts and chains Right-hand side
14. Rotary separator drive belt 15. Header and straw elevator intermediate drive belt 16. Straw elevator drive belt (cereals equipment) 17. Header drive belt (cereals equipment) 18. Header and straw elevator drive belt (maize equipment) 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Grain elevator intermediate shaft drive belt Right-hand returns auger drive belt Fan variator drive belt Bubble-up drive chain Grain elevator drive chain Grain elevator chain
456

Drive belts Engine compartment CX8030 DELETE
25. 26. 27. 28.
Engine fan drive belt Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt Rotary dust screen drive belt Alternator, Water pump and Air conditioning compressor drive belt
128 CX8040 - CX8050 - CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080

25. 26. 27. 29. 30. Engine fan drive belt Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt Rotary dust screen drive belt Air conditioning compressor drive belt Alternator and water pump drive belt
DELETE CX8090
25. 26. 27. 30. 31. Engine fan drive belt Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt Rotary dust screen drive belt Alternator and water pump drive belt Air conditioning compressor drive belt
129
130
457

1. Straw elevator chain
The straw elevator chain is factory fitted so there is a minimal distance between the header auger and the straw elevator chain to obtain a proper feeding. IMPORTANT: It is required to check the straw elevator chain tension within the first 50 hours to prevent chain damage. The tension of the straw elevator chain is kept constant by springs 1 on both sides of the straw elevator which pulls mounting supports 4 of the lower shaft forward. The chain tension is correct: spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nuts 3. As the chain stretches, the supports will gradually move towards the end of the slots. In this case, remove an offset link of the three chains and readjust the chain tension. Proceed as follows: 1. Turn the straw elevator chain until the connecting links of the chains are at the front opening. 2. Loosen nuts 3 (fig. 131) on both sides of the straw elevator to slacken the straw elevator chain. 3. Move the straw elevator lower shaft to the rear. 4. Remove cotter pins 5 and open chains 6. 5. Remove half a link 7 of each chain. 6. Reassemble chains 6 and install cotter pins 5 in the right direction and bend the leys of the cotter pins close to the pen. 7. Readjust the chain tension as described in the beginning of this paragraph. 132
131
458

2. Unloading drive belt
The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
133 3. Main drive belt (engine Straw Flowt beater)
134 4. Drum variator drive belt The drum variator drive belt is tensioned automatically and does not need to be adjusted.
135 5. Drum drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
136 459
6.
Beater drive belt
137 7. Self-levelling cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt
138 7. Fixed cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt
139 8. Self-levelling cleaning shoe drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
140 460
8.
Fixed cleaning shoe drive belt
141 9. Left-hand returns auger and returns cross auger drive belt
142 10. Straw walker drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
143 11. Chopper front drive belt (if installed) The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
144 461
12. Chopper rear drive belt (if installed) The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
145 13. Unloading drive chain The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
146 14. Rotary separator drive belt The belt tension is correct: spring length 1 = indicator length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
147 15. Header and straw elevator intermediate drive belt The belt tension is correct: spring length 1 = indicator length 2 Adjust with nut 3.
148 462
16. Straw elevator drive belt (cereals equipment) 2 HB drive belt The belt tension is correct: spring length 1 = indicator length 2
Adjust with nut 3. 17. Header drive belt (cereals equipment) 2 HB drive belt The belt tension is correct: spring length 1= thread length X= 153 mm 157mm (62/85 62/11). Adjust with nut 2 and lock with nut 3.
149
150 18. Header and straw elevator drive belt. (maize equipment) 4 HB drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2 Adjust with nut 3.
151 19. Grain elevator intermediate shaft drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2 Adjust with nut 3.
152 463

20. Right-hand returns auger drive belt (if installed) The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator length 2 Adjust with nut 3.
153 21. Cleaning fan variator drive belt The belt tension needs no adjustment. Regularly check and if necessary adjust the variator. Checking and adjusting To check the variator, proceed as follows: 1. Start the engine ,engage the threshing mechanism and move the fan variator to MINIMUM. Stop the engine. 2. Measure distance X between the driven sheaves (fan shaft) and belt depth R on the drive sheaves. 3. Clearance X should be minimum 1 mm (3/64) or the belt depth R should be maximum 39 41 mm (1-1/2 1-5/8). 4. If necessary, adjust with nut 1 and proceed with step 1. 5. Start the engine, engage the threshing mechanism and move the fan variator to MAXIMUM. Stop the engine. 6. Measure distance Y between the driver sheaves and belt depth S on the driven sheaves (fan shaft).
154
7. Clearance Y should be minimum 1 mm (3/64) or the belt depth S should be maximum 52 54 mm (2-3/64 2-1/8). 8. If necessary, adjust with nut 2 and proceed with step 5. In case of a stretched belt, the belt loop around the sheaves may be allowed to extend maximum 3 mm (1/8) beyond the edge of the sheaves. 464

Low speed fan variator kit (If installed) To change the variator sheaves and belt, proceed as follows: 1. Start the engine and engage the threshing mechanism. 2. Move the fan variator speed to maximum. 3. Stop the engine. 4. Install a restrictor 1 so the fan sheave, which is spring loaded, can not move back. 5. Plug in 12 volt DC connector. 6. Open the variator (press switch 2) and hold up pawl 3 until variator arm 4 is free. 7. Pull out pin 5 to remove the variator arm. 8. Remove bolt 6. 9. Remove the two sheaves 8 and belt 9. 10. Install the other sheaves and belt. 11. Install bolt 6 and tighten to 50 Nm (37 ft lbs). 12. Install the variator arm and secure in place with pin 5. 13. Close the variator (press switch 2) while turning the pulley by hand until it is possible to remove restrictor 1. 14. Remove the connector. 15. Adjust bolts 10 and 11 as explained in previous paragraph headed Checking and adjusting. 155
156
22. Bubble-up drive chain The chain tension can be adjusted with sprocket 1. Loosen nut 2 to move sprocket 1.
157
465

23. Grain elevator drive chain The chain is tensioned with a spring loaded sprocket and does not need any adjustment.
158
24. Grain elevator chain The tension of grain elevator chain 1 is correct when it is just possible to move a link laterally across the lower sprocket by hand. NOTE: Check the tension of the chain every 50 hours.
159
The tension of the grain elevator chain can be adjusted at the rear of the grain elevator: Loosen jam nut 1, adjust grain elevator chain tension with nut 2. Tighten jam nut 1.
160
466

25. Engine fan drive belt The belt tension is correct : spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2. Adjust with nut 3.
161
26. Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt The belt tension is correct : Applying a force of 23 N (5.17 lbf) on the midpoint of the belt between the two pulleys, should deflect the belt 3 mm (1/8). To adjust the belt tension, proceed as follows: 1. Loosen nuts 1. 2. Tighten bolt 2 to obtain the correct belt tension. The bearing housing moves in slotted holes. 3. Tighten nuts 1. 162
27. Rotary dust screen drive belt The belt is tensioned with spring loaded idler 1 and does not need any adjustment.
163
DELETE
467

28. Alternator, conditioning (CX8030) waterpump compressor and drive air belt
Self-adjusting idler, no adjustment needed.
164 29. Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8040-CX8050-CX8060-CX8070-CX8080) No adjustment needed.
165 30. Alternator and waterpump drive belt (CX8040-CX8050-CX8060-CX8070-CX8080CX8090) Self-adjusting idler, no adjustment needed.
31. Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8090) Self-adjusting idler, no adjustment needed.
166
468
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE FEEDING

Straw elevator chain To adjust the straw elevator chain refer to paragraph Belts and Chains of this section.
Intermediate roll (if installed) For correct functioning of the intermediate roll, springs 1 on both sides should be tensioned to length X = 174 176 mm (6 - 7/8 6 - 15/16).
Slip clutch The audible slip clutch 1 is factory-set for average conditions and may not be further tensioned.
167
168
469

Correct clutch tension (in case of disassembly) The length of springs 2 should measure Y = 3739 mm (1 - 1/2 ). The slip clutch torque is +/ 600 Nm (442,6 ft.lbs).
169 Front face adjustment (if installed)
The operating angle of the header is adjustable to improve crop feeding. The angle of the straw elevator front face can equally be adjusted by changing distance X. factory-set to 118 122 mm (4 - 5/8 4 -13/16). To adjust the angle of the front face, proceed as follows on both sides of the machine: 1. Loosen nine nuts 1 on both sides. 2. Adjust the front face angle with nuts 2. 3. Tighten nuts 2. 4. Tighten nuts 1 to a minimum torque of 300 Nm (221,3 ft.lbs). NOTE: Make sure the straw elevator slats do not interfere with the dust plates at the front part of the straw elevator. 170
470
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE THRESHING

Anti-dust plate
Remove the anti-dust plate 2 and antiwrap shields 3 in maize/ sunflowers.
To remove the anti-dust plate, proceed as follows:
1. Unscrew bolts 1 and remove plate 2 to which anti-dust plate is fitted. 2. Unscrew two bolts 4. 3. Pull out rod 5 to remove anti-dust plate 6. 4. Reinstall plate 2.
171
NOTE: To reinstall the anti-dust plate, proceed in reverse order of the removal sequence and adjust nuts 7 until there is a clearance of 1 5 mm (5/128 3/16) between the plate and the nearest drum rasp bar on nearest position.
172
471
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CLEANING

Sieves
On the 6-straw walker combines, the upper and lower sieve consists of two sieve halves.
On both sieves, equipped with remote control, adjust with bolt 1 on the sieve handle so the left hand and the right hand part of the sieve have the same opening. This opening should be measured at 3 mm (1/8) opening defined in the direction closed to open.
173
To calibrate the sieves refer to SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION ; paragraph: Calibration.
Pivot axle (self levelling cleaning shoe) Check annually the axial space on the pivot axle 1 between the frame and the self levelling cleaning shoe.
174 If there is more space than X =0.5 mm (1/64), contact your local dealer.
175
472

Roto-threshers SLIP CLUTCH The audible slip clutch on the roto-thresher shaft protects the returns drive line. This slip clutch is factory-set and does not need any adjustment. Slip clutch on the roto-thresher of the self levelling cleaning shoe models. Slip clutch on the roto-thresher of the fixed cleaning shoe models.
176
177 The roto-thresher concave is adjustable, proceed as follows: 1. Open covers above the inspection holes 1. 2. Loosen four bolts 2.
3. Move the roto-thresher concave to a minimum of X=57 mm (3/161/4) from the roto-thresher teeth. 4. Check the adjustments through inspection holes. If grain crackage is experienced, increase distance X. 5. Retighten four bolts. 6. Close the covers over the inspection holes.
178
179 473
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE GRAIN STORAGE

Slip clutch The clean grain drive line is protected by an audible slip clutch. This slip clutch is factory-set and does not need any adjustment.
180 Moisture sensor (if installed) The moisture sensor measures grain that is falling out of the clean grain elevator into a small bin of the bypass unit. The moisture content of the grain in this bin is sensed by the moisture sensor at the back of the bypass unit. The level of grain in the bin is controlled by a proximity switch, which is located at the top of the bin and an auger at the bottom of the bin. In order to have a good moisture reading the moisture sensor fin must always be clean and covered totally by grain. In other words the bin has to contain always a minimum amount of grain.
181
474

The moisture sensor fin must be clean.
A sensor fin covered with dirt and crop residue will result in wrong moisture readings. Therefore it is advised to clean the sensor fin when necessary. The frequency of the cleaning is dependent on the harvesting conditions. Certainly in case of dirty, and conditions where other parts of the combine tend to build up dirt (grain pan, sieves, bubble-up auger) it is advised to check the sensor fin daily and clean it if necessary. To clean the sensor fin proceed as follows: 1. Loosen two wing nuts 1 to remove sensor fin 2.
2. Clean the fin, using a clod.
182
Do not use a screwdriver or any other sharp device to avoid scratches on the sensor fin to clean.
CAUTION
3. Install the sensor fin and tighten the wing nuts.(fig. 182) 4. To calibrate the moisture sensor, refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION .
183
475

The level sensor must be clean. (proximity switch)
NOTE: It should be remarked that due material blockage (pieces of maize cobs) in front of the level sensor will also cause the auger to turn continuously when the threshing is on. This situation can be recognized when the moisture readings are abnormally low or largely fluctuating. Therefore remove the moisture sensor. Then you can look into the bin. In the top of the bin a white circle (=level sensor head surface) must be visible without being covered by dirt or crop residues. If you found material accumulated in front of the level sensor, remove it. To check if the level sensor (proximity switch) is clean, proceed as follows: 1. Pull two pins 3 out to remove the auger.
2. Remove the auger.
184
185
476

3. Loosen two wing nuts 1 to remove sensor fin 2.
4. Remove all the grain out of auger chamber 4. NOTE: No grain may be in front of the level sensor. 5. If there is still grain or dirt in front of the level sensor, remove it.
186
187 6. Install the auger and install the two pins. 7. Install the sensor fin and tighten the wing nuts. NOTE: If the moisture reading is still fluctuating or the electrical motor keeps on turning all the time when threshing is on then contact your local dealer.
477

Grain flow sensor (if installed) There are two important points to have a good functionality of the grain flow sensor: The sensor plate must be clean
In some harvesting conditions it can happen that material starts building up on the sensor plate. These conditions can be recognised when other combine elements (sieves, bubble-up auger, grain pan) start to accumulate dirt. In case of serious material built up, the readings of the sensor will become wrong. Therefore it is advised to check daily. Clean sensor plate 1 whenever other combine elements in the combine needs to be cleaned for proper functioning. 188
To clean, proceed as follows: 1. Open the grain tank covers (if installed) 2. Remove the cover 1.
189 3. Open fast coupler 2 on top of the grain elevator and swing the sensor open to the front of the combine.
190
478

4. Sensor plate 1 is now visible and can be cleaned if necessary.
Do not use a screwdriver or any other sharp device to avoid scratches on the sensor plate. 5. Close the sensor and secure with the fast coupler. 6. Reinstall the cover. To calibrate the grain flow sensor, refer to SECTION 2 CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION.
CAUTION
191
To adjust the sensor plate 1 (fig. 191), proceed as follows: 1. The sensor plate 1 is adjusted correctly, if it is possible to insert a rod into hole 3. 2. If not, adjust the plate by adjusting the two supports 4 in combination with the fast coupler 2.
192
479

The paddle play at the top of the grain elevator
The functionality of the flow sensor is affected by the play between the clean grain elevator paddles and the top of the clean grain elevator. Due to paddle wear it will be necessary to adjust this distance into the range of 2 3 mm (5/64 1/8). To check paddle tip play, proceed as follows: 1. Open the grain tank covers (if installed) 2. Remove cover 1. 3. Open fast coupler 2 on top and swing the sensor open to the front of the combine. 193
194 4. Check now distance X at position 5 indicated on the side of the elevator head (see fig. 192) between the paddles and top of clean grain elevator. At the top left and right side of the grain elevator the distance between paddle tip in its vertical position with the top edge of the elevator housing may be not larger than 3 mm (1/8) but not smaller than 1 mm (5/128). Turn the sprocket by hand to bring the paddle in this position. IMPORTANT: This job must be checked annually before the beginning of the season. 5. To adjust paddle tip play. Contact your local dealer to carry out this job.
195
480
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE BRAKES

Foot brakes Clean the brakes every 300 hours with compressed air. Check the brake linings: When the brake warning light illuminates Every 600 hours in normal conditions Every 300 hours in heavy brake conditions (e.g. spin turns in maize, steep hills, ...). In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake system, immediately contact your New Holland dealer. The seals of the brake slave cylinders contain fluoroelastomers which, when used under normal conditions, are perfectly safe. If however they are exposed to temperatures in excess of 315 C (599 F), the material will not burn, but decompose. An extremely corrosive acid is almost impossible to remove once it has contaminated the skin. Fluid change The brake fluid has to be changed every two years. Contact your dealer to carry out this job.
CAUTION
To bleed or to replace the brake linings, contact your local dealer. Parking brake Every 300 operating hours or once a year: Clean the friction linings with compressed air. Check the friction lining wear. The parking brake linings have to be replaced if the remaining thickness is less than 1 mm (5/128). Contact your local dealer to carry out this job.
Every 600 operating hours or once a year a clearance check and possible adjustment of the parking brake has to be carried out. Contact your local dealer to carry out this job.
481
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT

Hydraulic hoses are an important safety element in modern machinery. However, hose characteristics alter under pressure, thermal and UV light load over the years. Therefore, most hoses now have a production date printed on the metal clamp bushing which allows to determine the age. Legislation in certain countries and good practice require that hydraulic hoses are replaced when they become 6 years old.
DANGER
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, call for a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours. If not, gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should refer to a knowledgeable medical source. DELETE
482
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE TRACKS (IF INSTALLED)

To use the tracks in optimal conditions, proceed as follows: 1. Check regulary the hanging down of the chain. 2. Place a straight bar on top at the backside of the chain as shown. 3. The distance between the bar and the lowest place of the chain should be between 20 and 35 mm (3/4 and 3/8).
In case of doubt or deviation from the required tensioning, check and adjust tensioning as follows: 1. If there is no manometer installed, loosen the nut 2 of the valve located under the main valve at the left-hand side behind the steering platform. 2. Turn the Allen screw counter-clockwise a few turns to release the pressure.
196
197 3. Connect a manometer at 1 (1/4). 4. Close the Allen screw again (clockwise) and tighten the nut 2 (fig. 197). 5. Activate the unloading tube swing in rocker button while driving a few times forward and reverse with the combine: The pressure on the manometer should be read between 45 and 55 bar (653 and 798 psi).
198
483

6. If not ok, loosen the nut 3. 7. Turn the Allen screw a quarter by quarter and repeat the procedure until the pressure is obtained (45 to 55 bar). Clockwise to increase the pressure Counter-clockwise to decrease the pressure
8. After adjusting, tigthen the nut 3. NOTE: To remove the manometer from the valve, release again the pressure at 2 (fig. 197). Afterwards activate the unloading tube swing in rocker button while driving a few times forward and reverse with the combine. 199
484
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE STEERING AXLE

There are three types of steering axles: Fixed steering axle (low and high center) Heavy Duty Adjustable (H.D.A.S.A.) Power Rear Axle (P.R.A.) Steering Axle
To get a good adjustment of the steering axle, carry out the following adjustments in these sequence.
1. Steering axle position 2. Axial position of the steering axle (only H.D.A.S.A. and P.R.A.) 3. Height position (only H.D.A.S.A. and P.R.A.) 4. Track width position (only H.D.A.S.A. and P.R.A.) 5. Toe-in adjustment 6. Steering cylinder adjustment
485

1. Steering axle position The steering axle should always be installed in the upper hole 1 in the frame, except when working on tracks. When operating on tracks (and rice steering wheels), the steering axle should be fitted in the lower hole 2 in the frame. We recommend this job to be carried out by your New Holland dealer. 200
2. Axial position of the steering axle The complete steering axle must be axial repositioned to the frame, depending on the size of the steering wheels. When bushing 2 is fitted at the rear of the steering axle, then the steering axle is in the front (F) position. If the bushing is at the front, then the steering axle is in the rear (R) position. Figure 202 shows the rear position, figure 203 the front position.
We recommend this job to be carried out by your New Holland dealer.
201
486

Steering axle in the rear (R) position. (arrow= drive direction)
Steering axle in the front (F) position. (arrow= drive direction)
202
203
487

3. Steering axle height position The complete steering wheel (H.D.A.S.A. or P.R.A.) can be repositioned on the steering axle in order to lift the machine rear end to a level combine position. Figures 204 (H.D.A.S.A.) and 205 (P.R.A.) shows the four different positions. The height positions are indicated on the steering wheel hubs on both sides.
Wheel drive assemblies are heavy. Use a lifting device of adequate capacity. Reposition one side at a time
CAUTION
The bolts 5 should be tightened between 780 and 800 Nm (575 and 590 ft.lbs.)
H.D.A.S.A. 204
P.R.A. 205 488

4. Track width position The steering axle has seven track width positions (H.D.A.S.A. or P.R.A.). To adjust the track with position, proceed as follows: 1. Apply the parking brake and support the steering axle so that the steering wheels are clear of the ground.
CAUTION
Use suitable jack stands, securely positioned underneath the rear of the machine, before adjusting the steering axle. 2. Remove the three bolts 6 of the steering rod 8.
3. Remove the bolts (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (7). 4. Adjust the steering axle to the required width. In the tables below you can find the different combinations. 5. After adjusting, install and tighten the bolts (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (7) with a torque between 440 and 460 Nm. (325 and 339 ft.lbs) IMPORTANT: Check that all the bolts are installed in the right direction as shown.
206
207 6. Before install the three bolts 6 in the steering rod 8 (fig. 206), adjust the toe-in, refer to the next step headed: 5.Toe-in adjustment
489

In the following tables you can find the different tyre combinations and the road speed limitations (depend the header weight). Track width position H.D.A.S.A.
208 490
CX8030-CX8040-CX8050: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: H.D.A.S.A. ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE 500/70R24-IMP-164A8 500/85R24-IMP-171A8 Axial position of the steering axle Height position detail nr. Minimum track width position F 14.9x24-IND-16PR F 460/70R24-152A8 F F 480/70R30-150A8 F R R 600/65R28-150A8 R 620/75R26-166A8 R
540/65R30-150D
620/75R34-170A8-DT820 650/75R32-172A8-DT822 710/75R34-178A8-Megaxbib TRACTION TYRE 800/65R32-172A8-DT822
4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 3 1 2 2 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 1 4 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 4 4 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 4 3 4 2 2 3 1
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
900/60R32-176A8-DT830 1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXb
TRACKS INTERTRACTOR
R : Rear position of the steering axle F : Front position of the steering axle
18.4x38 491
CX8060-CX8070-CX8080-CX8090: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: H.D.A.S.A. (Europe) ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE 500/70R24-IMP-164A8 500/85R24-IMP-171A8 Axial position of the steering axle Height position detail nr. Minimum track width position 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 F 14.9x24-IND-16PR F 460/70R24-152A8 F F F R R 600/65R28-150A8 R R
480/70R30-150A8
620/75R26-166A8 5 2 4 4 6 6 3
540/65R30-150D
650/75R32-172A8-DT822 710/75R34-178A8-Megaxbib 800/65R32-172A8-XM28
4 3
3 3 4 3 2 4 3 4 2 4 3 2 3 4 2 4
TRACTION TYRE
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
900/60R32-176A8-DT830
1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXbib TRACKS INTERTRACTOR
18.4x38 6
492
CX8070-CX8080-CX8090: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: H.D.A.S.A. (Not Europe) ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE Axial position of the steering axle Height position detail nr. 460/70R24-152A8 600/65R28-150A8 480/70R30-150A8 Minimum track width position 540/65R30-150D 620/75R26-166A8 1 5 3 4 3 5 3 4 18.4R42-153A8-RAT23 (duals) 20.8R42-155A8-RAT23 (duals) 2 4 3 4 2 4 3 4 3 4 2 5 2 4 3 4 1 6 3 4 2 5 2 6 3 5 1 6 2 6 5 2 6 2 6 6 F F R R R
800/65R32-172A8-XM258 900/60R32-176A8-DT830
4 3
2 4 2 4
2 4 3
TRACTION TYRE
900/65R32-172A8-TD8 1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXbib
420/80R46-159A8-RAT23 (duals)
R : Rear position of the steering axle F : Front position of the steering axle Remarks: Steering tyre 460/70R24-152A8: only allowed for CX8070 Steering tyre 540/65R30-150D: only allowed for CX8070 (Only with offset out = bolded )
493

Track width position P.R.A.
209
494
CX8030-CX8040-CX8050: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: P.R.A. ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE Axial position of the steering axle F F F R F F R R
460/70R24-152A8
480/70R30-150A8
Offset 650/75R32-172A8-DT822 710/75R34-178A8-Megaxbib TRACTION TYRE 800/65R32-172A8-DT822 (75) (38) 4
4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 3 2 3 2 4 1 4 1 2 2 4 1 3 2 4 2 1 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 2 4 4 2 4 3 4 3 1 2 2
(23) (115)
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
900/60R32-176A8-DT830
(115)
1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXb (118)
TRACKS INTERTRACTOR
18.4x38 495
Minimum track width position
600/65R28-150A8
540/65R30-150D
620/75R26-166A8
Height position detail nr.
500/70R24-IMP-164A8
500/85R24-IMP-171A8
CX8060-CX8070-CX8080-CX8090: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: P.R.A. ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE Axial position of the steering axle F F F R F F R R
460/70R24-152A8
480/70R30-150A8
Offset 650/75R32-172A8-DT822 710/75R34-178A8-Megaxbib TRACTION TYRE 800/65R32-172A8-DT822 (115) (58) 4
3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 4 3 4 4 3 2 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 6 2 4 3 4 2 4 3 4 (*) 4 2
(8) (115)
4 4
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
900/60R32-176A8-DT830
(23)
1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXb (118)
TRACKS INTERTRACTOR
R : Rear position of the steering axle F : Front position of the steering axle Remarks: (*): Only with fixed cleaning shoe Steering tyre 460/70R24-152A8: only allowed for CX8060 and CX8070
496
18.4x38
Minimum track width position
600/65R28-150A8
540/65R30-150D
620/75R26-166A8
Height position detail nr.
500/70R24-IMP-164A8
500/85R24-IMP-171A8
CX8070-CX8080-CX8090: TRACK WIDTH POSITION: P.R.A. (Not Europe) ASSEMBLY POSITION OF STEERING ARM ASSY AND MINIMUM TRACK WIDTH POSITION STEERING TYRE Axial position of the steering axle Height position detail nr. 460/70R24-152A8 Minimum track width position F F (Self-levelling cleaning shoe) F F F R
(Fixed cleaning shoe)
460/70R24-152A8
600/65R28-150A8
480/70R30-150A8
540/65R30-150D
800/65R32-172A8-XM258 900/60R32-176A8-DT830
4 2
4 3
2 4 3 4
2 4 3 4
2 5 3 4 3 4
1 6 2 6 2 6 2 4 6 1 5 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
TRACTION TYRE
900/65R32-172A8-TD8 1050/50R32-178A8-MegaXbib 3 4 18.4R42-153A8-RAT23 (duals) 20.8R42-155A8-RAT23 (duals) 2 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 4 3 4
2 3
420/80R46-159A8-RAT23 (duals)
R : Rear position of the steering axle F : Front position of the steering axle Remarks: Steering tyre 460/70R24-152A8: only allowed for CX8070 Steering tyre 540/65R30-150D: only allowed for CX8070 (Only with offset out = bolded )
620/75R26-166A8
497
ROAD SPEED LIMITATION FOR TRACTION TYRES ON CX8030CX8040 TRACTION TYRE 620/75R34-170A8-DT820(SQ) 1050/50R32-172A8-MegaXBib
-118
710/75R34-178A8-MegaXBib
ROAD TRANSPORT NOT ALLOWED WITH (x)
offset HEADER CLASSIFICATION III at 020km/h III at 2125km/h III at 2630km/h III at 3140km/h IV at 020km/h IV at 2125km/h IV at 2630km/h IV at 3140km/h
148
60
-75
38
88
-23
-115
-115
x x x x x x x
IMPORTANT: All speed values are nominal values. HEADER CLASSIFICATION
I: maximum header weight = 1500kg (3307 lbs) Up to 20 ft (NH header)
III : header weight between 1850 (4078 lbs) and 2000 kg (4409 lbs) (6-row rigid with chopper) IV: header weight between 2000 (4409) and 2250 kg (4960 lbs) (30 ft / 6-row flip-up / 6-row flip-up with chopper)
II: header weight between 1500 (3307) and 1850 kg (4078 lbs) (24 ft / 5-row / 5-row with chopper / 6-row rigid)
498
900/60R32-176A8-MegaXbib
650/75R32-172A8-DT822
650/75R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
ROAD SPEED LIMITATION FOR TRACTION TYRES ON CX8050 TRACTION TYRE 620/75R34-170A8-DT820(SQ) 1050/50R32-172A8-MegaXBib 710/75R34-178A8-MegaXBib 710/75R34-178A8-MegaXBib 900/60R32-176A8-MegaXbib
-23
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
offset III at 020km/h III at 2125km/h HEADER CLASSIFICATION III at 2630km/h III at 3140km/h IV at 020km/h IV at 2125km/h IV at 2630km/h IV at 3140km/h V at 020km/h V at 2125km/h V at 2630km/h V at 3140km/h
148
60
-75
38
88
-23
-115
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
-115 -118
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
IMPORTANT: All speed values are nominal values.
III : header weight between 1850 (4078 lbs) and 2000 kg (4409 lbs) (6-row rigid with chopper) IV: header weight between 2000 (4409) and 2250 kg (4960 lbs) (30 ft / 6-row flip-up / 6-row flip-up with chopper) V: header weight between 2250 (4960) and 2750 kg (6062 lbs) 36 ft / 30 ft with rape seed extension / 8-row with chopper / 8-row flip-up / 8-row flip-up with chopper) DELETE 499
HEADER CLASSIFICATION
I: maximum header weight = 1500kg (3307 lbs) Up to 20 ft (NH header)
II: header weight between 1500 (3307) and 1850 kg (4078 lbs) (24 ft / 5-row / 5-row with chopper / 6-row rigid)
650/75R32-172A8-DT822
650/75R32-172A8-DT822
ROAD SPEED LIMITATION FOR TRACTION TYRES ON CX8060CX8070CX8080CX8090 TRACTION TYRE 1050/50R32-172A8-MegaXBib
-118
offset III at 020km/h III at 2125km/h HEADER CLASSIFICATION III at 2630km/h III at 3140km/h IV at 020km/h IV at 2125km/h IV at 2630km/h IV at 3140km/h V at 020km/h V at 2125km/h V at 2630km/h V at 3140km/h
-115
58
-115
-23
-115
x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x x
IMPORTANT: All speed values are nominal values. HEADER CLASSIFICATION I: maximum header weight = 1500 kg (3307 lbs) Up to 20 ft (NH header) II: header weight between 1500 (3307) and 1850 kg (4078 lbs) (24 ft / 5-row / 5-row with chopper / 6-row rigid)
III : header weight between 1850 (4078 lbs) and 2000 kg (4409 lbs) (6-row rigid with chopper) IV: header weight between 2000 (4409) and 2250 kg (4960 lbs) (30 ft / 6-row flip-up / 6-row flip-up with chopper) V: header weight between 2250 (4960) and 2750 kg (6062 lbs) 36 ft / 30 ft with rape seed extension / 8-row with chopper / 8-row flip-up / 8-row flip-up with chopper)
4100
650/75R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-DT822
800/65R32-172A8-XM28
ROAD SPEED LIMITATION FOR STEERING TYRES Steering axle FIXED Low Center 500/70R24-Imp-164A8-AC70G FIXED High Center H.D.A.S.A. 500/70R24-Imp-164A8-AC70G 480/70R30155A8A370HS 500/85R24IMP171A8SVT 600/65R28154A8DT824 620/75R26166A8DT820
-60
460/70R24-152A8IT520
14.9x24-150A8A356
540/65R30-150DXM108
460/70R24-152A8IT520
14.9x24-150A8A356

Offset CX8030CX8040 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8050 COMBINE MODEL 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8060CX8070 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8080CX8090 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h
45
-10
-10
45
-10
-10
-50
-10
-50
-45
18.4x3812PRDTII
40
x x
4101
ROAD SPEED LIMITATION FOR STEERING TYRES Steering axle 500/70R24-Imp-164A8-AC70G 480/70R30155A8A370HS 500/85R24IMP171A8SVT P.R.A.
Offset CX8030CX8040 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8050 COMBINE MODEL 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8060CX8070 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h CX8080CX8090 020km/h 2125km/h 2630km/h
-10
-10
3739 -10
37
3234
48
4102
18.4x3812PRDTII
40
460/70R24-152A8IT520
600/65R28154A8DT824
540/65R30-150DXM108
620/75R26166A8DT820
x x

5. Toe-in adjustment
210 The steering wheels should have the correct amount of toe-in, otherwise premature tyre wear may occur. The distance between the steering wheels must be smaller at the front than at the rear. (facing the direction of travel).
4103

To check and adjust the toe-in, proceed as follows: 1. Apply the parking brake and support the steering axle so that the steering wheels are clear of the ground. Use suitable jack stands, securely positioned underneath the rear of the machine, before adjusting the steering axle. 2. Set the steering wheels in the straight-ahead position. 3. Mark spots at Y= 300 mm (11 - 13/16) from the centre on the front inside of the wheel rims at the centre-of-wheel height and measure distance 1. 4. Turn the steering wheels 180 forward or rearward until the marks are at the centre-of-wheel height and measure distance 2. Distance 2 must be 8 to 12 mm (5/16 to 15/32) bigger than distance 1. 5. To adjust the toe-in, loosen jam nuts 7 on both sides and remove the three bolts 6 in the steering rod 8. 6. Turn the two tubes on their ball joints. The two tubes must be rotated in opposite directions and even on both sides. IMPORTANT: Check that dimension X = maximum 80 mm (3 - 1/8) on both sides of the steering rod. 7. After adjustment, tighten the three bolts 6 with a torque between 15 and 20 Nm. (11 and 15 ft.lbs) without deformation of the inner tube. 8. Tighten the both jam nuts 7 with a torque between 290 310 Nm (214 229ft.lbs.)
CAUTION
4104

6. Steering cylinder adjustment To adjust the steering cylinders, proceed as follows: 1. After adjusting the toe-in, adjust distance X of the both cylinders (distance X = centre to centre balljoint of the cylinder completely retracted) see table.
211
Height position 1 234
P.R.A. X (mm) 759 753 X (inches) 2914/16 295/8
H.D.A.S.A. X (mm) 728 722 X (inches) 2821/32 281/2
FIXED X (mm) 752 X (inches) 295/8
In case a cylinder for SmartSteert / IntelliSteert system is installed (only left-hand side cylinder) Height position 1 234 IMPORTANT: Check if: Distance Y maximum = 120 mm (4 - 3/4) Distance Z minimum (H.D.A.S.A) = 50 mm (1- 31/32) (P.R.A) = 70 mm (2 - 3/4) Distance Z maximum = 80 mm (3 - 1/8) 2. After adjustment, tighten the nut 1 with a torque between 190 and 210 Nm (140 and 155 ft.lbs) and the nut 2 with a torque between 290 and 310 Nm. (214 and 229 ft.lbs.) P.R.A. X (mm) 769 763 X (inches) 301/4 30 738 732 H.D.A.S.A. X (mm) X (inches) 291/16 2813/16
212
4105
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Fuses and relays All fuses and relays are situated in the back left corner of the cab. IMPORTANT: When replacing a fuse, make sure the new fuse has the same ampere rating as the fuse being replaced. A box 1 is foreseen for spare fuses.
213 IMPORTANT: When replacing a relay, make sure the new relay has the same ampere rating and the same structure (visible on the relay housing). Always use genuine parts. An overview of the fuses and relays (inside the Operators Manual) can be installed on the inside of cover 2.
214
4106
215 4107
Fuse n_ F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28
Amperage 20A 20A 20A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 15A 20A 15A 25A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 20A 20A 25A 15A 15A 15A
Function ECU power Accessory 2 Accessory 1 Wiper Cigar lighter Left-hand cab operating lights Right-hand cab operating lights Accessory outlet Washer/Mirror Accessory socket Radio Global Positioning System Tranceiver Service lights Service sockets Seat pump Separator blower Main blower A/C clutch Left-hand marker lights Right-hand marker lights Shoe levelling actuator Throttle/brush/reel variator Reverser/Fan Transmission gearshift motor HGS turntable (SmartSteert) Sieves/Chopper Fuel pump
4108
Fuse n_ F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36 F37 F38 F39 F40 F41 F42 F43 F44 F45 F46 F47 F48 F49 F50 F51 F52 F53 F54 F55 F56
Amperage 15A 20A 25A 15A 15A 20A 5A 10A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 20A 25A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 10A 15A
Function Distance operating lights Header operating lights Cab roof operating lights High beam Low beam Under shield lights Radio Combine Control Module 2A Combine Control Module 2B Key switch Memory/ka power Combine Control Module 1 Combine Control Module 2 Combine Control Module 3/Cab Combine Control Module 1A Combine Control Module 1B Header Height Control power Hydraulic reel drive Combine Control Module 3 (precision farming/SmartSteert) Right-hand module Cab/HGS sensor (SmartSteert) Side/Tube lights Horn/Marker lights Dome/Brake lights Revolving flash light(s) Lower operating lights Rear operating lights Hazard lights
4109
Relay n_ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K19 K20 K21 K22 K23 K24 K25 K26 K27 K28 K29 K30 K31 K32 K33 K34 K35 K36 K37 K38 K39
Function Cab roof operating lights Light control Accessory 2 High beam Low beam Wiper motor Fuel pump Accessory 1 Separator blower A/C clutch A/C Main blower high A/C Main blower medium A/C Main blower low Not used Start relay Concave/covers Fan/reverser Upper/Lower sieve Not used Time delay Distance operating lights Header operating lights Neutral start Combine Control Module 1 Combine Control Module 2 Combine Control Module 3 / Cab / SmartSteert Not used Threshing latching Revolving flash lights Lower operating lights Rear operating lights Unload tube light Brake lights Timed side operating light Side operating lights Start relay (CX8030) Not used 24 Volt start relay (not for CX8030) Grid heater (not for CX8030)
4110
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE COMBINE CONTROL MODULE (CCM)

The CCMs are located under the storage box of the instructional seat. To check this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove bolts 1 on both sides of the seat. (if installed)
216 2. Take out storage box 2.
3. CCM 1 4. CCM 2 5. CCM 3 (If installed)
217
218
4111
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE BATTERIES

The combine is equipped with two 12 Volt batteries (92 Ah). These are located at the back of the left-hand side of the combine. Open the cover (1) to have access to the batteries. The batteries can be disconnected completely by means of the main battery switch (2). IMPORTANT: To avoid loss of harvest data from the IntelliViewt II monitor, engine power reduction and/or permanent IntelliViewt II monitor damage, it is strongly recommended not to stop the engine or shut off the IntelliViewt II monitor by using the battery switch. Always use the contact key in this case. IMPORTANT: It is advisable to disconnect the batteries at the end of the day using the battery switch (key off using the contact key first).
219
The earth cable is connected to the negative () battery terminals. Check the acid level weekly (every 50 operating hours), and, if necessary, fill with distilled water until the separators are covered.
220 NOTE: Models CX8040, CX8050, CX8060, CX8070, CX8080 and CX8090 are also equipped with two 12V batteries (92Ah), connected parallel, but switching to 24 V during starting. Jump starting Except the CX8030 are all combines equipped with a 24 volt starting system. Jump to the rear battery ONLY to prevent damage to the combine and jump vehicle system. Always connect booster battery in parallel, i.e. negative () to negative () and positive (+) to positive (+).
221
4112

Important tips 1. In cold weather, add water to the batteries just before starting the engine. By doing this, the water and the electrolyte will be mixed by the charging current, thus avoiding freezing.
Keep sparks, lighted matches or an open flame away from the battery as battery gas can explode. Never check the battery charge by placing a metal object across the terminals. Use a voltmeter or a hydrometer. 2. If the engine is reluctant to start, do not press the starter button for longer than 20 seconds, but try again after a few seconds. 3. The battery clamps must be cleaned regularly and covered with a layer of vaseline or petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion. 4. Make sure the vents in the filler plugs are kept clean. 5. The batteries must never be disconnected while the engine is running, IntelliViewt II monitor or other electronic modules are powered on or damage to the alternator may result. 6. Never switch off the ignition while the engine is running on full speed. This is to prevent running out of the turbocharger propeller without lubricant. 7. To safeguard battery life, switch off any lighting, the heating/Ventilation/AC and the mirror heating before starting the engine. 8. Under normal conditions, do not add sulphuric acid to the batteries. 9. The batteries should be stored in a fully charged condition. 10. The batteries should be charged every 8 to 10 weeks with 5 to 6 amperes current for a period of 24 hours.
CAUTION
Do not charge a frozen battery as it may explode!
CAUTION
4113
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ALTERNATOR

NOTE: The engine is equipped with an alternator. Certain precautions must be observed to avoid serious damage to the alternator, batteries and wiring. When carrying out any maintenance work, the following instructions must be observed: 1. Disconnect the batteries using the battery switch if any electric welding work is to be carried out on the combine. Secure the negative () terminal of the welding apparatus as close as possible to the part to be welded. 2. The positive (+) lead of the batteries is live at all times. To prevent damage, always disconnect the battery earth lead () first. 3. Ensure the batteries are connected properly, i.e. negative () lead to the negative () terminal and positive (+) lead to the positive (+) terminal. 4. Always connect a booster battery in parallel, i.e. negative () to negative (), and positive (+) to positive (+). 5. Disconnect the batteries using the battery switch before connecting a battery charger. Ensure the connected. battery charger is properly
6. Never run the engine if the wiring between the alternator and the battery has been disconnected.
4114
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CAB/CLIMATE CONTROL

Cab air filter The cab air filter is located near the cab door on the left hand side. Clean the cab air filter regularly and, in extremely dusty conditions, daily. Wear a suitable dust mask! To remove the cab air filter, proceed as follows: 1. Pull yellow slider 1. 2. Cover 2 can be removed with a smooth twist to the left, and than pulling it towards you. 3. Remove filter element 3. 4. Clean with compressed air blown from the inside towards the outside. It is advisable to replace the filter elements every year. 222
Installation: 1. Install filter element 3 in the housing.
223
4115

2. Install the cover. The dust outlet on the cover should be pointed to the floor. 3. To close the housing turn cover 2 to the right till it locks. 4. Lock the cover with yellow slider 1. Dust protection: The air filter in the cab does not protect against all substances (e.g. chemical residues on crops). Absolute protection against specific products can only be obtained when the nature of these products is known and adequate measures are purposely designed to counter the hazard created by these substances. Even the use of carbon filters cannot ensure complete protection. It goes without saying that correct filter maintenance and keeping doors and windows closed is essential.
CAUTION
224
Air conditioning For a correct use of the air-conditioning system: Keep the cab doors closed. Use the air conditioning as much as possible. Control the desired temperature with the air-conditioning button (thermostat).
Pay regular attention to the following: The status of the sight glass and the moisture indicator, on the filter drier, located on the engine fan area. The cleanness of the condenser, located on the engine rotary screen door. The cleanness of the cab fresh air filter located under the left front corner of the grain tank. The cleanness of the cab air recirculation filter, located on the right-hand rear cab wall beside the operator seat. The condensation water flowing from the drain tubes, check valves in humid conditions.
4116

Condenser Regularly inspect and clean the condenser 1 with compressed air. To gain access to clean the condenser: refer to Rotary dust screen and cooling system in this section.
Fresh air intake grill The fresh air intake grill is located behind the left-hand front shield. To clean the dust on the fresh air intake grill, open door 1 on the fresh air intake box by turning the latch 2.
225
226 Recirculation filter The recirculation filter 2 is located in the cab, on the right-hand side of the operator s seat. Clean the filter regularly and, in extremely dusty conditions, daily. To clean remove the recirculation grill. NOTE: To easily remove, push up the grill and rotate it out of the opening.
227
4117

Filter-drier The filter-drier is located on the right hand side of the engine compartment. Open the engine cover to view the filter-drier.
A sight glass (2) and a ring-shaped moisture indicator (1) serve for determining the condition of the R 134a gas. If the refrigerant is without air bubbles, then the refrigerant condition is good. If the glass shows a milky refrigerant: good condition in ambient temperature. If air bubbles are visible: lack of refrigerant. If the moisture indicator is blue: filter and refrigerant are in good condition. If the moisture indicator is red: this is an indication of too much moisture, the filter-drier has to be replaced. If the moisture indicator is brown or black: too much contamination: filter-drier has to be replaced.
228
229
NOTE: The filter-drier must always be replaced when the air circuit has been opened. If the filter-drier needs to be replaced, or if the air conditioning system needs repair, contact your local dealer.
4118
SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE AIR COMPRESSOR (IF INSTALLED)

The air compressor (1) is installed onto the engine and needs no further maintenance. DELETE
230 Every 50 operating hours, drain the condensated water from the air reservoir through cock 2. Two unions 3 are installed to attach pneumatic service tools and for cleaning purposes. The inner thread of the union is 1/2 GAZ CYL. One is located under the air reservoir.
231
4119

A second is located at the top of the straw hood near the oil reservoir.
Air reservoir specification (according to European Directive 87/404/EEC) Trade mark: Wabco Type: 60 l Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar (145.1 PSI) Maximum operating temperature: +100_ C (212_ F) Minimum operating temperature: 50_ C (58_ F) Capacity: 60 litres (15.85 US gal) Approval date: see cold stamping on the air reservoir.
232
233
IMPORTANT: For France, the air reservoir must be reapproved (technical control) every 5 years. The owner has to take the necessary actions to have the reservoir retested before the expiry date which is the approval date + 5 years.
234
4120

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Service to be performed before the first start-off 1. Check wheel nut torques 2. Check all chain and belt tensions 3. Check all tyre pressures 4. Check brake fluid level 5. Check engine oil level 6. Check engine coolant level (shunt tank) 7. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level 8. Check engine gearbox oil level 9. Check fuel level 10. Grease all zerks Run-in period First week: daily After first 100 hours Service to be performed Check wheel nut torques Lubricate all chains Change hydraulic filter Change hydrostatic filter Change engine gearbox filter Change traction gearbox oil Change final drives gearbox oil Change unloading drive gearbox oil Check unloading tube drive gearbox oil Change bubble-up gearbox oil DELETE Daily service to be performed 1. Check engine oil level 2. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level 3. Check all chain and belt tensions 4. Check engine coolant level (shunt tank) 5. Clean cab air filter 6. Check fuel level 7. Clean stone trap 8. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/water separator Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE FIELD AND SITE OPERATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section SPECIFICATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section SPECIFICATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
4121

50 hour service to be performed 1. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service 2. Check wheel nut torques 3. Check steering ball joints 4. Check and clean air conditioning condenser 5. Check and clean air conditioning evaporator 6. Check air conditioning filter-drier 7. Check tyre pressure 8. Check drum concave setting 9. Check electrolyte level in batteries 10. Check the tension of the grain elevator chain DELETE 100 hour service to be performed 1. Perform the 50 hour service (see above) 2. Perform the 100 hour grease zerk service 200 hour service to be performed 1. Perform the 50 hour service (see above) 2. Perform the 100 hour grease zerk service 3. Perform the 200 hour grease zerk service 4. Lubricate threaded rods and pivot points 5. Check steering ball joints, wheel spindles, tie rods and steering hydraulic components Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS FIELD AND SITE OPERATIONS LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
4122

300 hour service to be performed 1. Perform the 50 hour service (see above) 2. Perform the 100 hour grease zerk service 3. Check and clean foot and parking brake 4. Change fuel filter 5. Change fuel pre filter (water separator) 600 hour service or annually to be performed 1. Perform the 50 hour service (see above) 2. Perform the 100 hour grease zerk service 3. Perform the 200 hour service (see above) 4. Perform the 300 hour service (see above) 5. Change hydraulic/hydrostatic oil and filters 6. Clean hydraulic high pressure filter 7. Clean oil reservoir filter 8. Change engine gearbox oil and filter 9. Change traction gearbox oil 10. Change final drives oil 11. Change unloading drive gearbox oil 12. Change unloading tube gearbox oil 13. Change bubble-up gearbox oil 14. Change engine oil and filter(s) 15. Change cab air filter 16. Change air filter 17. Check clearance of the parking brake 1000 hours service to be performed Change cranckcase breather filter (CX8090) DELETE 2 year service to be performed 1. Perform the 600 hour service (see above) 2. Change brake fluid 3. Change engine coolant 4. Replace safety element of air intake system 5. Replace filter element at oil cooler outlet 4 to 6 year service to be performed Replace all hydraulic hoses Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Local Dealer Section LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
4123
4124
SECTION 5 FAULT FINDING

NOTE: Feeding and operation of the combine can be difficult in the first half hour of operation in short crops as new painted parts may cause a lot of friction.
FEEDING AREA
CONCERN Irregular feeding into the straw elevator. The material is backfed to the feed auger by the straw elevator chain.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Straw elevator chain set too high at the entrance. Straw elevator chain badly adjusted. Stone trap clogged. Rasp bars worn.
CORRECTION Lower straw elevator chain. Adjust chain tension.
Clean stone trap. Replace rasp bars.
THRESHING AREA
CONCERN Grain not properly threshed from heads.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Crop not ripe enough. Drum speed too slow. Clearance between drum and concave too wide. Concave not parallel to drum. Not enough material entering combine for proper threshing action. Unthreshed heads passing through concave grate.
CORRECTION Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest. Increase drum speed. Reduce concave clearance. Adjust concave so that it is parallel to the drum. Lower head and/or increase ground speed. Close concave de-awning plates to blank off front portion of the concave.
5 1
CONCERN Grain not properly threshed from heads. (Contd)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Rasp bars or concave damaged, bent or worn excessively.
CORRECTION Inspect all rasp bars and concave for excessive wear or damage.
Losing rpm because of sluggish or Fuel injection pump should be malfunctioning engine governor. checked by a specialist. Intermediate shaft speed incorrect. Material wrapping around the drum. Drum speed too slow. Check speed of intermediate shaft. Increase drum speed.
Drum rasp bars damaged or worn. Replace rasp bars. Crop too wet or insufficiently ripe. Drum blockage. Irregular feeding. Drum speed too slow. Crop too wet or insufficiently ripe. Drum variator drive belt slips. Beater drive belt slipping. Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest. Adjust head and feeder for optimum feeding. Increase drum speed. Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest. Check drum variator for deformation or incorrect adjustment. Check belt tension and tighten, if necessary.
5 2

THRESHING, SEPARATION AND CLEANING
CONCERN Excessive cracked grain in tank.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Drum speed too high. Excessive tailings. Concave clogged, or openings blocked by de-awning plates. Concave not parallel to drum. Roto-thresher concave clearance too small. Grain being cracked in elevator. Clearance between drum and concave too small. Uneven feeding, or wads entering drum. Not enough material entering combine.
CORRECTION Reduce drum speed and/or open concave slightly. See the concern described under Excessive tailings. Clean concave and open de-awning plates. Adjust concave parallel to the drum. Adjust clearance. Adjust grain elevator chain tension. Increase concave clearance. Reduce drum speed slightly. Adjust straw elevator chain. Check feed auger height and retractable finger adjustment. Lower head and increase ground speed.
Grain loss over straw walkers
Straw walkers overloaded due to excessive ground speed.
Reduce ground speed to decrease amount of material entering combine. Raise head. Increase concave-to- drum clearance if straw walkers have become clogged due to the straw being broken up excessively. (It may be necessary to reduce concave-to-drum clearance if overloading is the result of imcomplete threshing. In this case, it may be desirable to increase the drum speed).
5 3
CONCERN Grain loss over straw walkers. (Contd)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Crop too wet or contains excessive green material.
CORRECTION Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest.
Straw walker openings blocked so Clean straw walker openings. grain cannot drop through. Concave blocked allowing excessive grain to be thrown onto the straw walkers. Grain is not properly cleaned. Insufficient air blast from cleaning fan. Clean concave thoroughly.
Increase fan speed to the point that grain is being cleaned properly, but not blown over the rear of the sieves. Check fan variator adjustment. Check speed of intermediate shaft. Check also whether the cleaning shoe drive belt is slipping. Reduce bottom sieve opening.
Cleaning fan vari-drive belt slipping. Intermediate shaft speed incorrect.
Bottom sieve opening too wide, allowing trash to fall into the clean grain auger. Bottom sieve overloaded or blocked. Top sieve opened too wide, allowing excessive trash to fall onto bottom sieve.
Clean the sieve thoroughly. Close top sieve so that only the clean grain falls onto the bottom sieve and most of the trash moves out over the rear of the top sieve. If closed too far, threshed grain will be lost over the rear of the sieve. Readjust drum speed and concave clearance so that threshing is carried out properly.
Drum speed too high, or concave clearance too small, or a combination of both, resulting in chopped straw overloading the sieves.
5 4
CONCERN Grain loss over the sieves.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTION
Too much air blast from the clean- Reduce air blast with fan variable ing fan. speed control. Top sieve not opened wide enough. Top sieve blocked. Bottom sieve not opened wide enough or blocked, causing excessive grain to enter returns and be rethreshed. Crop not in a fit condition to harvest, or contains too much green material. Grain pan dirty Sieves overloaded. Cleaning shoe drive belt slipping. Intermediate shaft speed incorrect. Cleaning shoe not level. Open the top sieve so that all the clean grain moves to the bottom sieve. Clean top sieve. Open the bottom sieve and clean if it is blocked.
Raise head to prevent as much green material as possible from entering combine, or wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest. Clean grain pan. See concern described under Sieves overloaded, below. Adjust cleaning shoe belt tension. Check speed of intermediate shaft. Check electric control. Contact your local dealer for assistance. Open bottom sieve slightly and clean thoroughly, if blocked. Increase the fan speed. Reduce the fan speed.
Excessive tailings.
Bottom sieve closed too much, or blocked. Insufficient air blast from cleaning fan. Air blast too strong from the cleaning fan.
5 5
CONCERN Excessive tailings. (Contd)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Intermediate shaft speed incorrect.
CORRECTION Check speed of intermediate shaft. Check cleaning shoe drive belt tension.
Overthreshing.
Reduce drum speed and/or increase drum and concave clearance to prevent straw from being chopped up excessively. Check speed of intermediate shaft. Check all belt drives and adjust tension, as required. Increase fan speed. Close sieve slightly and clean thoroughly, if blocked. Reduce drum speed and/or increase drum and concave clearance to reduce the amount of short straw on the top sieve.
Sieves overloaded.
Intermediate shaft speed incorrect. Cleaning shoe drive belt slipping. Insufficient air blast from the fan. Top sieve open too wide, or blocked. Overthreshing.
5 6

GENERAL
CONCERN Blockage of machine.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Intermediate shaft speed incorrect. Crop not in a fit condition to harvest, or too much green material in crop. Concave incorrectly adjusted.
CORRECTION Check speed of intermediate shaft. Raise head to reduce amount of green material entering the combine, or wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest. Increase drum and concave clearance. Ensure concave is parallel to the drum. Inspect all rasp bars and concave for excessive wear or damage. Replace, if necessary. Adjust ground speed to permit even feeding. Check feeder chain tension.
Rasp bars or concave damaged or worn excessively. Irregular feeding.
Belts slipping. Drum vari-drive belt slips.
Check all belt drives. Tighten belts, as required. Check drum variator for deformation or incorrect adjustment. Tighten tensioning spring, if necessary.
Belt or chain broken.
Repair broken belt or chain.
5 7

ENGINE
CONCERN Engine will not start.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Insufficient fuel in tank. Battery connections dirty or disconnected. Battery partly run down. Restricted fuel filters Restricted prefilter/water separator. Air in fuel system. Polluted fuel.
CORRECTION Fill up fuel tank. Connect, clean and coat with vaseline the battery connections. Charge battery. Replace fuel filters. Replace element. Bleed fuel system. Drain and clean fuel tank. Refill with clean fuel. Clean air cleaner. Replace fuel filters. Clean or replace exhaust pipe. Clean vent hole. Drain and clean fuel tank. Refill with clean fuel. Add coolant. Clean radiator. Adjust belt(s) tension, or replace belt. Add oil. Bleed fuel system. Replace filters. Add oil. Replace sender unit. Replace oil pressure gauge. Bleed fuel system.
Engine does not give full power.
Dirty air cleaner. Restricted fuel filters. Restricted exhaust pipe. Vent hole in fuel tank filler cap clogged. Polluted fuel.
Engine overheats.
Insufficient coolant. Dirty radiator. Fan drive belts slack or broken. Insufficient oil in engine sump.
Engine starts, then stops.
Air in fuel system. Fuel filters restricted.
Insufficient oil pressure.
Insufficient oil. Sender unit defective. Oil pressure gauge defective.
Engine will not idle. 5 8
Air in fuel system.

STRAW CHOPPER
CONCERN
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTION Replace damaged or broken rotor knife. Contact your local dealer. Ensure all knives are swinging freely, are undamaged and equally worn. Clean rotor properly. Replace damaged knives and sharpen counter knives. Turn, or replace, rotor knives. Sharpen or replace counter knives.
Chopper vibrates during opera- Rotor knife damaged or broken. tion. Rotor bearing broken. Rotor out of balance.
Poor chop quality, i.e. too long. Damaged knife or knives on rotor and counter knives bar. Dull rotor knives and counter knives.
Counterknives fully disengaged. Shredbar not installed. Incorrect rotor speed. Spreading pattern too wide, or too narrow. Straw chopper gets blocked. Adjustment error. Dull knives. Check rotor speed. Adjust spreader fins for correct spread pattern. Sharpen or replace counter knives. Replace, or turn, rotor knives. Tension belts correctly. Install fins correctly, or repair. Use correct belts. Adjust straw chopper, as described in this manual. Tension belts. Engage coupler Grease bearings every 50 operating hours, or daily. Adjust the belt correctly.
Belts slack. Straw spreader fins incorrectly installed, or damaged. Incorrect belts used. Straw chopper incorrectly adjusted to the crop being harvested. Chopper will not engage. Belts not tensioned. Coupler not engaged Bearings not greased regularly. Belt incorrectly adjusted.
Chopper bearings run warm. Belts flapping.
5 9

POWERED REAR AXLE
CONCERN Performance sluggish.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Using too low a gear. Weak high pressure relief valve. Inadequate charge pressure.
CORRECTION Shift into a higher gear. Have the system checked by your local dealer. Have the system checked by your local dealer. Replace fuse. Replace switch. Repair broken wire or reconnect. Have the valve repaired or replaced by your local dealer.
System not functioning.
Fuse blown. Defective engaging switch. Broken or disconnected wire.
Hazardous functioning of system.
Defective valve.
510

Manual release of the hydraulic parking brake If it is not possible to release the parking brake electrically, it can be released manually. To release the parking brake manually, proceed as follows: 1. Park the combine level. 2. Raise the header and engage the header safety latch. Stop the engine. 3. Block the wheels adequately to prevent the combine from running. 4. Remove the rubber cap (1). 1
5. Remove the cotter pin (2) and screw on the nut (3) until the parking brake piston is completely pulled backward to release the pressure on the brake disc.
DANGER
Be aware that the emergency brake does not operate when the brake is manually disengaged. Repair as soon as possible to restore correct operation. In the meantime, use wheel edges to prevent the combine from running away whenever parked.
511

Gearshifting If not possible to select gears electronically (gearshift selector switch from the cab), it can be done manually, proceeding as follows: 1. Park the combine level (if possible). 2. Raise the header and engage the header safety latch. Stop the engine. 3. Block the wheels adequately to prevent the combine from running. 4. Loosen the bolts to remove traction gearbox cover plate 3.
5. Loosen four bolts 1 and remove the electric motor.
512

6. Use the special tool (located at the left-hand side of the straw elevator) to turn nut 2 underneath the electric motor.
7. To check if a gear is selected, a number of gear on indicator ring 3 should align with arrow 4 on the gearshift sensor.
8. To block the manual selected gear, loosen bolt 5 and remove bushing 6.
9. Install bolt 5 (without the bushing), to block the selected gear (the bolt need to take a hole of the sheave inside the traction gearbox) NOTE: If the bolt is not easy to turn in the gearbox, move nut 2 (fig. 5) with the special tool until the bolt going easy into the gearbox.
513

Troubleshooting the Automatic Temperature Control system Code 01: Air conditioning high pressure lockout Displayed instead of temperature setting High pressure lockout, press the climate control switch (6) to the center OFF position, then to the forward automatic position or rearward to the defog position as required. Digital temperature display should reappear. If code 01 reappears, system requires service. Code 02: Air conditioning low pressure lockout Displayed instead of temperature setting Low pressure lockout, press the climate control switch to the OFF position, then to the automatic position. Digital temperature display will reappear. If code 02 reappears, system requires service. Code 04: Blower potentiometer fault Alternating with temperature setting possible faulty blower control potentiometer, blower defaults to maximum speed. System requires service. Code 05: Temperature potentiometer fault Alternating with temperature setting possible faulty temperature control potentiometer, system defaults to 20 C (68 F). System requires service. Code 06: Recirculation control potentiometer fault Code 07: Mode potentiometer fault Code 08: Cab sensor open or shorted high Alternating with temperature setting possible faulty cab temperature sensor or cab temperature is below 19 C (2 F). Adjust temperature control above 23 C (74 F). If error code does not clear after cab temperature rises above 19 C (2 F), system requires service. In order to continue operation, temperature control must be set above 21 C (70 F) or below 19 C (66 F). Code 09: Cab sensor shorted low Code 10: Evaporator sensor open or shorted high Alternating with temperature setting possible faulty evaporator sensor or cab temperature is below 19 C ( 2 F). Compressor does not run. If error code does not clear after cab temperature rises above 19 C (2 F), system requires service. Code 11: Evaporator sensor shorted low Alternating with temperature setting possible faulty evaporator sensor or core temperature has exceeded 82 C (180 F). Compressor does not run. If error code does not clear, system requires service. Code 19 No communication with ATC unit.
514

Calibration error list Error 0 1 2 3 Unknown fault Invalid button pressed Lateral tilt sensor is not in zero range No calibration acknowledgement received from Bosch HHC Operation timed out Operator stop Pressure sensor fault Software undefined state Feeder position is not changing Ground speed is too fast Feeder angle sensor value is invalid Bosch module is offline Engine is not running Feeder is engaged Autofloatt left sensor fault Autofloatt right sensor fault Pressure is not changing Header tilt sensor value is invalid Header tilt position is not changing Incorrect concave position Concave position sensor fault Concave actuator fault Separator switch is off Road mode is selected Possible cause Remedy Contact your local Dealer Do not press any other buttons than defined in the procedure Place header flat and check if lateral tilt sensor is working (if installed) Check communication with the HHC module Check feeder position / header lift pressure sensor React faster to the calibration procedure Check communication with HHC module Restart calibration Check header lift pressure sensor Restart calibration Straw elevator angle sensor stuck at a certain position or not working correctly Do not drive the machine while calibrating Check if sensor is well adjusted (minimum: 2.5V, maximum: 7.5V) Make sure HHC module is still functioning Start engine Disengage straw elevator If installed, check sensor If installed, check sensor Pressure must be lower/higher than 20/max P+20 bar Check sensor connection Check sensor / Contact your local Dealer Potentiometer giving invalid value, check opening or sensor Check sensor Check with the drum concave clearance button if the actuator is still moving Engage threshing Select Field mode
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Auto minimum to maximum range is too small Autofloatt plates hanging loose
515

Error 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Possible cause Feeder engage switch is off Operator is not seated Emergency stop is activated Separator engaged Ground speed is not zero Lateral inclination sensor fault Sieve angle sensor fault Option is not installed Self-levelling sieve actuator fault Lateral inclination invalid Sieve angle invalid Engine speed is less than 800/rpm Sieve moving Upper sieve position sensor value invalid Lower sieve position sensor value invalid Spreader plate position sensor value invalid Upper sieve opening invalid Lower sieve opening invalid Requested crop and current crop do not match Remedy Switch on the straw elevator engage switch Operator needs to be seated Check and switch off the emergency stop Disengage separator Ground speed should be zero Signal must be minimum 0.25V, maximum 5V Signal must be minimum 0.25V, maximum 5V Set configuration to installed Check with diagnostics if actuator is still moving Put combine more level or check sensor Check sensor Increase the engine speed Check sensor Signal must be minimum 0.25V, maximum 5V Signal must be minimum 0.25V, maximum 5V Signal must be minimum 0.25V, maximum 5V Open sieve to 6 mm (1/4), check sensor Open sieve to 6 mm (1/4), check sensor Select proper crop
516

Error 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Handle fault Threshold determination timeout Hydrostatic circuit fault Engine is not high idle Transmission is not in first gear Parking brake is set Supply voltage or microswitch fault Multi functional handle moved too fast Invalid tire radius calculated Possible cause Multi functional handle position is invalid Remedy Leave handle at its position, check sensor Check MFH position sensor Check hydrostatic output circuit or ground speed sensor Check for shorts, open wires Throttle engine to high idle Shift transmission to first gear Disengage parking brake Check hydro supply voltage and/or neutral microswitch for correct operation Move handle slower Drive the right distance (122m/400ft), make sure approximate tyre radius is between 100 and 1500 mm Check sensor / Contact local Dealer Contact your local Dealer Contact your local Dealer Restart calibration Restart calibration / Contact local Dealer Check sensor Check sensor / Contact local Dealer Shut off the engine Stop the header Stop the feeder
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
Ground speed sensor fault Eprom voltage too low Eprom fault Value invalid Calibration value is out of range Sensor signal Sensor offline Engine running Header must be stopped Feeder must be stopped
517
518
SECTION 6 VEHICLE STORAGE

Your combine represents an important investment and its life depends upon how well you take care of it. Spray under an angle of minimum 25 (do not spray in perpendicular direction). Maximum water temperature: 60C (140F). Maximum water pressure: 60 bar (870 PSI). Do not use chemicals. Legislation in certain countries and good practice requires special treatment of waste water through sedimentation and oil separation and controlled removal of residues.
END-OF-SEASON SERVICE
Follow the steps outlined below at the end of each seasons use or when the machine will not be used for an extended period of time. This will ensure the combine is kept in good condition and ready for the next season. 1. Remove the head and the straw elevator to facilitate cleaning. 2. Clean the interior and exterior of the combine thoroughly because any chaff and dirt left in the machine will attract moisture and cause rust. NOTE: Before using pressure washing, clean the combine with compressed air. Clean only when the combine is fully dried. Avoid pressure washing at ambient temperatures below 105 C (505 F). After cleaning place the combine in a heated workshop or dry barn for at least 24 hours. Avoid to direct water jets onto electric equipment, bearings, seals, gearbox, oil tank or fuel tank filler caps, into the engine exhaust, engine, cab air filters and decals. When using a high pressure washer spray: Keep a minimum distance of 30 cm (11) between the spray gun and the surface to be cleaned.
3. Leave covers open at the bottom of the elevators to allow any moisture to drain out. Leave the unloading auger cleaning doors open. 4. After cleaning the combine with water, start the engine and engage the threshing mechanism to make sure that all water is disappeared out of the combine. 5. After +/ 15 minutes disengage the threshing and stop the engine. 6. Remove the sieves, clean them and coat with oil or a rust preventative. 7. Remove all chains. Clean and coat the chains with oil. Reinstall them, then adjust to the correct tension. 8. Lubricate the machine thoroughly, as described in SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE . 9. Coat all bright parts (except the pulley and the variator discs) with paint, a rust preventative, oil or grease to protect them from rust. 10. Retract all hydraulic cylinders and coat exposed parts of the cylinder rods with grease.
6 1

11. Clean all belts, then check belt tension. Adjust if necessary. 12. Reinstall the straw elevator. 13. Clean the air filter element. 14. Use compressed air, or water under pressure, to clean out the engine radiator. Use a low-pressure water jet, or compressed air, to clean the air-conditioner condenser fins. 15. Check the anti-freeze content in the engine cooling system. 16. Fill the fuel tank completely. 17. Store the combine in a dry place, protected from the weather. 18. Close off all engine openings with plugs or greaseproof paper. 19. Support the combine on wooden blocks to relieve the weight from the tyres. Leave tyres inflated. 20. Disconnect the battery cables. Clean and charge the batteries in situ. IMPORTANT: The batteries should be charged every 8 to 10 weeks with a 5 to 6 amperes current for a period of 24 hours to a minimum of 12.6 volt. NOTE: Removing the batteries will not harm the storage of information in the IntelliViewt II monitor. 21. Straw chopper: Remove all knives and bushings, grease them thoroughly and reinstall them onto the rotor. 22. Every 4 weeks, remove the engine opening seals, start the engine and run at 3/4 throttle for 1 to 2 hours. Move all the variators from minimum to maximum, and vice versa, to ensure adequate lubrication to prevent rust. 23. Switch on the air conditioning while the engine is running, only if the ambient temperature is above 15C (60F) minimum. This will ensure lubrication of the compressor parts. Operate the air-conditioning system for at least 15 minutes. 24. Reinstall the engine opening seals. Periodic checks will help to keep your combine maintenance and repairs to a minimum and avoid costly breakdowns during the season. Therefore, it is good practice to have the combine inspected at the end of the season. Your NEW HOLLAND dealer will gladly quote a price for this work.
ORDERING PARTS AND/OR ACCESSORIES

When preparing the combine for storage, check thoroughly for any parts that may have become worn and need replacing. Parts and/or Accessories should be ordered at once and fitted before the next harvesting season. When ordering Parts and/or Accessories, always ensure to give your NEW HOLLAND dealer the model number and serial number of your combine. See the chapter headed Product Identification. INSIST ON GENUINE NEW HOLLAND QUALITY PARTS AS THEY WILL GIVE THE BEST PERFORMANCE AND ARE COVERED BY OUR WARRANTY. FOR BEST PERFORMANCE YOUR COMBINE SHOULD BE SERVICED BY AN AUTHORISED NEW HOLLAND DEALER.
6 2
SECTION 6 VEHICLE STORAGE PRESEASON SERVICE

Follow the steps outlined below at the beginning of each season to ensure the machine is in good condition and ready for use. 1. Remove the wooden blocks supporting the combine. 2. Check the tyre pressures and wheel nuts torque. 3. Lubricate the machine, as detailed in the Lubrication Schedule. 4. Check all belt and chain tensions (including the straw elevator and grain elevator chain). 5. Remove the protective oil from the sieves and reinstall them in the machine. 6. Check the oil level of the following and add oil, if needed: Traction gearbox Final drive gearboxes Brake fluid reservoir Hydrostatic hydraulic reservoir Engine gearbox Bubble-up gearbox Unloading drive gearbox Unloading tube gearbox 14. It is recommended to have your NEW HOLLAND dealer or a refrigerant specialist check the entire air-conditioning system for leakage at the beginning of each season. 13. Lubricate the combine once again, but do not overgrease. 12. Stop the combine and replace the covers of the grain and returns cross auger, the bottom covers and the cleaning doors of the grain and returns elevator, and the unloading tube. 9. Run the engine at half speed, engage the threshing mechanism and the head, and check for problems. 7. Check machine adjustments, as described in SECTION 4 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE .
8. Remove the engine opening seals. Run the engine to bring it up to operating temperature, then drain the rust preventative oil. Replace the oil filter(s) and fill with new engine oil.
10. Run the engine at full speed and check the speed on the intermediate shaft with a tachometer.
11. Drive the combine to check the operation of the hydraulic equipment and the brakes.
6 3
6 4
SECTION 7 ACCESSORIES
FEEDING
Side hill weights This kit can be installed at the rear of the right-hand side of 15, 17 and 20 ft grain headers when working on slopes.
Crop distribution kit To improve feeding on 6 straw walker combines, by moving crop into the centre of the straw elevator.
2 Hydraulic reel rebuild kit Hydraulic components to allow the operation of hydraulic reel drive on Extra-Capacity or Varifeedt grain headers is available.
7 1
Grain header road light kit For some countries a grain header road light kit is available.
Perforated straw elevator floor section With this kit, a straw elevator with closed bottom can be rebuild to a straw elevator with a perforated bottom door. With the perforated bottom door installed, it is possible to operate with or without a smooth plate. The perforated bottom is used to evacuate dirt and soil when operating in peas, soy, beans, etc.
5 Straw elevator drive A 4HB straw elevator and header drive belt can be installed if a maize header or stripper header should be driven.
Intermediate roll A intermediate roll can be ordered for model CX8060.
7 7 2
Header lift cylinder kit If working with an 8 row maize header with integrated stalk chopper, 12 row maize header or 30 ft header with rape seed extension, it is necessary to install the cylinder kit.
diameter 70 mm (2 - 3/4) This kit is an accessory for models CX8030, CX8040 and CX8060.
diameter 70 mm (2 - 3/4) (only Italy) This kit is an accessory for models CX8030, CX8040 and CX8060.
diameter 75 mm (2 - 15/16) This kit is an accessory for models CX8050, CX8070, CX8080 and CX8090.
Narrowing plates Narrowing plates (1) can be installed to harvest rice or damp straw conditions.
7 3
THRESHING AND SEPARATION
De-awning slats Two de-awning slats can be fitted in the front section of the threshing concave to improve threshing efficiency in difficult to thresh crops.
Rice pins Rice pins can be installed on a rice concave with a tooth spacing of 56 mm.
10
Tool to remove the concave A special tool is available to remove the drum concave easily.
11
12
7 4
Vertical knife electricity kit A electricity kit with harness and in cab switch is available to harvest rape seed.
Sunflower cover plate In dry conditions, to reduce load of material on the cleaning shoe, a plate can be installed in the front of the drum concave.
13
14 Beater pins Toothed bars can be installed instead of the beater blades for working in difficult, damp or long straw conditions.
Beater blades Beater blades can be used when working in dry straw conditions. Beater wear plates Wear plates can be added onto the beater blades when working in abrasive conditions.
15
16 7 5
Vertical covers on straw walkers This equipment can be fitted to cover all the vertical apertures of the straw walkers in order to reduce the amount of material on the sieves when harvesting short brittle straw crops.
Straw walker raisers Extra straw walker raisers can be installed when working in damp straw conditions.
17
18 Cereals threshing rebuild kit This equipment can be used to rebuild the combine from rice version to cereals version. It consists of: Cereals concave Standard drum rasp bars for universal drum
Maize threshing equipment This equipment can be used to rebuild the combine to maize version. Maize concave Drum cover plates (only with standard drum)
7 6
Maize threshing rebuild kit The following equipment to rebuild the combine from cereals/rice version to maize version is available: Maize concave Standard rasp bars for universal drum Drum cover plates (only with standard drum)
19 Fan bottom shield (*) 4 HB straw elevator and header drive belt
(*) Only needed when rebuilding from cereals version to maize version.
Rice threshing rebuild kit (if universal drum) The following equipment to rebuild the combine from cereals/maize version to rice version is available: Peg tooth concave Peg bars Fan bottom shield (*)
(*) Only needed when rebuilding from cereals version (with standard drum) to rice version. Maize concave A maize concave is available for threshing maize and/or beans.
20 7 7
CLEANING SYSTEM AND LOWER FRAME
Remote sieve control This equipment can be installed to adjust the lower and upper sieve electrically with switches from the cab and from the inside of the straw hood on the left side.
21 Fan bottom shield This guard can be fitted to protect the fan bottom and shoe levelling box when harvesting maize, sunflower, soy, beans, rice, etc. or in muddy conditions.
Grass seed variator kit A variator to obtain a lower fan speed adjustment can be fitted to reduce the wind blow when threshing small and light seeds (grass seed).
22
23
7 8
Presieve HC 1-5/8 This sieve can be used when harvesting maize in wet conditions. Grain pan divider kit A grain pan divider kit is available for extreme hilly conditions. (only for cleaning shoe models without removable grain pan)
Round hole sieve frame A frame can be obtained to adapt to a round hole sieve of your preferred hole size.
24
25 Round hole sieve (16 or 18 mm) A 16 mm or 18 mm diameter round hole sieve can be used as an lower sieve in maize when operating in damp conditions, as this sieve can be easily cleaned.
26
7 9
Adjustable upper sieve 1-5/8 and 1-1/8 This sieve is recommended as an upper sieve when harvesting maize.
Adjustable upper sieve (Petersen 1-5/8 and 1-1/8) This sieve can be fitted as an upper or lower sieve to obtain a cleaner sample, especially in oil seed rape.
27
28 Closz upper sieve (1-5/8) This sieve is available to increase the cleaning capacity in conditions where excessive amounts of barley or wheat awns restrict the performance of the standard 1-1/8 small grain sieve.
Stainless steel curved louver maize upper sieve This upper sieve with stainless steel curved louvers is recommended for wet maize conditions.
Graepel sieve extension This extension can be fitted at the rear of the upper sieves, in place of the finger rake, to prevent short straw from passing into the returns auger.
29 710
Extended sieve dividers A kit with extended dividers for the pre sieve and upper sieve is available for extremely hilly conditions. (only for fixed cleaning shoe models)
Smooth rotor thresher covers When harvesting maize, rape seed and other crops with large fragile grains (e.g. beans), smooth roto-thresher covers should be installed to prevent grain damage.
30
31 Corn Cob Mix kit This kit contains a graepel pre-sieve, graepel top sieve, plates to block of the returns and two pairs of grain pan deflectors to avoid overloading of the sieves at the sides.
711
CLEAN GRAIN, GRAIN TANK AND UNLOADING
Unloading tube extension kit An unloading tube extension kit of 0,9 m (3 ft) is available.
Perforated covers: long or round Perforated covers under the clean grain and return cross auger and the grain elevator can be installed when threshing beans and peas to obtain a cleaner grain sample.
32
33
712
STRAW HANDLING
Chaff blower To avoid a concentrated layer of chaff laying in a swath behind the combine, a chaff blower can be installed (in combination with a straw chopper) to spread the chaff evenly across the full cutting width of the combine.
Chaff spreader A chaff spreader can be fitted for units without straw chopper when the chaff from the cleaning shoe is required to be spread.
34
35
713
Straw chopper This equipment can be fitted on the machine to cut and to spread the straw if the straw has to be ploughed back into the soil. Two different types of straw choppers are available: 4 - row 6 - row
36
Remote deflectors control rebuild kit This kit will provides the operator with a dashboard switch to reposition the chopper chute deflectors while working and to precisely set the spread pattern behind the machine, e.g. when changing crops or in windy conditions.
37
714
TRACTION AND TYRES
Powered rear axle (wheel motors) A Powered Rear Axle rebuild kit is available, if additional traction is required in muddy conditions.
20021843
Axle extensions kit (not for Europe) To install traction tyres with a large diameter.
38
39
715
Pivot plate 127 mm Pivot plates can be used when install traction tyres with large diameter.
Wheel spacer To improve stability or use of specific rims.
40
41 Steering platform extensions This extension allows the use of wider traction wheels.
Tracks Tracks can be fitted when operating in very muddy conditions, (e.g. rice). Also special lower shieldings are required when tracks are installed. Foldable ladder A foldable ladder is required when tracks are installed.
42
43 716
ENGINE
Air compressor kit An air compressor kit can be installed to clean the engine compartment.
Coolant heater A coolant heater can be installed to aid the engine in cold weather.
44
Rotary dust screen brush This equipment can be fitted to keep the rotary dust screen clean, e.g. maize. The brush works for +/ 5 seconds, every time the unloading system is engaged, with a minimum interval of 10 minutes however. At each key-on the brush automatically retracts (deactivating).
45 High fan speed kit A special high fan speed kit is available for Australia that will provide additional oil cooling capacity for machines working with a combination of high ambient temperatures and high ground speeds.
717
CAB
Windscreen washer system A windscreen washer system can be installed to clean the cab windscreen.
46 In cab printer A printer is available and can be used to print precision farming and other information.
47 Cab heating Improved operator comfort when operating in cold weather. (only for machines with Air conditioning only). Premium speakers Premium speakers can be installed.
48
718
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC
Flip-up light kit To ensure safe road transport, additional headlights can be installed on the railing and a brake force limiting valve when a flip-up maize header is attached to the combine.
Rear revolving flash light For some countries, a rear revolving flash light can be installed to provide advanced warning to other road users, when travelling on public highways, that the vehicle is wide and slow moving.
49
50 Revolving flash lights For some countries revolving flash lights are a legal requirement. This kit consists three revolving flash lights, two for the cab roof and one for at the rear of the combine.
51
719
Portable work light A portable work light is available and can be used to check some setting during night operation.
Light extension kit A kit is available to install extensions to the rear light arms, if required.
52
53 PC software package This package contains the precision farming desktop software.
Undershield lighting kit A undershield light kit is available and can be installed on both sides of the combine.
54
55 720
Yield monitoring package Grain flow sensor
This equipment can be installed on the machine (with moisture sensor) to realtime check the mass flow.
Moisture sensor This equipment can be fitted on the grain elevator to realtime check the grain moisture.
56
57
721
SmartSteert kit
Edge guidance antenna mounting kit
This feature will allow automatic steering (edge following) in crops as small grains, beans, peas, canola,... (not suited for maize). The kit contains all necessary mechanical, hydraulical, electrical and electronic components, except the edge guidance sensor. Edge guidance sensor
The edge guidance sensor is available separately.
Auto Guidance Ready kit This kit allows all necessary hydraulic, electrical components and the steering cylinder.
58
59 Intellisteer t Auto Guidance DGPS antenna mounting kit This kit contains the cab mounting support and wiring for the NH252 receiver for Auto Guidance Ready combines.
60 722
Yield mapping NH100
Antenna with integrated receiver.(one piece) The NH100 is capable of receiving the free EGNOS DGPS correction signal only.
NH110
61
Antenna with integrated receiver.(one piece) The NH110 are capable of receiving the free EGNOS and L-band DGPS correction signals.
62
723
MISCELLANEOUS
Header trailer hitch Two types of trailer hitches are available for towing the header trailer. Maximum static load on this hitch and the maximum allowed header trailer weight is mentioned on a plate located on the hitch support. Rotation header trailer hitch
Automatic rotation trailer hitch
63
64
724
Counterweights support frame Special supports are available to attach the frame counterweights.
Frame counterweights Counterweights can be fitted to the rear of the frame on special supports. Three sets of counterweights are available: 210 kg (463 lbs) : 6 counterweights 350 kg (772 lbs) : 10 counterweights 420 kg (926 lbs) : 12 counterweights Wheel counterweights Wheel weights can be fitted to the steering wheel rims. Three sets of counterweights are available: 200 kg (441 lbs) : 10 counterweights 400 kg (882 lbs) : 20 counterweights 600 kg (1323 lbs) : 30 counterweights Signal plates For some countries, the signal plates must be installed for road transport.
65
66
67
68 725
Signal plates for Italy An additional support can be foreseen at the rear side of the straw hood to install a signal plate.
Unload tube signal plate+light This plate and a light has to be installed for road transport in France when the combine is equipped with an unload tube length of 6.4 m (21ft).
69
70 Fire extinguisher A fire extinguisher is available.
Wide fender Wide fenders are available for wider wheels to keep the shieldings clean.
71
72 726
SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS
WHEELS AND TYRES
NOTE: The specifications given below are only approximate and may vary slightly from machine and/or harvesting conditions.
The tyres specified by the manufacturer are the only tyres approved. If nongenuine or replacement tyres are used, these must be identical in size and strength [PR rating for diagonal tyres or Load Capacity for radial tyres (e.g. 166 A8)] to specified tyres. The recommended tyre pressure has to be maintained at all times. Only original NEW HOLLAND wheel rims should be used in combination with the tyre sizes indicated. Only these tyre/wheel combinations have been homologated in relation to the machine weight, width and road speed limits. The rims should be fitted in such a way that the maximum overall machine width permitted locally on public roads is adhered to.
WARNING
Road travel in the 4th gear with grain in the tank is not allowed.
CAUTION
WHEEL NUTS TORQUE

TORQUE Nm Traction wheel nuts torque Steering wheel nuts torque (Fixed + H.D.A.S.A + P.R.A.) 610 410 MINIMUM Ft.lbs 450 302 Nm 730 492 MAXIMUM Ft.lbs 540 363
8 1
Tables below gives the permitted inflation pressure (bar): Field condition: Speed = 10 km/h: cycling loading operations, excepting hillside applications in excess of 20% grade. Full grain tank + header in work position
Road condition: Empty grain tank
Traction tyres (pressures): road + field conditions Steering tyres (pressures): only road conditions Offset, Track, Overall width = mm
Traction tyres: road+ field conditions Steering tyres: only road conditions
8 2
8 3
Grain Header High-Cap 13 ft Grain Header High-Cap 15 ft Grain Header High-Cap 17 ft Grain Header High-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Flex Header 20 ft 5 R with chopper 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper
Field
HEADERS
6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper No header
6 R Flip-up no chopper
Road
6 R Flip-up with chopper No header 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper No header
STEERING AXLES
(free) (free) (free) (free)
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING TYRES
Fixed steering axle (Low center) Fixed steering axle (High center) Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle Powered Rear Axle 2
Offset
Offset
Track
Overall Width
(A) = Allowed
(X) = Only with H.D.A.S.A. (Y) = Only with fixed (HC)
Grain Header High-Cap 13 ft Grain Header High-Cap 15 ft Grain Header High-Cap 17 ft Grain Header High-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Flex Header 20 ft 5 R with chopper 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper
8 4
Field
HEADERS
Road
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
Offset
Offset
Track
Overall Width
(A) = Allowed (X) = Only with H.D.A.S.A. (Y) = Only with fixed (HC)
8 5
Grain Header High-Cap 15 ft Grain Header High-Cap 17 ft Grain Header High-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Grain Header High-Cap 24 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 24 ft
Field
Grain Header Varifeed 24 ft Flex Header 20 ft Flex Header 25 ft 5 R with chopper 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper 8 R Flipup no chopper 8 R Flipup with chopper
HEADERS
6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper 8 R Flipup no chopper 8 R Flipup with chopper No header
Road (20 km/h)
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
Offset
Offset
Track Overall Width
Grain Header High-Cap 15 ft Grain Header High-Cap 17 ft Grain Header High-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Grain Header High-Cap 24 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 24 ft
Field
Grain Header Varifeed 24 ft Flex Header 20 ft Flex Header 25 ft 5 R with chopper 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper 8 R Flipup no chopper 8 R Flipup with chopper
8 6
HEADERS
Road (25 km/h)
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
Offset
Offset
Track Overall Width
8 7
Grain Header High-Cap 15 ft Grain Header High-Cap 17 ft Grain Header High-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Extra-Cap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Grain Header High-Cap 24 ft
Field
Grain Header Extra-Cap 24 ft Grain Header Varifeed 24 ft Flex Header 20 ft Flex Header 25 ft 5 R with chopper 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper 8 R Flipup no chopper 8 R Flipup with chopper
HEADERS
Road (30 km/h)
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
Fixed steering axle (Low center) Fixed steering axle (High center) Powered Rear Axle 2
Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle
Offset
Offset
Track Overall Width
Grain Header HighCap 17 ft Grain Header HighCap 20 ft Grain Header ExtraCap 20 ft Grain Header Varifeed 20 ft Grain Header HighCap 24 ft Grain Header ExtraCap 24 ft Grain Header Varifeed 24 ft Grain Header HighCap 30 ft Grain Header ExtraCap 30 ft Grain Header Varifeed 30 ft Flex Header 20 ft Flex Header 25 ft 6 R Rigid with chopper 6 R Flip-up no chopper 6 R Flip-up with chopper 8 R Flipup no chopper 8 R Flipup with chopper
8 8
Field (10 km/h) Road (20 km/h)
HEADERS
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
Offset Track Overall Width
(A) = Allowed
8 9
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (25 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
810
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (30 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
811
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (20 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
812
HEADERS
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
813
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (30 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
Powered Rear Axle 2
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING TYRES
Fixed steering axle (low center) Fixed steering axle (High center)
(free) (free)
(free) (free)
Offset
(A) = Allowed
814
HEADERS
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Fixed steering axle (low center)
Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle Powered Rear Axle 2 Fixed steering axle (High center)
Offset
(A) = Allowed
815
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (25 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Fixed steering axle (low center) Fixed steering axle (High center) Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle Powered Rear Axle 2
Offset
(A) = Allowed
816
HEADERS
STEERING TYRES
STEERING AXLES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
817
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (20 km/h)
STEERING AXLES
Powered Rear Axle 2
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Fixed steering axle (low center)
(free) (free) (free)
(free)
Fixed steering axle (High center)
Offset
(A) = Allowed
818
HEADERS
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
819
Field (10 km/h)
HEADERS
Road (30 km/h)
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
Offset
Offset
Track Overall Width
(A) = Allowed
Grain header 20 ft (72C) Grain header 25 ft (72C) Grain header 30 ft (72C) Flex header 20 ft (74C) Flex header 25 ft (74C) Flex header 30 ft (74C) Rice draper 21 ft (92C) Rice draper 25 ft (92C) Grain draper 25 ft (94C) Grain draper 30 ft (94C) Grain draper 36 ft (94C) 6 R 30 maize header (98C) 6 R 36/38 maize header (98C) 8 R 30 maize header (98C) 8 R 36/38 maize header (98C)
No header
Road
No header
No header
820
Field
HEADERS
STEERING AXLES
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle Powered Rear Axle 2
Offset
(A) = Allowed
821
Grain header 20 ft (72C) Grain header 25 ft (72C) Grain header 30 ft (72C) Flex header 20 ft (74C) Flex header 25 ft (74C) Flex header 30 ft (74C) Rice draper 21 ft (92C) Rice draper 25 ft (92C) Grain draper 25 ft (94C) Grain draper 30 ft (94C) Grain draper 36 ft (94C) Grain draper 39 ft (94C) Grain draper 42 ft (94C) 6 R 30 maize header (98C) 6 R 36/38 maize header (98C) 8 R 30 maize header (98C) 8 R 36/38 maize header (98C) 12 R 20/22 maize header (98C)
Field
HEADERS
No header
No header
Road
No header
STEERING TYRES
TRACTION TYRES
STEERING AXLES
Offset
(A) = Allowed
Grain header 20 ft (72C) Grain header 25 ft (72C) Grain header 30 ft (72C) Flex header 20 ft (74C) Flex header 25 ft (74C) Flex header 30 ft (74C) Rice draper 21 ft (92C) Rice draper 25 ft (92C) Grain draper 25 ft (94C) Grain draper 30 ft (94C) Grain draper 36 ft (94C) Grain draper 39 ft (94C) Grain draper 42 ft (94C) 6 R 30 maize header (98C) 6 R 36/38 maize header (98C) 8 R 30 maize header (98C) 8 R 36/38 maize header (98C) 12 R 20/22 maize header (98C)
No header
No header
No header
822
Field Road
HEADERS
STEERING TYRES
STEERING AXLES
TRACTION TYRES
Offset
Offset
Track Overall Width
(A) = Allowed
TECHNICAL DATA
CX8030 HEADER (Europe) Grain header - High-Capacity 13 15 17 20 ft 13 15 17 20 24 ft 15 17 20 24 ft 20 24 ft 17 20 24 30 ft CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
- Extra-Capacity - Varifeedt Cutting height (tyres 800/65 R32) Flex header Maize header
20 24 30 ft
350 mm / + 1550 mm (13-3/4/ + 61-3/128) (with lateral flotation and front face adjustment) 20 ft 5 row (rigid) / 6 row (rigid+flip-up) All types 20 25 ft 6 8 row (rigid + flip-up)
HEADER (Australia) Grain header (72C) Flex header (74C) Maize header (98C) Windrow pick-up (76C) Grain draper (94C) Rice draper (92C) STRAW ELEVATOR Type Straw elevator width Cradle width Header hooks width Top shaft speed (*) Lower shaft speed (*) Number of chains Number of slats Type of slats Protection Drive line (belt) Lateral flotation Header lift cylinders (diameter) Optional header lift cylinders (diameter) Reverser system Stone trap Intermediate plate covers (If equipped) 2 63 mm (2-1/2) 70 mm (2-3/4) 75 mm (2-15/16) 2 x 2 HB 3 30 S-slats Spring-loaded slip clutch set at 600 Nm (443 ft.lbs) 2 x 2 HB (Grain) / 1 x 4 HB (Maize) 3 20 63 mm (2-1/2) Hydraulic Pivotable 3 70 mm (2-3/4) 75 mm (2-15/16) Lateral flotation Lateral flotation or Lateral flotation with front face adjustment 1574 mm (61-31/32) 1885 mm (74 -1/4) 2084 mm (82-3/64) 357 rpm 546 rpm 4 45 25 30 ft 21 25 ft 25 30 ft 25 30 ft 30 ft 30 ft 14 ft 30-36-39 ft 25 ft 36 39 ft 8 row
6 8 row
1314 mm (51-3/4)
823
(*) high idle (no load)
CX8030 THRESHING DRUM Drum speed (*) Speed control Speed read-out Drum drive Variator drive Drum type Standard / Universal drum with bars Drum diameter Drum width Number of bars Universal drum with teeth Drum diameter Drum width Number of bars Tooth spacing Number of teeth: 56 mm (2-13/64) Number of teeth: 84 mm (3-5/16) 5 x 22 + 5 x 23 10 x 15 1300 mm (51-3/16) 5 x 2 = 10 56 or 84 mm (2-13/64 or 3-5/16) 10 x 27 10 x 18 750 mm (29-17/32) 1560 mm (61-1/2) 1300 mm (51-3/16) 5 x 2 = 10 750 mm (29-17/32) 1560 mm (61-1/2) 305 rpm to 905 rpm Electrical IntelliViewt ll 3 HB 71 x 30 mm (2-51/64 x 1-3/16) Standard / Universal with bars / Universal with teeth CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
DRUM CONCAVE Concave width Setting Read out Fine adjustment Concave options (Europe) Concave options (Not for Europe) 1320 mm (51-31/32) Electrical IntelliViewt ll At suspension points Small Grain (SG) / Corn / Rice Heavy Duty Moderate / Heavy Duty Universal / Grass seed 1580 mm (62-13/64)
824
CX8030 Small grain concave Wrap angle Concave area Number of bars Distance between wires Wire diameter De-awning plates Heavy Duty Moderate Wrap angle Concave area Number of bars Distance between wires Wire diameter Maize concave Wrap angle Concave area Number of bars Distance between wires Wire diameter Heavy Duty Universal Wrap angle Concave area Number of bars Distance between wires Wire diameter Rice concave Wrap angle Concave area Number of bars Number of teeth (56mm) (2-13/64) Number of teeth (84mm) ( 3-5/16) 68 45 0.98 m2 (1519 sq. in) 4 81 54 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq.in) 0.98 m2 (1519 sq. in) 12 26 mm (1-3/128) 6 mm (1/4) Not for Europe 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq. in) 16 14 mm (9/16) 3.5 mm (9/64) 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq. in) 0.98 m2 (1519 sq. in) 16 14 mm (9/16) 3.5 mm (9/64) 2 (fitted to concave) adjustment from the inside Not for Europe 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq. in) 16 14 mm (9/16) 3.5 mm (9/64) 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq. in) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
825
CX8030 Grass seed concave Wrap angle Concave area Number of teeth (56mm) (2-13/64) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 Not for Europe 111 1.18 m2 (1829 sq.in) 106 CX8090
BEATER Drive Speed (*) Width Diameter Blades Pins BEATER CONCAVE Wrap angle Number of bars Width Concave area Distance between wires Wire diameter Setting 1320 mm (51-31/32) 0.24 m2 (372 sq. in) 32 mm (1-1/4) 6 mm (1/4) Mechanical (2 settings: up and down) 26 5 1580 mm (62-13/64) 0.29 m2 (449 sq. in) 1300 mm (51-3/16) 475 mm (18-45/64) 8 8 (Optional) 1 HC Same as drum speed 1560 mm (61-1/2)
ROTARY SEPARATOR Drive Speed (*) Width Diameter Number of teeth 12 x 7 1300 mm (51-3/16) 720 mm (28-11/32) 6x8+6x9 2 HB 387 or 700 rpm 1560 mm (61-1/2)
826
CX8030 ROTARY SEPARATOR CONCAVE Wrap angle Number of bars Width Concave area Distance between wires Wire diameter Setting 1320 mm (51-31/32) 0.78 m2 (1209 sq. in) 32 mm (1-1/4) 6 mm (1/4) Mechanical (2 settings: up and down) 95.5 14 1580 mm (62-13/64) 0.93 m2 (1442 sq. in) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
STRAW FLOWt BEATER Drive Speed (*) Width Diameter Number of plates 1300 mm (51-3/16) 315 mm (12-13/32) 4 4 HB 1144 rpm 1560 mm (61-1/2)
STRAW WALKERS Drive Speed (*) Width Number Number of steps Length Separation area 4.94 m2 (7657 sq. in) 1320 mm (51-31/32) 5 5 3670 mm (144-1/2) 5.93 m2 (9192 sq. in) 1 HB 215 rpm 1580 mm (62-13/64) 6
827
CX8030 CLEANING SHOE Grain pan Frame width Cleaning shoe Drive Speed (*) Upper shaker shoe Horizontal stroke Throwing angle - Front - Rear 27 27 45 mm (1-3/4) Fixed 1320 mm (51-31/32) 1 HC 513 rpm or 580 rpm Removable or fixed 1580 mm (62-13/64) Self Levelling (SL) or Fixed Shoe (FS) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
Grain pan width Grain pan length Grain pan + rake surface Pre-sieve width Pre-sieve length Pre-sieve area (with rake) Upper sieve width Upper sieve length Upper sieve area Upper sieve positions Upper sieve grate surface Upper sieve graepel surface
1320 mm (51-31/32) 2.284 m2 (3540 sq.i in) 1320 mm (51-31/32) 1.190 m2 (1845 sq. in) 1320 mm (51-31/32) 1.908 m2 (2957 sq. in) 2 0.198 m2
(307 sq. in)
1580 mm (62-13/64) 1730 mm (68-1/8) 2.733 m2 (4236 sq. in) 1580 mm (62-13/64) 901 mm (35-15/32) 1.424 m2 (2207 sq. in) 2 x 790 mm (2 x 31-13/128) 1445 mm (56-7/8) 2.284 m2 (3540 sq. in)
0.237 m2 0.253 m2
(367 sq. in)
0.211 m2 (327 sq. in)
(392 sq. in)
Lower shaker shoe Horizontal stroke Throwing angle Lower sieve length Lower sieve width Lower sieve area Lower sieve position Total sieve area under wind control 5.4 m2 (8370 sq. in) 1320 mm (51-31/32) 1.908 m2 (2957 sq. in) 1 6.5 m2 (10075 sq.in) 40 mm (1-1/2) 15 1445 mm (56-7/8) 2 x 790 mm (2 x 31-13/128) 2.284 m2 (3540 sq. in)
(*) high idle (no load) 828
CX8030 CLEANING FAN Drive Speed (standard) variator (*) Fan speed reducer (*) Speed control Read out Number of blades Variator belt over eccentric shaft 475 rpm to 900 rpm 210 rpm to 495 rpm Electric IntelliViewt ll 6 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
RETURN SYSTEM Return type Returns Cross auger and roto-thresher (*) Returns auger speed (*) Single 760 rpm 570 rpm Cross auger + roto-thresher Double
GRAIN TANK, UNLOAD Grain tank capacity with covers - Grain tank width: 3 m - Grain tank width: 3.3 m Grain tank capacity with extensions - Grain tank width: 3.3 m Unloading concept Unloading rate Unloading tube length Unloading tube extension kit Unloading auger swivel reach 10220 litres 286 US bu Over the top unloading 110 litres/s 3.12 Bu/s 5.5 m (18 ft) 0.9 m (3 ft) 105 11620 litres 325.4 US bu 7600 litres 213 US bu 9000 litres 252 US bu 10500 litres 294 US bu
829
CX8030 ENGINE Type Gross power @ 2100 rpm (ISO TR14396) Maximum power @ 2000 rpm Governor Rated speed Low idle speed High idle speed Cylinder displacement Bore Stroke Waterpump speed Ventilator speed Crankcase capacity (with filters) Battery Alternator type Alternator speed Starter motor Air compressor speed Fuel tank Rotary screen speed Air conditioning compressor 3036 rpm 6409 rpm 3 kW (12 Volt) 2160 rpm 500 litres (132 US gal) 16 litres (4.23 US gal) 6700 cc 104 mm (4 - 3/32) 132 mm (5 - 3/16) 4084 rpm NewHolland (**) 177 kW (241 CV) 178 kW (242 CV) 210 kW (286 CV) 234 kW (318 CV) 240 kW (326 CV) 268 kW (364 CV) Iveco - Cursor 9 220 kW (299 CV) 245 kW (333 CV) Electronically 2100 rpm 1000 rpm 2100 rpm 8700 cc 117 mm (4 - 5/8) 135 mm (5 - 5/16) 3444 rpm 1530 rpm 24 Litres (6.34 US gal) 2 x 12V 92 Ah 190 Ampre (12 Volt) 6090 rpm 4.5 kW (24 Volt) 2373 rpm 750 litres (198 US gal) 282 rpm 3150 rpm 3444 rpm 2856 rpm 1000 litres (264 US gal) 6531 rpm 10300 cc 125 mm (4 - 59/64) 140 mm (5 - 1/2) 3906 rpm 1835 rpm 29 litres (7.7 US gal) 240 kW (326 CV) 268 kW (364 CV) 260 kW (354 CV) 290 kW (394 CV) Iveco Cursor 10 298 kW (405 CV) 335 kW (455 CV) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
(**) developped by CNH Engine Corporation

STRAW CHOPPER & SPREADER Speed (*) Rotor type Number of rotor knives - 4-row - 6-row Number of counterknives Spread board Chaff blower drive 56 76 28 8 fin Hydro 68 88 33 10 fin 1200 or 3500 rpm 4-row / 6-row
(*) high idle (no load) 830
CX8030 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Reservoir capacity Pump capacity Maximum pressure Steering valve Maximum pressure Shock valve setting 185 bar (2683 PSI) 235 255 bar (not for NA) (3409 3699 PSI) 50 litres (13 US gal) 0 114 l/min. 210 bar (3046 PSI) CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Pump capacity 100 cc/rev. 110 cc/rev. 130 cc/rev. 130 cc/rev. 165 cc/rev. (*)
Motor capacity (*) Only for Germany 30 km/h: 165 cc CAB Operator seat Instructional seat Storage box Air conditioning Heating Powered heated mirrors Wipers TRACTION Traction gearbox Transmission Oil capacity Differential Eur./NA Ground speed (Maximum forward) 1st gear (full load) 2nd gear (full load) 3rd gear (full load) 4th gear (full load) Steering axle 6.7 km/h (4.16 mph) 12.2 km/h (7.6 mph) 15.8 km/h (9.82 mph) 18/71 Medium I No No Manual
100 cc/rev.
130 cc/rev.
Standard or air-suspensed seat Deluxe Standard Manual / Automatic No No Manual Deluxe Optional Manual / Automatic
Standard (integrated in air conditioning system) Standard Big wiper system
Medium II 4 speed hydrostatic 19 litres (5 US gal) 16/71 (On tyres 800/65 R32172 A8DT822) 6.6 km/h (4.1 mph) 11.9 km/h (7.4 mph) 15.5 km/h (9.63 mph) Maximum permissible ground speed
High
20/61
6.7 km/h (4.16 mph) 12.2 km/h (7.6 mph) 15.8 km/h (9.82 mph)
HD fixed (Low or High center) / HD adjustable (H.D.A.S.A.) / Powered (P.R.A.)
831
CX8030 FINAL DRIVES Type Mud seal Ratio Oil capacity 7.2 litres 1.9 US gal No Standard Optional 11/111 7.85 litres 2.07 US gal Heavy Duty No Planetary Optional 1/13.09 6.7 litres 1.77 US gal CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090
WEIGHT With grain tank covers () Self levelling cleaning shoe - Fixed steering axle - HDASA - PRA Fixed cleaning shoe - Fixed steering axle - HDASA - PRA 13560 kg 29894 lbs 13720 kg 30247 lbs 13970 kg 30798 lbs 13960 kg 30776 lbs 14120 kg 31129 lbs 14370 kg 31680 lbs 14160 kg 31217 lbs 14320 kg 31569 lbs 14570 kg 32121 lbs 14880 kg 32804 lbs 15040 kg 33157 lbs 15290 kg 33708 lbs 15270 kg 33664 lbs 15430 kg 34017 lbs 15680 kg 34568 lbs 15590 kg 34369 lbs 15750 kg 34722 lbs 16000 kg 35273 lbs 13760 kg 30335 lbs 13920 kg 30688 lbs 14170 kg 31239 lbs 14160 kg 31217 lbs 14320 kg 31569 lbs 14570 kg 32121 lbs 14360 kg 31658 lbs 14520 kg 32010 lbs 14770 kg 32562 lbs 15080 kg 33245 lbs 15240 kg 33598 lbs 15490 kg 34149 lbs 15470 kg 34105 lbs 15630 kg 34457 lbs 15880 kg 35009 lbs 15790 kg 34810 lbs 15950 kg 35162 lbs 16200 kg 35714 lbs
With grain tank extensions () Self levelling cleaning shoe - Fixed steering axle - H.D.A.S.A. - P.R.A. Fixed cleaning shoe - Fixed steering axle - H.D.A.S.A. - P.R.A. 14780 kg 32584 lbs 14940 kg 32936 lbs 15190 kg 33487 lbs 15170 kg 33443 lbs 15330 kg 33796 lbs 15580 kg 34347 lbs 15490 kg 34149 lbs 15650 kg 34502 lbs 15900 kg 35053 lbs 14980 kg 33024 lbs 15140 kg 33377 lbs 15390 kg 33928 lbs 15370 kg 33884 lbs 15530 kg 34237 lbs 15780 kg 34788 lbs 15690 kg 34590 lbs 15850 kg 34942 lbs 16100 kg 35494 lbs
(): configuration Without header Empty grain tank With straw chopper Without chaff blower Traction tyres 800/65R32 Steering tyres 460/70R24 Full fuel tank 832
DIMENSIONS
TRACTION TYRES 620/75 R34170A8DT820 650/75 R32172A8DT822 710/75 R34178A8MegaXBib 800/65 R32172A8DT822 800/65 R32172A8XM28 900/60 R32176A8DT830 1050/50 R32178A8MegaXbi Tracks
A 3.93 m (154-3/4) 3.92 m (154-21/64) 3.96 m (155-28/64) 3.92 m (154-21/64) 3.92 m (154-21/64) 3.96 m (155-28/64) 3.98 m (156-11/16) 4.07 m (160-1/4)
B 0.58 m (23) 0.57 m (22-1/2) 0.61 m (24-1/64) 0.57 m (22-1/2) 0.57 m (22-1/2) 0.61 m (24-1/64) 0.62 m (24-1/4) 0.72 m (28-11/32)
F1 = Straw elevator with lateral flotation and front face adjustment F2 = Straw elevator with lateral flotation BC = Fixed trailer hitch H = Unloading tube 5.5 m (18 ft) with extension 0.9 m (3 ft)
833
SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS Powered Rear Axle in the front position

C D E F1 F2 G H 0.88 m (34-5/8) 2.70 m (106-19/64) 3.64 m (143-5/16) 2.55 m (100-3/8) 2.51 m (98-3/16) 2.86 m (112-19/32) 3.78 m (148-13/16)
Powered Rear Axle in the rear position

C D E F1 F2 G H 0.85 m (33-1/2) 2.66 m (104-3/4) 3.67 m (144-1/2) 2.55 m (100-3/8) 2.51 m (98-13/16) 2.82 m (111-3/128) 3.74 m (147-1/4)
Fixed Steering axle Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle in the front position
C D E F1 F2 G H 0.79 m (31-13/128) 2.6m (102-3/8) 3.73 m (146-109/128) 2.55 m (100-3/8) 2.51 m (98-13/16) 2.77 m (109-1/16) 3.69 m (145-1/4)
Heavy Duty Adjustable Steering Axle in the rear position

C D E F1 F2 G H 0.76 m (29-59/64) 2.57m (101-3/16) 3.76 m (148-1/32) 2.55 m (100-3/8) 2.51 m (98-13/16) 2.73 m (107-1/2) 3.65 m (143-45/64)
834
DIMENSION I (3)
3 m (9.8 ft) grain tank 5.5 m (18 ft) 6.4 m (21 ft) 4.01 m (13.1 ft) 3.70 m (12.1 ft) 3.40 m (11.1 ft) 2.94 m (9.6 ft) 2.30 m (7.6 ft) 1.42 m (4.6 ft) 4.88 m (16 ft) 4.57 m (15 ft) 4.27 m (14 ft) 3.81 m (12.5 ft) 3.20 m (10.5 ft) 2.28 m (7.5 ft) 3.3 m (10.8 ft) grain tank 5.5 m (18 ft) 6.4 m (21 ft) 4.16 m (13.6 ft) 3.85 m (12.6 ft) 3.55 m (11.6 ft) 3.09 m (10.1 ft) 2.48 m (8.1 ft) 1.57 m (5.1 ft) 5.03 m (16.5 ft) 4.72 m (15.5 ft) 4.42 m (14.5 ft) 3.96 m (13 ft) 3.35 m (11 ft) 2.43 m (8 ft)
Header 13 ft 15 ft 17 ft 20 ft 24 ft 30 ft
(3)
Unloading tube maximum open
835
DIMENSION J (3)
Unloading tube length 5.5 m (18 ft) 6.4 m (21 ft) 4.37 m (14.3 ft) 4.63 m (15.2 ft) 4.37 m (14.3 ft) 4.62 m (15.2 ft) 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.66 m (15.3 ft) 4.36 m (14.3 ft) 4.62 m (15.2 ft) 4.36 m (14.3 ft) 4.62 m (15.2 ft) 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.66 m (15.3 ft) 4.42 m (14.5 ft) 4.68 m (15.3 ft) 4.52 m (14.8 ft) 4.78 m (15.7 ft)
TRACTION TYRES 620/75 R34170A8DT820 650/75 R32172A8DT822 710/75 R34178A8MegaXBib 800/65 R32172A8DT822 800/65 R32172A8XM28 900/60 R32176A8DT830 1050/50 R32178A8MegaXbi Tracks
(3)
DIMENSION K (4)
Grain tank width 3m TRACTION TYRES 620/75 R34170A8DT820 650/75 R32172A8DT822 710/75 R34178A8MegaXBib 800/65 R32172A8DT822 800/65 R32172A8XM28 900/60 R32176A8DT830 1050/50 R32178A8MegaXbi Tracks
(4)
3m CX8040-CX8050 CX8060-CX8070 4.64 m (15.2 ft) 4.63 m (15.2 ft) 4.67 m (15.3 ft) 4.63 m (15.2 ft) 4.63 m (15.2 ft) 4.67 m (15.3 ft) 4.68 m (15.4 ft) 4.78 m (14.8 ft)
3.3m CX8070 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.45 m (14.6 ft) 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.40 m (14.4 ft) 4.45 m (14.6 ft) 4.45 m (14.6 ft) 4.55 m (14.9 ft)
3.3m CX8080CX8090 4.71 m (15.5 ft) 4.70 m (15.4 ft) 4.74 m (15.6 ft) 4.70 m (15.4 ft) 4.70 m (15.4 ft) 4.74 m (15.6 ft) 4.75 m (15.6 ft) 4.85 m (15.9 ft)
CX8030 4.38 m (14.4 ft) 4.37 m (14.3 ft) 4.41 m (14.5 ft) 4.37 m (14.3 ft) 4.37 m (14.3 ft) 4.41 m (14.5 ft) 4.43 m (14.5 ft) 4.52 m (14.8 ft)
Grain tank covers completely open
DIMENSION L (3)
Unloading tube length 5.5 m (18 ft) 6.4 m (21 ft) 5.32 m (14.3 ft) 5.58 m (15.2 ft) 5.32 m (17.5 ft) 5.57 m (18.3 ft) 5.36 m (17.6 ft) 5.62 m (18.4 ft) 5.31 m (17.4 ft) 5.57 m (18.3 ft) 5.35 m (17.6 ft) 5.61 m (18.4 ft) 5.37 m (17.6 ft) 5.63 m (18.5 ft) 5.47 m (18.0 ft) 5.73 m (18.8 ft)
TRACTION TYRES 620/75 R34170A8DT820 650/75 R32172A8DT822 710/70 R38171A8DT820 800/65 R32172A8DT822 900/60 R32176A8DT830 1050/50 R32178A8MegaXbi Tracks
(3)
836
COUNTERWEIGHTS
For some attachments, counterweights are a legal requirement to ensure a safe road transport. Available counterweights (as accessory) Frame counterweights (to be attached to the rear frame): 35 kg/element (77.2 lbs)
Steering wheel counterweights (to be installed on the steering wheel rim): 20 kg/element (44.1 lbs)
837
Ballast requirements if a straw chopper is installed H.D.A.S.A. 20 ft flip-up grain header or 6 row flip-up (*) CX8090 CX8080 CX8060 CX8050 CX8040 10 x 35 kg (350 kg) CX8030 18 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg (1030 kg) 4 x 35 kg (140 kg) 18 x 35 kg+10 x 20 kg (830 kg) No counterweights CX8070 needed 16 x 35 kg (560 kg) No counterweights needed 10 x 35 kg (350 kg) 8 row flip-up (*) Powered Rear Axle 20 ft flip-up grain header or 6 row flip-up (*) 8 row flip-up (*)
(*) : Maize header with stalk chopper Remark: If other mounted header attachments than mentioned in the table: Add weights and make always sure that there is a weight of at least 4700 kg on the steering axle. Liquid ballast, based on water/calcium chloride solution up to 15 C . (Not valid for Germany, Italy nor Scandinavian countries) Do not use liquid weight (ballast) in wheels as this is not recommended and forbidden practice in some countries. A minimum liquid filling of at least 366 kg is needed, then other additional ballast weights are not needed for the following combinations: CX8030 - CX8040 - CX8050 equipped with P.R.A. or H.D.A.S.A., straw chopper and with a 6-row flip-up maize header. CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090 equipped with P.R.A., straw chopper and with a 8-row flip-up maize header.
CAUTION
838
For other combinations, refer to tables below. CX8030 - CX8040 - CX8050 with straw chopper and 8-row flip-up maize header H.D.A.S.A. Steering tyres 14.9 x 24 460/70 R24 540/65 R24 480/70 R30 540/65 R30 600/65 R28 18.4 R30 620/75 R26 Liquid ballast weight per set tyres 366 kg 462 kg 616 kg 636 kg 712 kg 828 kg 710 kg 1010 kg Additional weights required (in addition to liquid ballast) 8 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 4 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 2 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 2 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 20 x 20 kg 16 x 20 kg 20 x 20 kg 6 x 20 kg Powered Rear Axle Additional weights required (in addition to liquid ballast) 8 x 35 kg+6 x 20 kg 4 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 2 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 2 x 35 kg+20 x 20 kg 8 x 20 kg 4 x 20 kg 8 x 20 kg No counter weights needed
CX8060 - CX8070 - CX8080 - CX8090 with straw chopper and 8-row flip-up maize header H.D.A.S.A. Steering tyres 14.9 x 24 460/70 R24 540/65 R24 480/70 R30 540/65 R30 600/65 R28 18.4 R30 620/75 R26 Liquid ballast weight per set tyres 366 kg 462 kg 616 kg 636 kg 712 kg 828 kg 710 kg 1010 kg Additional weights required (in addition to liquid ballast) 6 x 35 kg (210 kg) 6 x 35 kg (210 kg) No counter weights needed No counter weights needed No counter weights needed No counter weights needed No counter weights needed No counter weights needed
Remark: If other mounted header attachments than mentioned in the tables: Add weights and make always sure that there is a weight of at least 4700 kg on the steering axle.
839
840
SECTION 9 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS

CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED (CUSTOMER COPY)
1. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service . . . j 2. Check wheel nut and torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 3. Check steering ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 4. Check and clean air conditioning condensor j 5. Check and clean air conditioning evaporator j 6. Check air conditioning filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . j 7. Check tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 8. Check drum concave setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 9. Check electrolyte level in batteries . . . . . . . . j 10. Check engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 11. Check engine gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . j 12. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level . . . . . . . j 13. Check all chain and belt tensions . . . . . . . . . . j 14. Lubricate all chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 15. Check coolant level (shunt tank) . . . . . . . . . . j 16. Check brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 17. Clean cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 18. Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 19. Clean stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 20. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/ water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 21. Check the tension of the grain elevator chain j
THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE
COMBINE MODEL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMBINE SERIAL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 1
9 2
SECTION 9 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED (DEALER COPY)
1. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service . . . j 2. Check wheel nut and torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 3. Check steering ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 4. Check and clean air conditioning condensor j 5. Check and clean air conditioning evaporator j 6. Check air conditioning filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . j 7. Check tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 8. Check drum concave setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 9. Check electrolyte level in batteries . . . . . . . . j 10. Check engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 11. Check engine gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . j 12. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level . . . . . . . j 13. Check all chain and belt tensions . . . . . . . . . . j 14. Lubricate all chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 15. Check coolant level (shunt tank) . . . . . . . . . . j 16. Check brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 17. Clean cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 18. Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 19. Clean stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 20. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/ water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j 21. Check the tension of the grain elevator chain j
THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE
COMBINE MODEL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMBINE SERIAL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 3
9 4
INDEX
CHECK THE ENTIRE INDEX
INDEX
A
Air reservoir specification Antidust plate Abbreviations Access to machine components Accumulator ACS Setup Additional mirror for Germany Adjustable upper sieve 15/8 and 11/8 Adjustment of the dimmed lights Adjustment of the side lights Air compressor Air conditioning Air conditioning drive belt (CNH engine) Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8040CX8050CX8060CX8070 CX8070CX8080) Air conditioning compressor drive belt (CX8090) Air filter sensor Air intake system Airborne Noise Emission Alternator Alternator drive belt (Iveco engine) Alternator, waterpump and air conditioning compressor drive belt (CNH engine) Apply Calibration (not used) Attaching a trailer Attaching the header Attachment Compatibility Audible alarm Auto Guidance Ready kit 4120 343, 471 246 135 252 272 144 710 146 147 4119, 717 4116 468
Auto header lift Auto reelspeed slope Autofloatt Automatic Crop Settings Automatic engine shutoff Automatic rotation trailer hitch Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Autopilot gain Autopilot type Axial position of the steering axle Axle extensions kit
254 254 254 271 282 392, 724 226 253 253 486 715
B
Battery warning Beater drive belt Brake fluid level Bubbleup drive chain Backlight Baffle plate Base unit Batteries Beater Beater blades Beater pins Beater wear plates Before driving the combine Bleeding the fuel system Brake limitation valve Brake system Bubble up sensor Bubbleup gearbox Buzzer (if installed) 116 460 451 465 247 388 1 1 4112 355 355, 75 355, 75 75 3 1 427 253 451 257 448 142
468 468 251 431 118 4114 468
468 275 151 320 152 282 722
INDEX
C
Chopper front drive belt Chopper rear drive belt Chopping cereals Chopping maize Cleaning Cleaning fan Cleaning fan variator drive belt Cleaning shoe Climate control Compensation mode Coolant change Coolant level Coolant specification Coolant system capacity Counter knives Cab air filter Cab and Controls Cab heating Cab roof controls Cab/Climate control Calibration Calibration error list Calibration of the multifunction handle Calibrations CAN status Cereals threshing rebuild kit Chaff blower Chaff blower / spreader Chaff spreader Chains Clean grain Info Clean grain Setup Cleaning Info Cleaning Setup Cleaning system Cleaning width Closz upper sieve (15/8) Clutch temp sensor Combine class Combine Control Module 2 461 462 383 384 472 370 464 359 224 325 420 420 422 422 387 4115 2 1 718 219 4115 276, 277 515 278 276 260 7 6 389, 713 258 391, 713 449 266 257 265 257 359 257 710 256 251 4111
Combine info Combine model Combine Setup Combine type Concave clearance Concave type Condenser Control panel of the manual controller Coolant heater Corn Cob Mix kit Corn header bottom plate Counterweights Counterweights support frame Country code Crankcase breathing system (only CX8090) Crop Calibration Crop distribution kit Crop settings Crop Setup Current Layout Current Vehicle Cutting type
263 251 251 251 345 256 4117 225 717 711 254 837 725 251 419 281 71 310 281 249 247 255
D
Deawning plates Drive belts and chains Lefthand side Drive belts and chains Righthand side Drum and concave Drum and concave type of use Drum drive belt Drum variator drive belt Daily Startup procedure Data Management Date Format Day Day/Night Deawning slats Delete Deluxe lighting 354 454 456 343 346 459 459 3 2 274 248 247 247 74 275 252
INDEX
Detaching the header Diagnostic Diesel fuel Differential gear Differential lock Dimensions Display Mode Display Setup Display Volume Draper header (92C/94C) Drive belts Engine compartment Driveline Info Driveline Setup Driving the combine Drum blockage Drum speed Dual range 4WD 322 260 115 253 35 833 248 247 248 1 4 457 264 253 3 3 344 344 253 Engine sump and filter capacity Engine type Escape key Extended sieve dividers 418 251 237 711
F
Filling the fuel tank Filterdrier Fire extinguisher Fluid change Fluid specification Foot brakes Fresh air intake grill Fuel level Fuel prefilter/water separator Fuel specification Fuel storage Fuel tank capacity Fuses and relays 423 4118 145 451 451 481 4117 423 425 424 424 424 4106 78 261 265 256 469 274 444 253 726 461 460 13 327 719 259 716 725 470 426 423 251 3
E
Engaging of the straw chopper Engine fan drive belt Edge guidance antenna mounting kit Edge guidance sensor Electrical Info Electrical Setup Electrical system Electromagnetic Compatibility Emergency braking Emergency exit Emergency stop EndOfSeason Service Engine Engine boost Engine brake Engine cooling system Engine gearbox Engine hours Engine Info Engine model Engine Setup Engine speed alarm 382 467 722 722 263 252 4106 118 253 21 34 6 1 12, 114, 414, 717 251 251 420 439 258 263 251 251 251
Fan bottom shield Fault Archive Feeder Info Feeder Setup Feeding Filter List Final drive gearboxes Final reduction ratio Fire extinguisher Fixed cleaning shoe drive belt Fixed cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt Flex header Flex header operation Flipup light kit Flow Delay Foldable ladder Frame counterweights Front Face Adjustment Fuel filter (CNH engine) Fuel system Fuel tank size
INDEX
G
Grain elevator chain Grain elevator drive chain Grain sample access Grain tank filling system Grain tank level sensor Grain tank sample Grain tank unloading auger Grain tank window Grainpan/ upper sieve distribution Grease interval Grease specification Gear shifting system Gearbox oil level sensor Gearbox sensor Gearbox valves Gearshifting General recommendations GPS Location GPS Receiver GPS Setup GPS Status Graepel sieve extension Grain Rice Flex header (71C/73C) Grain bin capacity Grain flow sensor Grain header Grain header road light kit Grain pan divider kit Grain storage Grain storage/Unloading Grain tank extensions Grain tank extensions with covers Grainbin beacon logic Graph Grass seed variator kit Grease fittings and intervals Grid heater Grid Lines 466 466 377 373 379 316 380 377 317 43 41 3 5 256 252 252 512 1 6 259 262 259 262 710 1 4 257 478, 721 13 7 2 7 9 474 373 378 378 257 262 7 8 41 251 248 Grain elevator intermediate shaft drive belt 463
H
Harvesting Header and straw elevator drive belt Header and straw elevator reversing system Header drive belt Header standard safety latch Harvest/ precision farming (pf) Setup Header Header alarm ring Header alarm status Header/straw elevator intermediate drive belt Header Height Controls Header Info Header lift cylinder kit Header lift cylinders Header offset Header Setup Header Setup 2 Header style Header trailer hitch Header type Header usage Header width HHC drop speed HHC raise speed HHC threshold pressure High fan speed kit Home key Home page Home screen area Hour How to obtain an idea on loss level Hydraulic and Hydrostatic system Hydraulic control valves Hydraulic equipment Hydraulic motor temp Hydraulic reel rebuild kit Hydraulics Info Hydraulics Setup Hydraulics type Hydro motor displacement Hydro pump displacement Hydromech hydrostat 36 463 335 463 141 258 320 255 255 462 323 264 7 3 254 255 254 255 254 724 255 255 255 254 254 254 717 237 244 245 247 319 433 437 482 253 7 1 264 252 252 253 253 256
INDEX
I
Intermediate plate Import In cab printer Inclinometer location Incremental keypad Indicator lights Input error messages Integral chopper Intellisteert Auto Guidance DGPS antenna mounting kit IntelliViewt II Monitor IntelliViewt Monitor Intended use Interface Level Intermediate roll Interval 336 274 718 257 240 252 242 258 722 235 238 11 247 469, 72 255
Light extension kit Lighting and Mirrors Limitation of the lateral float system Longitudinal inclination Loss Info Losses Lower sieve type Lubrication schedule
720 229 337 257 267 317 257 452
M
Main drive belt Maize concave Manual release of the hydraulic parking brake MultiFunction Handle Maintenance Maize concave Maize header Maize header (96C) Maize threshing equipment Maize threshing rebuild kit Max steering angle Maximum stubble height Min reel speed 459 345 511 214 112 77 13 1 3 7 6 77 255 254 254 247 474, 721 475 258 247 357
J
Jammer valve installed Jump starting 252 4112
K
Kill stall Keypad access Keypad selections Keypads 316 241 242 241
Minute Moisture sensor moisture sensor fin Moisture sensor type Month Multithresh system
L
level sensor Low speed fan variator kit Lower shaft adjustment Language Lateral float Lateral inclination Lefthand returns auger and returns cross auger drive belt Legal Obligations Lifting the combine 476 465 333 247 254 257 461 117 149
N
Narrowing plates NAV Calibration Nav Controller Nav II installed Navigation and input controls Navigation keypad Number Format Number of Windows 7 3 281 259 259 238 239 248 249
INDEX
O
Operating the attachments Operating the combine Operator Operator Setup Operators seat and Surroundings Option module CCM3 Ordering Parts/ Accessories Other components Overlap flip 111 110 248 248 22 251 62 232 255
Q
Quick access keypad 240
R
Recirculation filter Remote controlled divider plates Returns system Rotary dust screen drive belt Rotary separator drive belt Rotothreshers Rotor knives Ratio gear four 4117 386 371 467 462 473 387 253 719 253 254 254 254 327, 328 254 258 714 257 257 257 78 258 257 359 346 382 266 258 258 317 257 719
P
Parking brake Performance indicators Pivot axle Pivot points Parking brake PC software package Perforated covers Perforated straw elevator floor section Petersen 15/8 and 11/8 Pivot plate 127 mm Popup list access Popup list selections Popup lists Portable work light Powered rear axle Precision Farming Premium speakers Preseason Service Presieve Presieve HC 15/8 Product identification Profile setup Prohibited usage Protective Devices 481 316 472 450 3 4 720 712 7 2 710 716 243 243 243 720 715 268 718 63 364, 367 7 9 1 1 268 1 1 141
Rear revolving flash light Rear wheel assist Reel drive Reel foreback Reel horizontal position Reel to ground speed synchronization Reel vertical position Remote chop drop Remote deflectors control rebuild kit Remote extensions Remote grainbin covers Remote lower sieve Remote sieve control Remote spreader plates Remote upper sieve Removable grain pan Replacement of the drum concave Residue handling Residue Info Residue Setup Residue speed sensor Returns sample Returns type Revolving flash lights
INDEX
Rice concave Rice pins Rice threshing rebuild kit Righthand module Righthand returns auger drive belt Rotary dust screen and Cooling system Rotary dust screen brush Rotary dust screen interm. shaft drive belt Rotary encoder Rotary screen brush Rotary separator Rotation header trailer hitch Round hole sieve Round hole sieve frame Row spacing Rows in use Rpm Info Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4 Run 5 Run 6 Run Layout Run Screen Run Screens 345 74 7 7 2 8 464 430 717 467 236 251 356 724 7 9 7 9 255 255 266 269 269 269 270 270 270 249 249 269 Straw retarding curtain Straw walker drive belt Swathforming position Safety decals Safety decals (Australia) Safety guards Safety railing Safety Requirements Scrolling lists Selfleveling shoe Selflevelling cleaning shoe drive belt Selflevelling cleaning shoe intermediate shaft drive belt Separation Serial number Service Setup Setting of different types of concaves Settings Side hill weights Sieve installation Sieve loss sensitivity Sieve openings Sieve position Sieve removal Signal plates Signal plates for Italy Slip clutch SmartSteer t kit Smooth rotor thresher covers Soft key keypad 362, 472 345 385 385 337 458, 469 463 Specifications Speed limit forward Speed limit reverse Spreaders Stability Stainless steel curved louver maize upper sieve 358 461 388 119 128 144 143 117 243 257 460 460 355 251 258 353 261 7 1 367 257 362 364 364 143, 725 144, 726 469, 474 722 711 239 81 253 253 258 117 710
S
Sieves Small grain concave Spread pattern Straw chopper spreader chute Straw elevator bottom plate Straw elevator chain Straw elevator drive belt
INDEX
Start module Starting the engine Starting up the combine Status area Steering axle Steering axle height position Steering axle position Steering column Steering cylinder adjustment Steering platform extensions Steering tire radius Stone trap Stopping the combine Stopping the engine Straw chopper Straw chopper Straw chopper speed sensor Straw elevator Straw elevator drive Straw Flowt beater Straw hood chopper Straw walker raisers Straw walkers Stubble height and Autofloatt mode Summary Data 1 Summary Data 2 Sunflower cover plate Swathing rake 218 32 18 245 485 488 486 2 6 4105 716 253 342 111 3 3 714 382 258 333, 338 72 357 258 76 358 323 268 268 7 5 388 Threshing Setup Tie downs for shipping Time Format Tire radius Toein adjustment Tool to remove the concave Toolbox Total rows Towing the combine Track width position Tracks Tracks type Traction gearbox Transport mode Travelling on public roads 256 150 248 253 4103 74 247 255 148 489 483, 716 253 442 327 1 9
U
Unloading drive belt Unloading drive chain Unloading mechanism Undershield lighting kit Units Unload tube signal plate +light Unloading drive gearbox Unloading tube extension Unloading tube gearbox Unloading tube swing Upper sieve type 459 462 381 720 248 726 446 712 447 381 257
T
Threaded rods Types of sieves available Technical data Thresher loss sensitivity Threshing Threshing hours Threshing Info 450 369 823 256 343, 471 258 265
V
Vehicle Version Vertical covers on straw walkers Vertical knife electricity kit Vertical knives Vibration Level Information 236 260 7 6 75 254 118
INDEX
W
Wheel chock Waterpump drive belt (CNH Engine) Waterpump drive belt (Iveco engine) Wheel counterweights Wheel nuts torque Wheel spacer Wheels and tyres Wide fender Windscreen washer system Work width reset Working Settings Write to Card 142 468 468 725 81 716 81 726 718 255 273 259
Y
Year Yield / Moisture Yield mapping Yield monitoring package Yield sensor type Yield Setup 247 259 723 721 258 259
INDEX
10
CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM Belgium AFTER SALES Technical Information Print No. 87535550 1st Edition 07 2006
PRINTED IN BELGIUM COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V. All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved. All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
A new line of specially formulated Ambra-NH lubricants, based on own engineering specifications, is available from your NEW HOLLAND dealer. For this combine we recommend:
LUBRICANTS TO BE USED
ITEM
Servicing interval
Amount unit
NEW HOLLAND specification NH710A or NH720A
Lubricant grade
Grease zerks
10 h - 50 h 100 h - 200 h CX8030 16 litres (4.23 US gal) Check daily Change every 600h or annually
AMBRA GR9 or AMBRA GR75MD
NLGI 2
M1C 137-A M1C 75-B
Engine (sump with filter)
CX8040 CX8050 AMBRA CX8060 CX8070 MASTER GOLD CX8080 HSP 24 litres (6.34 US gal) CX8090 29 litres (7.7 US gal)
NH330H
SAE 15W40
API CH-4 or ACEA E3/E5
Hydraulic and Hydrostatic system (oil+filters)
Check daily Change after first 100h (filters only) every 600h or annually (oil+filters)
AMBRA 70 litres HYDROSYSTEM (18.5 US gal) 46 HV or AMBRA MULTI G
NH646H
HV 46
or NH410B
DIN 51524 PART 2 HV46 ISO VG46 or M2C 134D
Engine gearbox
Check daily 13 litres Change (3.5 US gal) after first 100h (filter only) every 600h or annually (oil+filter)
AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 HV or AMBRA MULTI G
NH646H
HV 46
DIN 51524 PART 2 HV46 ISO VG 46 or M2C 134D
or NH410B
ITEM
Servicing interval
Amount unit
NEW HOLLAND specification NH520A
Lubricant grade
Traction gearbox
Change after first 100h every 600h or annually
19 litres (5 US gal)
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Final drives: Standard Heavy duty Planetary Unloading drive gearbox
Change after first 100h
7.2 litres (1.9 US gal) every 600h or 7.85 litres (2.07 US gal) annually 6.7 litres (1.77 US gal) Change after first 100h
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
0.6 litres every 600h or (0.16 US gal) annually Check only after first 100h 0.3 litres every 600h or (0.08 US gal) annually Change after first 100h
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Unloading tube gearbox
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL-5 MILL2105D
Bubble-up gearbox
0.25 litres every 600h or (0.07 US gal) annually
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90 AMBRA HYPOIDE 90 AMBRA SYNTFLUID 4
NH520A
SAE 80W90
API GL5 MILL2105D API GL5 MILL2105D ISO 4925 or NHTSA 116DOT4
100h Chains Threaded rods 200h 200h Pivot points Brake system Check daily 0.825 litres Change every (0.21 US gal) two years CX8030 40 litres (10.6 US gal) Check daily Cooling system Change every years CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 two CX8080 46 litres (12.2 US gal)
NH520A
SAE 80W90
NH800A
SAE J 1703
50% AGRIFLU 50% water
NH900A
CX8090 50 litres (13.2 US gal)
Please cut out this picture and place it in the pocket adhered to the inner side of the fuse and relay panel cover.
Ref. to Print No. 1 st Edition English
87535550 07/06
Fuse n_ F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36 F37 F38 F39 F40 F41 F42 F43 F44 F45 F46 F47 F48 F49 F50 F51 F52 F53 F54 F55 F56
Amperage 20A 20A 20A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 15A 20A 15A 25A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 20A 20A 25A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 25A 15A 15A 20A 5A 10A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 20A 25A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 10A 15A
Function ECU power Accessory 2 Accessory 1 Wiper Cigar lighter Left-hand cab operating lights Right-hand cab operating lights Accessory outlet Washer/Mirror Accessory socket Radio Global Positioning System Tranceiver Service lights Service sockets Seat pump Separator blower Main blower A/C clutch Left-hand marker lights Right-hand marker lights Shoe levelling actuator Throttle/brush/reel variator Reverser/Fan Transmission gearshift motor HGS turntable (SmartSteert) Sieves/Chopper Fuel pump Distance operating lights Header operating lights Cab roof operating lights High beam Low beam Under shield lights Radio Combine Control Module 2A Combine Control Module 2B Key switch Memory/ka power Combine Control Module 1 Combine Control Module 2 Combine Control Module 3/Cab Combine Control Module 1A Combine Control Module 1B Header Height Control power Hydraulic reel drive CCM 3 (precision farming/SmartSteert) Right-hand module Cab/ HGS sensor (SmartSteert) Side/Tube lights Horn/Marker lights Dome/Brake lights Revolving flash light(s) Lower operating lights Rear operating lights Hazard lights

CX OPM 2007 Tier3 87535550-Om-Cx-1st-0706eng - Revbar534499

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CX OPM 2007 Tier3 87535550-Om-Cx-1st-0706eng - Revbar534499

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATORS MANUAL

NEW HOLLAND CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

Your success Our specialty

Print No. 1st Edition English

CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS

PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

CLEANING YOUR MACHINE

IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

e2006 CNH Belgium NV-Zedelgem

SECTION QUICK REFERENCE

CHECK THE ENTIRE TOC

147 148 149 150 151 152 152 154

5 1 5 1 5 3 5 7 5 8 5 9 510 511 512 514 515

8 1 8 1 823 833 835 836 836 837

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

On a plate positioned on the cylinder block.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Maize header On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.

5 Flex header On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.

Maize header (98C) On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

8. Avoid making turns at high speed.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Starting up the combine

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

safety latch is engaged or that it is securely supported on wooden blocks.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Keep antifreeze in sealed containers out of reach of children, livestock or pets.

8. Never handle a hot oil filter with bare hands.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

10. Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY AIRBORNE NOISE EMISSION

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

Machine model CX8030 CX8040 CX8050 CX8060 CX8070 CX8080 CX8090

Noise level (dBa) Cab doors and windows closed 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION

(*) developed by CNH engine corporation

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY SAFETY DECALS

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Never ride on platform or ladder.

Never open or remove safety shields while engine is running.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Secure lift cylinder locking device before getting in dangerous area.

Never reach into rotating auger.

Never reach or climb into grain tank while engine is running.

Stay clear of hot surface. 121

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Never reach into straw walkers while engine is running.

Sound the horn 3 times before starting the engine.

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

Never open or remove safety guard while engine is running.